Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Ground Operations
Page: 1
Manual GOM Rev date: 01 JAN 2015
Table of Contents
T
1 GENERAL
IN
2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
3 STATION PROCEDURES
PR
4 TICKETING, RESERVATIONS AND FACILITATION
8 CARGO OPERATION
IC
9 DANGEROUS GOODS
FF
10 DE-ICE
11 RAMP HANDLING
O
12 MISCELLANEOUS
N
13 AIRCRAFT GUIDE
U
Section: RoR
Ground Operations
Page: 2
Rev date: 01 JAN 2015 Manual GOM
Record of revision
Keep the folder UP-TO-DATE by inserting all revisions immediately
If any number of the list is found to be missing, please notify Flight Operations Department.
T
Date Entered by Rev No Date Entered by
Rev
IN
No
8 23
PR
9 24
11 L 26
12 27
IA
13 28
14 29
IC
15 30
16 31
FF
17 32
18 33
O
19 34
20 35
N
21 36
U
22 37
Section: LEP
Ground Operations Manual
Page: 1
GOM
Date/Rev: 01 MAY 2015 / 10
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
T
TOC /ROR 29/30 01MAY2015 9/10 01MAY2015
IN
1/2 01MAY2015 33/34 01MAY2015 13/14 01MAY2015 Page Date
PR
1/2 01MAY2015 Section 3 21/22 01MAY2015 7/8 01MAY2015
17/18 01MAY2015
3/4 01JAN2015 7/8 01MAY2015
L 31/32 01MAY2015
57/58 01MAY2015
3/4 01MAY2015 Page Date 59/60 01MAY2015 9/10 01MAY2015
T
49/50 01MAY2015 45/46 01MAY2015 63/64 01MAY2015 47/48 01MAY2015
IN
55/56 01MAY2015 51/52 01MAY2015 69/70 01MAY2015 53/54 01MAY2015
PR
61/62 01MAY2015 57/58 01MAY2015 75/76 01MAY2015 59/60 01MAY2015
Section 8
L 87/88 01MAY2015
CONTENTS
1
General ........................................................................................................................ 3
1.1
Introduction / Foreword ............................................................................................. 3
1.1.1
Purpose of the Ground Operations Manual.................................................................. 3
1.1.2
Scope of the manual .................................................................................................... 3
1.1.3
Use of manual .............................................................................................................. 4
T
1.1.4
Holder of manual .......................................................................................................... 4
1.1.5
Maintaining and revisions............................................................................................. 4
1.1.6
Copyright ...................................................................................................................... 4
IN
1.1.7
Abbreviations................................................................................................................ 5
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 1
Page: 2
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 1
Ground Operations Page: 3
Manual GOM Date: 01 JAN 2015
SECTION 1 GENERAL
1 General
1.1 Introduction / Foreword
The NextJet Ground Operations Manual will be distributed digitally via e-mail as a pdf file, or as a
paper copy. The distribution list is kept and maintained electronically by NPH Ground Operations. The
GOM is also accessible on the Company intranet, under manuals
T
This copy of the GOM is personal. Take good care of it, always have it available as a quick reference
and keep it out of the hands of unauthorized persons. Should your service with this company
IN
terminate, immediately return this manual to NextJet.
Only keep the latest issue at your office, delete all old copies. If the manual in its whole or parts of it is
printed, these pages shall be stamped "No revision service"
The Ground Operations Manual is property of NextJet.
PR
In case new operational procedures and directives are implemented in between two GOM revisions or
if applicable routines and procedures are not followed, NextJet will publish a CIS (Company
Information System), which serves as a temporary operating instruction, overriding the applicable
existing information in Nextjets Ground Operations Manual until a new revision is released. As soon
as a new revision of the Ground Operations Manual is released the information contained will
supersede the information provided through ealier CIS.
L
groundoperations@nextjet.se
IA
IC
handling of NextJets aircraft, ground and cargo handling at all stations operated by NextJet. This
manual is meant to be general guideline and source of information for procedures, practices and
company policies for all personnel engaged in ground and cargo handling duties.
N
aviation regulations and requirements such as EU OPS-1 together with standards and recommended
practices published by IATA and ICAO.
Section: 1
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
T
meaning of these terms is he/she and him/her and should not be interpreted as discriminating in
any way.
IN
1.1.5 Maintaining and revisions
The Ground Operations Manual is distributed as a choice between two different document types and
the choice is made by the holder of each copy. Either a paper copy or a PDF document copy can be
obtained.
Each holder of the Ground Operations Manual shall keep his copy revised. Each amendment and
PR
revision includes an amendment letter as a cover page(s). Hand-written amendments or revisions are
not permitted.
NOTE: When an amendment concerns any provision or procedure, which must be approved by the
Authority, such an approval shall have been obtained before the amendment becomes
effective. Only when immediate amendments or revisions are required in the interest of
safety, they be published and implemented immediately provided that any approval required
has been applied for.
L
IA
Each revision includes a list of effective pages. The list of effective pages indicates all pages that are
valid at that date.
When the holder of the paper manual has updated the manual according to revision instructions he
must sign the revision record page and return it to the Director of Ground Operations, as stated on the
IC
revision record page, by email, fax, regular mail or by other means. The receivers of the PDF manual
need to verify receiving the updated document via email.
In order to indicate changes, additions or deletions in the text, a vertical line is used to highlight the
revised or newly published paragraphs on the pages.
In addition, the Amendment letter includes a brief description of revisions. The manual holder is
FF
which shall also be informed of any change of manual holder or change in the holders address.
N
The Director of Ground Operations is responsible for all information published in this manual.
1.1.6 Copyright
U
Copyright NextJet AB 2014. All rights reserved. The contents must not be reproduced without prior
permission from the owners of the copyright.
NextJet
Ground Operations
Box 123, 190 46
Stockholm-Arlanda, Sweden
Tel.+46 (0) 70 870 88 00
email: groundoperations@NextJet.se
Section: 1
Ground Operations Page: 5
Manual GOM Date: 01 JAN 2015
SECTION 1 GENERAL
1.1.7 Abbreviations
Abbreviations used in Aeronautical Information are listed below. The list mainly conforms to ICAO Doc
8400, ABBREVIATION AND CODES, with some additional Swedish abbreviations.
Abbreviation for units of measurement is normally in accordance with the SI.
T
NOTE 2 Abbreviations marked with * are, when radiotelephony is used, transmitted as spoken
words.
IN
NOTE 3 Abbreviations marked with # are, when radiotelephony is used, transmitted using the
individual letters.
PR
A
A Amber
(AAA,AAB,AAC) Amended meteorological message
A/A Air-to-air
AAL Above aerodrome level
ABM Abeam
ABN Aerodrome beacon
ABT About
L
ABV Above
AC Altocumulus
IA
ACAS* Airborne collision avoidance system
ACC Area control centre
ACCID Notification of an aircraft accident
ACFT Aircraft
IC
ACK Acknowledge
ACL Altimeter check location
ACN Aircraft classification number
ACP Acceptance message
FF
T
ALS Approach lighting system
ALT Altitude
ALTN Alternate or alternating (light alternates in colour)
IN
ALTN Alternate (aerodrome)
AM Accountable Manager
AMA Area minimum altitude
AMD Amend or amended
AMDT Amendment (AIP Amendment)
PR
AMS Aeronautical mobile service
AMSL Above mean sea level
AMSS Aeronautical mobile satellite service
ANS Answer
AOC Aerodrome obstacle chart
AP Airport
APAPI > Abbreviated precision approach path Indicator
APCH
APP
Approach
L
Approach control office or approach control Service
APR April
IA
APRX Approximate or approximately
APSG After passing
APV Approve or approved or approval
ARCC Aeronautical Rescue Coordination Centre
IC
ASPH Asphalt
ASR Aviation Safety
AT.. At (followed by time at which weather change is forecast to occur)
ATA# Actual time of arrival
N
B
B Blue
T
BA Braking action
BASE* Cloud base
BCFG Fog patches
IN
BCL> Regulations for civil aviation (Swedish regulations)
BCN Beacon (aeronautical ground light)
BCST Broadcast
BDRY Boundary
PR
BECMG Becoming
BFR Before
BFT> Procedures for air traffic services (Swedish regulations)
BKN Broken
BL. . Blowing (followed by DU = dust, SA = sand ot SN =snow)
BLDG Building
BLO Below clouds
BLW Below..
BOMB Bombing
L
BR Mist
BRF Short (used to indicate the type of approach desired or required)
IA
BRG Bearing
BRKG Braking
BS Commercial broadcasting station
BTL Between layers
IC
BTN Between
C
C Centre (runway identification)
C Degrees Celsius (Centigrade)
FF
CAT Category
CAT Clear air turbulence
CAVOK* Visibility, cloud and present weather better than prescribed values or conditions
CB# Cumulunimbus
CC Cirrocumulus
CCA Corrected meteorological message (CCB, CCC etc)
O
CD Candela
CDL Configuration deviation List
CDN Coordination message
N
CF Change frequency to . .
CGL Circling guidance light(s)
CH Channel
CHG Modification message
U
CI Cirrus
CIDIN* Common ICAO data interchange network
CIT Near or over large towns
CIV Civil
CK Check
CL Centre line
CLA Clear type of ice formation
CLBR Calibration
CLD Cloud
CLG Calling
CLR Clears or cleared to.. or clearance
CLSD Close or closed or closing cm Centimetre
Section: 1
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
T
CONT Continue or continued
CONT Contaminated RWY
COOR Coordinate or coordination
IN
COP Change-over point
COR Correct, or correction or corrected
COT At the coast
COV Cover or covered or covering
CPL Current flight plan message
PR
CR Cabin Report
CRDF> Cathode Ray Direction Finder
CRZ Cruise
CS Cirrostratus
CTA Control area
CTAM Climb to and maintain
CTC Contact
CTL
CTN
Control
Caution
L
CTR Control zone
IA
CU Cumulus
CUF Cumuliform
CUST Customs
CW Continuous wave
IC
CWY Clearway
D
D.. Danger area (followed by identification)
D Downward (tendency in RVR during previous 10 minutes)
FF
DA Decision altitude
DCD Double channel duplex
DCKG Docking
DCS Double channel simplex
DCT Direct (in relation to flight plan clearances and type of approach)
DEC December
O
DEG Degrees
DEP Depart, or departure, or departure message
DES Descend to, or descending to
DEST Destination
N
DH Decision height
DIF Diffuse
DIST Distance
DIV Divert or diverting
DLA Delay, or delayed, or delay message
DME# Distance measuring equipment
DNG Danger or dangerous
DOI Dry operating index
DOM Domestic
DOM Dry Operating Mass
DP Dew point temperature
DPT Depth
DR Deviation Report
Section: 1
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 JAN 2015
SECTION 1 GENERAL
DR Dead reckoning
DR.. Low drifting (followed by DU = dust, SA = sand or SN = snow)
DRG During
DS Duststorm
DSB Double sideband
DTAM Descend to and maintain
DTG Date-time group
DTRT Deteriorate or deteriorating
DTW Dual tandem wheels
DU Dust
T
DUC Dense upper cloud
DUR Duration
DVOR Doppler VOR
IN
DW Dual wheels
DZ Drizzle
PR
E East or eastern longitude
EAT Expected approach time
EB Eastbound
EET Estimated elapsed time
EFAS > Electronic Flashing Approach System lights
EFC Expect further clearance
EHF Extremely high frequency (30 000 to 300000 MHz)
ELEV Elevation
ELR Extra long range
L
ELT Emergency locator transmitter
EM Emission
IA
EMBD Embedded in a layer (to indicate cumulonimbus embedded in layers of other clouds)
EMERG Emergency
EN > English
END Stop-end (related to RVR)
IC
ER Hereor herewith
ESE East south east
EST Estimate, or estimated, or estimate message
ETA# Estimated time of arrival or estimating arrival
ETD# Estimated time of departure or estimating departure
ETO Estimated time over significant point
O
F
F Fixed
F> Aviation fuel
FAC Facilities
FAF Final approach fix
FAL Facilitation of international air transport
FAP Final approach point
FATO Final approach and takeoff area
FAX Facsimile transmission
FBL Light (used to indicate the intensity of weather phenomena, interference or static reports,
e.g;\pard FBL RA = light rain)
FC Funnel cloud (tornado or water spout)
Section: 1
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
FCST Forecast
FCT Friction coefficient
FEB February
FEW Few
FG Fog
FIC Flight information centre
FIR# Flight information region
FIS Flight information service
FISA Automated flight Information service
FL Flight level
T
FLD Field
FLG Flashing
FLR Flares
IN
FLT Flight
FLTCK Flight check
FLUC Fluctuating or fluctuation or fluctuated
FLW Follow(s) or following
FLY Fly or flying
PR
FM From
FM.. From (followed by time weather change is forecast to begin)
FMU Flow management unit
FNA Final approach
FO Flight Operations
FOR Flight Operation Report
FPL Filed flight plan message
FPM
FPR
Feet per minute
Flight plan route
L
FR Fuel remaining
IA
FREQ Frequency
FRI Friday
FRNG Firing
FRONT* Front (relating to weather)
IC
FRQ Frequent
FSL Full stop landing
FST First
Ft Feet (dimensional unit)
FU Smoke
FF
FZ Freezing
FZDZ Freezing drizzle
FZFG Freezing fog
FZRA Freezing rain
G
O
G Green
G/A Ground-to-air
G/A/G Ground-to-air and air-to-ground
GCA# Ground controlled approach system or ground controlled approach
N
GEN General
GEO Geographic or true
GES Ground earth station
U
GLD Glider
GND Ground
GNDCK Ground check
GNSS Global navigation satellite system
GOM Ground Operations Manual
GP Glide path
GR Hail or soft hail
GRASS Grass landing area
GRIB Processed meteorological data in the form of grid point values (in aeronautical meteorological
code)
GRVL Gravel
GS Ground speed
GS Small hail and/or snow pellets
Section: 1
Ground Operations Page: 11
Manual GOM Date: 01 JAN 2015
SECTION 1 GENERAL
H
H> Hangars
H+> Hours plus...minutes past the hour
H24 Continuous day and night service
HAPI Helicopter approach path indicator
HBN Hazard beacon
HDF High frequency direction-finding station
HDG Heading
HEL Helicopter
T
HF# High frequency (3 000 to 30 000 kHz)
HGT Height or height above
HJ Sunrise to sunset
IN
HKP# -
HLDG Holding
HN Sunset to sunrise
HO Service available to meet operational requirements
PR
HOL Holiday
HOSP Hospital aircraft
hPa Hectopascal
HR Hours
HS Service available during hours of scheduled operations
HURCN Hurricane
HVDF High and very high frequency direction finding stations (at the same location)
HVY Heavy
HVY
L
Heavy (used to indicate the intensity of weather phenomena, e,g; HVY RA - - heavy rain)
HX No specific working hours
HYR Higher
IA
HZ Haze
Hz Hertz (cycle per second)
I
IC
T
ISB Independent sideband
ISOL Isolated
IN
J
JAN January
JF> Jet fuel
JTST Jet stream
JUL July
PR
JUN June
K
Kg Kilograms
kHz Kilohertz
km Kilometres
kmh Kilometres per hour
kPa
kt
Kilopascal
Knots
L
kW Kilowatts
IA
L
L Locator
L> Litres
IC
LM Locator, middle
LMC Last Minutes Change
LMT Local mean time
LNG Long (used to indicate the type of approach desired or required)
LO Locator, outer
LOC Local, locally or location or located
LONG Longitude
LORAN* LORAN (long range air navigation system)
LRBL Least Risk Bomb Location
LRG Long range
LTD Limited
LTF> Landline telephone
LTT Landline teletypewriter
Section: 1
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 JAN 2015
SECTION 1 GENERAL
M
M Mach number (followed by figures)
M Metres (preceded by figures)
T
MAA Maximum authorised altitude
MAG Magnetic
MAINT Maintenance
IN
MAP Aeronautical maps and charts
MAPT Missed approach point
MAR March
MAR At sea
MAS Manual AlA simplex
PR
MAX Maximum
MAY May
MBST Microburst
MCA Minimum crossing altitude
MCW Modulated continuous wave
MDA Minimum descent altitude
MDF Medium frequency direction-finding station
MDH Minimum descent height
MEA
MEHT
Minimum en-route altitude
L
Minimum eye height over threshold (for visual approach slope indicator)
MET* Meteorological or meteorology
IA
METAR * Aviation routine weather report (in aeronautical meteorological code)
METO> Meteorological office
METS> Meteorological station
MF Medium frequency (300 to 3 000 kHz)
MHDF Medium and high frequency direction-finding stations (at the same location)
IC
MHVDF Medium, high and very high frequency direction finding stations (at the same location)
MHz Megahertz
MID Midpoint (related to RVR)
MIFG Shallow fog
MIL min Military Minutes
FF
MOD Moderate (used to indicate the intensity of weather phenomena, interference or static reports
e;g; MOD RA = moderate rain)
MON Above mountains
U
MON Monday
MOTNE Meteorological Operational Telecommunications Network Europe
MOV Move or moving
mps Metres per second
MSA Minimum Sector Altitude
MTOM Max takeoff mass
MZFM Maximum Zero Fuel Mass
N
N North or northern latitude
N No distinct tendency (in RVR during previous 10min)
NAT North Atlantic
NAV Navigation
Section: 1
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
NB Northbound
NBFR Not before
NC No change
NEB North eastbound
NDB# Non-directional radio beacon
NE Northeast
NGT Night
NIL * None or I have nothing to send to you
NM Nautical miles
NML Normal
T
NNE North northeast
NNW North northwest
NOF International NOTAM Office
IN
NOSIG * No significant change (used in trend type landing) fore-
NOTAM * (Notice to airmen)A notice containing information zoncerning the establishment, condition or
change in any aeronautical facility, service, proce dure or hazard, the timely knowledge of
which is essential to personnel concerned with flight operations.
NOV November
PR
NR Number
NRH No reply heard
NS Nimbostratus
NSC Nil significant cloud
NSW Nil significant weather
NW Northwest
NWB North-westbound
NXT Next
L
O
IA
OAC Oceanic area control centre
OAH Operation Administrations Handbook
OAS Obstacle assessment surface
OBS Observe or observed or observation
OBSC Obscure or obscured or obscuring
IC
OBST Obstacle
OCA Obstacle clearance altitude
OCA Oceanic control area
OCC Occulting (light)
FF
OHD Overhead
OM Outer marker
OPA Opaque, white type of ice formation
OPC The control indicated is operational control
N
OPS * Operations
O/R On request
ORD Indication of an order
OSV Ocean station vessel
OTP On top
OTS Organized track system
OUBD Outbound
OVC Overcast
P
P Prohibited area (followed by identification)
PALS Precision approach lighting system (specify category)
PANS Procedures for air navigation service
Section: 1
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 JAN 2015
SECTION 1 GENERAL
T
PE Ice pellets
PER Performance
PERM Permanent
IN
PJE Parachute jumping exercise
PLA Practice low approach
PNR Point of no return
PO Dust/Sand whirls (dust devils)
PR
POB Persons on Board
POSS Possible
PPI Plan position indicator
PPR Prior permission required
PPSN Present position
PRFG Aerodrome partially covered by fog
PRI Primary
PRKG Parking
PROB * Probability
L
PROC Procedure
PROV Provisional
IA
PS Plus
PSG Passing
PSN Position
PSP Pierced steel plank
IC
Q
O
R
R Right (runway identification)
R> Repairs
R Red
R.. Restricted area (followed by identification)
R..> Radial
RA> Radio altimeter reading
RA Rain
Section: 1
Page: 16
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
RA Resolution Advisory
RAC Rules of the air and air traffic services
RAFC Regional area forecast centre
RAG Ragged
RAG Runway arresting gear
RAI Runway alignment indicator
RB Rescue boat
RCA Reach cruising altitude
RCC Rescue coordination centre
RCF Radiocommunication failure message
T
RCH Reach or reaching
RCL Runway centre line
RCLL Runway centre line light(s)
IN
RCLR Recleared
RDH Reference datum height (for ILS)
RDL Radial
RDO Radio
RE. . Recent (used to qualify weather phenomena e.g, RERA = recent rain)
PR
REC> Receive or receiver
REDL Runway edge light(s)
REF Reference to.. or refer to..
REFF> Rescue and fire fighting category
REG Registration
RENL Runway end light(s)
REP Reporting point
REO
RERTE
Request or requested
Reroute
L
RG Range (lights)
IA
RIF Reclearance in flight
RITE Right (direction of turn)
RL Report leaving
RLA Relay to
IC
S
S South or southern latitude
SA Sand
T
SAF> Swedish Air Force
SALS Simple approach lighting system
SAN Sanitary
IN
SAP As soon as possible
SAR Search and rescue
SARPS Standards and Recommended Practices {ICAO)
SAT Saturday
PR
SATCOM* Satellite communication
SB Southbound
SC Stratocumulus
SCT Scattered
SDBY Stand by
SE Southeast
SEB South-eastbound
SEC Seconds
SECT Sector
L
SELCAL* Selective Calling System (SELCAL)
SEP September
IA
SER Service or servicing or served
SEV Severe (used e.g. to qualify icing and turbulence reports)
SFC Surface
SG Snow grains
IC
SGL Signal
SH.. Showers (followed by RA = rain, SN = snow, PE =ice pellets, GR = hail, GS =small hail and/or
snow pellets or combinations thereof, e.g. SHRASN = showers of rain and snow)
SHF Super high frequency (3 000 - 30 000 MHz)
SID * Standard instrument departure
FF
SLW Slow
SMC Surface movement control
SMR Surface movement radar
SN Snow
U
SNOWTAM * A special series NOTAM notifying the presence or removal of hazardous conditions due to
snow, ice, slush or standing water associated with snow, slush ice on the movement area SNT
> Swedish Standard Time (= UTC +1 HR)
SPECI * Aviation selected special weather report (in aeronautical meteorological code)
SPECIAL * Special meteorological report (in abbreviated plain language)
SPI> Special position indicator
SPL Supplementary flight plan message
SPOC SAR point of contact
SPOT* Spot wind
SQ Squall
SR Squall line
SR Sunrise
Section: 1
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
T
SST Supersonic transport
SSUT> Swedish Summer time (UTC + 2 HR)
SSW South southwest
IN
ST Stratus
STA Straight in approach
STAR Standard instrument arrival
STD Standard
STF Stratiform
PR
STN Station
STNR Stationary
STOL Short takeoff and landing
STS Status
STWL Stopway light(s)
SUBJ Subject to
SUN Sunday
SUP
SUPPS
Supplement (AlP Supplement)
Regional supplementary procedures
L
SVC Service message
IA
SVCBL Serviceable
SW Southwest
SW> Swedish
SWB South-westbound
IC
SWY Stopway
S3> 3-hourly surface synoptic chart
T
T Temperature
FF
TA Transition altitude
TA Traffic Advisory
TACAN * UHF Tactical Air Navigation Aid
TAF* Aerodrome forecast
TAFOR> Aerodrome forecast in full form
TAIL * Tail wind
O
TIL * Until
TIP Until past..;(place)
TIZ > Traffic Information Zone
TKOF Take off
TL. . Till (followed by time by which weather change is forecast to end)
TLOF Touchdown and liftoff area
TMA# Terminal control area
TMC > Terminal control centre
TNA Turn altitude
TNH Turn height
T
TO To.. (place)
TOC Top of climb
TOD Top Of Descend
IN
TODA Takeoff distance available
TODAH Takeoff distance available, helicopter
TOP Cloud top
TP Turning point
PR
TR Track
TRA Temporary reserved airspace
TRANS Transmits or transmitter
TRL Transition level
TROP Tropopause
TS Thunderstorm (In aerodrome reports and fore casts, TS used alone means thunder heard but
no precipitation at the aerodrome)
TS.. Thunderstorm (followed by RA = rain, 5N = snow, PE ice pellets, GR = hail and/or snow pellets
L
or combinations thereof, eg. TSRASN = thunder storm with rain and snow)
TT Teletypewriter
TTL Total traffic load
IA
TUE Tuesday
TURB Turbulence
TVOR Terminal VOR
TWR Aerodrome control tower
IC
U
U Upward (tendency in RVR during previous 10minutes)
UAB Until advised by;
UAC Upper area control centre
FF
V
VA Volcanic ash
VAC Visual approach chart
VAL In valleys
VAN Runway control van
VAR Visual-aural radio range
VAR Magnetic variation
VASlS * Visual approach slope indicator system
VC In vicinity of the aerodrome (followed by FG = fog, FC = funnel cloud, PO = dust devils, BLDU =
T
blowing dust, BLSA = blowing Mnd, or BLSN = blowing snow, e;g. VC FG = fog in vicinity)
VCY Vicinity
VDF Very high frequency direction-finding station
IN
VER Vertical
VFR # Visual flight rules
VHF # Very high frequency {30 00 kHz - 300 MHz)
VIP # Very important person
VIS Visibility
PR
VLF Very low frequency (3 - 30 kHz)
VLR Very long range
VMC # Visual meteorological conditions
VOLMET * Meteorological information for aircraft in flight
VOR # VHF omnidirectional radio range
VORTAC * VOR and TACAN combination
VOT VOR airborne equipment test facility
VR
VRB
Voyage Report
Variable
L
VSA By visual reference to the ground
IA
VSP Vertical speed
VTOL Vertical takeoff and landing
W
IC
W White
W West or western longitude
WAC World Aeronautical Chart - ICAO 1 :1 000 000
WAFC World area forecast centre
WAT Weight at takeoff
FF
WB Westbound
WBAR Wing bar light
WDI Wind direction indicator
WDSPR Widespread
WED Wednesday
WEF With effect from or effective from
O
WI Within
WID Width
WIE With immediate effect or effective immediately
WILCO * Will comply
N
X
X Cross
XBAR Crossbar (of approach lighting system)
XNG Crossing
XS Atmospherics
Y
Y Yellow
YCZ Yellow caution zone (runway lighting)
T
YR Your
IN
HT Operational hours (ppethllningstider)
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 1
Page: 22
Ground Operations
Date: JAN 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 1 GENERAL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 1
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
CONTENTS
2
Ground Operations Management ............................................................................. 5
2.1
Ground Operations .................................................................................................... 5
2.1.1
Purpose and aim .......................................................................................................... 5
2.1.2
Scope ........................................................................................................................... 5
2.1.3
Reference to instructors ............................................................................................... 5
T
2.2
Duties and responsibilities........................................................................................ 6
2.2.1
Director Ground Operations (Nominated Person Ground Operations) ........................ 6
IN
2.2.1.1
Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ 6
2.2.1.2
Delegation of duties:..................................................................................................... 6
2.2.1.3
The responsibilities of the post holder.......................................................................... 7
2.2.1.3.1
Key Responsibilities and Accountabilities .................................................................... 7
2.2.1.3.2
Duties and Essential Job Functions ............................................................................. 7
PR
2.2.1.3.3
Qualification Requirements .......................................................................................... 7
2.2.1.3.4
Initial training ................................................................................................................ 8
2.2.1.3.5
Recurrent training......................................................................................................... 8
2.2.1.4
Deputy Director Ground Operations............................................................................. 8
2.2.1.4.1
Key Responsibilities and Accountabilities .................................................................... 8
2.2.1.4.2
Duties and Essential Job Functions ............................................................................. 8
2.2.1.4.3
Qualification Requirements .......................................................................................... 8
2.2.2
L
Supervision Ground Operations ................................................................................... 9
2.2.2.1
Assestment................................................................................................................... 9
2.2.2.2
Station Inspection......................................................................................................... 9
IA
2.2.2.3
Station Audit ................................................................................................................. 9
2.2.2.4
Station Contracts.......................................................................................................... 9
2.2.2.5
Company Reports ........................................................................................................ 9
2.2.2.6
Meetings..................................................................................................................... 10
IC
T
2.3.9.1.12
Requirements ............................................................................................................. 21
2.3.9.2
Check-in and Baggage Handling................................................................................ 21
IN
2.3.9.2.1
Flight editing ............................................................................................................... 21
2.3.9.2.2
Meal order and meal count......................................................................................... 21
2.3.9.2.3
Check-in positions ...................................................................................................... 21
2.3.9.2.4
Common Check-in...................................................................................................... 21
2.3.9.2.5
Special passengers .................................................................................................... 21
PR
2.3.9.2.6
Seat selection............................................................................................................. 22
2.3.9.2.7
Special check-in facilities ........................................................................................... 22
2.3.9.2.8
Document Check........................................................................................................ 22
2.3.9.2.9
Check-in material ....................................................................................................... 22
2.3.9.2.10
Baggage check-in....................................................................................................... 22
2.3.9.2.11
Excess baggage......................................................................................................... 22
2.3.9.2.12
Handling of special baggage ...................................................................................... 22
2.3.9.2.13
L
Baggage reconciliation ............................................................................................... 22
2.3.9.2.14
Crew baggage reconciliation ...................................................................................... 23
2.3.9.2.15
Acceptance and handling of LMC baggage ............................................................... 23
IA
2.3.9.2.16
Acceptance of stand-by baggage............................................................................... 23
2.3.9.2.17
Baggage segregation ................................................................................................. 23
2.3.9.2.18
Baggage irregularity on departure.............................................................................. 23
2.3.9.3
Lounges...................................................................................................................... 23
IC
T
2.3.9.11.4
Moving of Aircraft ....................................................................................................... 32
2.3.9.11.5
Departure Check and Ramp to Flight deck Communication ...................................... 33
IN
2.3.9.11.6
Push-back of Aircraft and Starting of Engines............................................................ 33
2.3.9.12
Aircraft Servicing and Interior Cleaning...................................................................... 33
2.3.9.12.1
Toilet and Potable Water Service............................................................................... 36
2.3.9.12.2
Cooling and Heating................................................................................................... 36
2.3.9.12.3
De-Icing/Anti-Icing Services and Snow/Ice Removal ................................................. 36
PR
2.3.9.12.4
Replenishing of Oils and Fluids.................................................................................. 36
2.3.9.13
Security ...................................................................................................................... 36
2.3.9.13.1
Emergency and threat ................................................................................................ 36
2.3.9.13.2
Protection of aircraft ................................................................................................... 37
2.3.9.13.3
Security Search .......................................................................................................... 37
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 5
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
are carried out in accordance with the approved NextJet quality standards as well as safety rules
imposed by NextJet or any appropriate authority.
IN
In the NextJet service chain the ground operations department is an essential element of the
passengers journey and shall provide and secure to the passengers, load and aircraft punctual
service that meets the expectations of the customers and thus helps in maintaining and developing
loyal ties between NextJet and its customers.
PR
2.1.2 Scope
All ground and cargo handling operation is outsourced to external parties (Handling Companies and
service providers) in order to perform the work for NextJet.
T
Defining requirements for sub-contracted ground services;
Proper evaluation and compliance control of subcontracted ground services, including self
IN
monitoring;
Arranging the ground operations in such a manner that the requirements set by the authorities
and NextJet are fulfilled;
Procedures, instructions and documentation of ground services; and
Inspection and reporting of ground services.
PR
2.2.1.1 Responsibilities
Responsibility to direct the ground and cargo operations, including all services related to flights
operated under NextJets AOC so that they are performed in accordance with the methods and
procedures described in the NextJet Ground Operations manual (GOM) and OM-A.
Responsible for reception of documentation and/or data from external sources to ensure
L
information is received in time to satisfy operational requirements
Responsible for the contents of the NextJet Ground Operations Manual and acting as a principal
IA
point of contact between NextJet and the Authority for all matters related to Ground Operations.
The Ground Operations Manual fulfils both internal and external requirements.
Responsible for the management and supervision of all functions within ground handling and
cargo operations and is accountable to senior management for the safe and secure operations of
IC
Director Ground Operations shall ensure delegation of duties and responsibilities are communicated
by e-mail, sms or other info sources to all necessary personnel/functions in case of own absence. In
case the absence exceeds 30 days, the Swedish Transport Agency shall be informed.
O
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 7
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
Ensuring a cost effective ground handling operation, and
Ground Operations budget.
IN
2.2.1.3.2 Duties and Essential Job Functions
Director Ground Operations is responsible for the following internal and external demands:
Take all measures required for the security of aeroplanes, passengers, baggage and cargo;
PR
Publish company and aeroplane type specific procedures needed to ensure that ground and
cargo operations is performed safely and efficiently;
Supervise and perform quality inspections of contracted companies (incl. fuel and de-icing) in
order to assure that required standards are met.
Ensure that all staff within the department are properly trained
Provide long-term resource planning
Develop and maintain a compliance inspection plan
L
In cooperation with the Director Crew Training establish relevant training.
Provide operational basis for budgeting
Participate in meeting according to meeting schedule in OM Part A and Corporate manual.
IA
Responsible for Dangerous Goods within NextJet
Be responsible for agreements with outsourced ground handling activities.
When necessary participate in training conferences or seminar held by external entities.
IC
Be well acquainted with international/national regulations and other relevant industrial norms.
Minimum 2 years management experience or relevant education.
Minimum 5 years of work experience from the aviation business
Good knowledge of contract negotiations and supervision.
Have good knowledge and/or experience in ground operations activities.
O
Quality briefing.
Computer skills
Proficiency in English language.
U
Section: 2
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
IOSA familiarization
Dangerous Goods training according to regulations
Security awareness
T
2.2.1.3.5 Recurrent training
IN
For compliance training see CM chapter 2.
For safety training see CM chatper 5.
Dangerous goods
PR
Security awareness
Develop procedures to ensure safe, punctual and economic operation of all Company flights by
establishing or contracting professional ground handling of Company airplanes, their load, flight
crew and all passengers at all aerodromes to which the Company operates
Take all measures required for the security of airplanes, passengers, baggage and cargo in
FF
handling personnel, airplane type specific procedures needed for ground handling activities
Develop procedures to ensure that legal requirements and the provisions of AOC relating to
ground operations are strictly followed, act as Company representative to all Authorities as far as
N
2.2.2.1 Assestment
Assestment is a process used in order to verify that a planned sub-contractor fulfill NextJet safety and
quality needs. Assessment of ground handling companies should be made by the Director Ground
T
Operations prior to the start of new scheduled routes and destinations.
IN
2.2.2.2 Station Inspection
Station Inspections are performed at least once every 24 months and should verify that the contracted
services are delivered to NextJet safety and quality needs. Special attention should be given to
training records in order to verify that all staff involved in the handling of NextJet passengers and
PR
equipment are competent to perform the tasks required. When special knowledge is required in order
to perform the inspection the task might be contracted to third party. An example of contracted station
inspections could be Fuel and De-Ice inspections.
All signed contracts are filed and kept in Ground Operations Department.
A signed contract shall be established for all services at stations with regular NextJet operations.
However for occasional flights and for service of short duration, an agreement by exchange of letter or
email with reference to the IATA SGHA may be sufficient. See GOM 2.3.2 for more information
regarding SGHA.
FF
All SGHA should have an appendix LSP, Local Station Procedure, in order to monitor the quality
delivered with respect to local conditions.
See also GOM 3.2.
Company Reports is an important tool in order to monitor daily operations. If there is a deviation from
normal procedures and plans all NextJet staff is urged to write a report. This report will be sent to all
N
parties involved in the issue and correctional actions must be taken to prevent the nonconformance to
occur again. A reply to the report should be sent as soon as possible, but no later than 30 days after
receiving the company report.
U
Section: 2
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
2.2.2.6 Meetings
The objective of an operational control is to collect and process the entire valuable information from
the different departments the meeting schedule below applies. This is a tool for the management to
keep track of companys performance. The sequences of these meetings are designed to optimize the
effect and make sure that all the information is taken care of as soon as possible.
T
See Corporate Manual Chapter 2.4.
IN
2.2.2.6.2 Nominated Postholders Meetings
In order to coordinate the Companys activities and to promote a general understanding and
cooperation between the flight operational, training, technical and ground handling functions within
PR
NextJet, the Accountable Manager will arrange a meeting normally the week before the AMG meeting
between the Technical Department, Ground Operations Department, Flight Operations Department,
Training Department and the Quality Department.
Normally the Director of Flight Ops, Director Ground Ops, Director Training, Quality Manager and
Technical Director should be present.
T
IN
PR
2.2.2.7 Contract - Process
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Self Inspections
GOM 2.2.2.8.1
T
Station Inspections
IN
GOM 2.2.2.2
Inspection and
Responsible: NextJet Ground Ops audit findings AM-System
PR
GOM 2.2.2.8.2
De-/Anti-Icing Inspections
GOM 2.2.2.8.3
Findings will be followed up by the AM system by report with attached inspection /audit protocol.
N
season.
2.2.2.8.4 Training
Personnel performing inspections on behalf of Nextjet shall be given training in relevant part of the
company operations. In case this service is provided by a sub-contracted company this shall be
stated in the contractual agreement between Nextjet and the sub-contracted company.
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
The SGHA provides NextJet with an excellent and simple framework tool for establishing the relation
with a service provider. It is written in a format that can be understood and applied anywhere in the
world by any ground handling provider, including IATA and non-IATA airlines and independent
T
handling companies. The use of this standardized document enables us to handle the agreements
smoothly and with reasonable administrative and legal work compared to a situation where all
agreements would be unique and different.
IN
The use of the SGHA allows NextJet to sign an agreement with local providers for only those services
needed at each location. Therefore it is possible to maintain at these locations a minimum or no
presence of our own personnel and without the need to position any ground support equipment at
PR
these airports.
The Standard of Work represents here the qualitative part of the SGHA. In addition to the Articles and
Sub-Articles also a Definitions and Terminology section is included. (See GOM 2.3.8).
2.3.3.2 Annex A
O
This is a list and description of all handling activities imaginable. The terms and wording used in this
connection have been accepted by the IATA Ground Handling Council and are well known and
understood all over the world which is important for avoiding any misinterpretations. Annex A contains
sections which are further divided into various Sub-Sections.
N
2.3.3.3 Annex B
U
This is the varying part of the agreement including the following elements presented in Paragraphs
and Sub-Paragraphs:
Date of effectiveness (of the original agreement)
Date of validity (of the current issue)
Locations where the handling services are provided
List of handling services to be provided (selected from Annex A)
Handling charges for the services per aircraft type
Any other conditions agreed
The Main Agreement and the Annex A are concluded only once between the parties. The Annex B is
reproduced whenever the contents change or other conditions so require.
Section: 2
Page: 16
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
2.3.5 Ground handling charge note
IN
In situations where no handling agreement has been signed between NextJet and the company
providing the handling services to us a Ground Handling Charge Note (GHCN) or similar document
will be issued by the Handling Company. This document can be considered as a handling agreement
for one single flight.
The services provided are recorded on the GHCN and the Handling Company will collect the
PR
signatures of an authorized representative of NextJet (often the Commander) for the handling
services rendered and for any limitation of the liability of the Handling Company (as specified on the
GHCN) as a protection for any incident that might happen during the handling process.
SGHA contains also qualitative elements (STANDARD OF WORK). In recent years the airlines have
emphasized the importance of these elements by further determining the quality standards to be
followed and the targets to be reached by the service provider.
For practical reasons it is preferable to produce a separate document to the
SGHA (which can be an amendment or addendum), which identifies measurable specifications that
FF
can be monitored by NextJet to ensure requirements that affect the safety and/or security of ground
handling operations are being fulfilled by the service provider.
O
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 17
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
AIRPORT TERMINAL
means all buildings used for arrival and departure handling of aircraft.
T
ARRANGE (or MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR)
implies that the Handling Company may request an outside agency to perform the service in question.
The charge of the outside agency shall be paid by the Carrier.
IN
The Handling Company assumes no liability toward the Carrier for such arrangements.
PR
documentation or reference.
CARGO
includes the Carrier's service cargo and company mail.
DIRECT LOSS
IC
means a loss arising naturally or directly from an occurrence and which excludes remote, indirect,
consequential, or special losses or damages, such as loss of revenue or loss of profit.
LOADS
means baggage, cargo, mail and any aircraft supplies including ballast.
O
OWNING CARRIER
means a carrier who is the owner or lessee of a Unit Load Device.
PASSENGERS
N
PROVIDE
U
implies that the Handling Company itself assumes responsibility for the provision of the service in
question.
RECEIVING CARRIER
means a carrier who receives a Unit Load Device from a transferring carrier
at a transfer point.
Section: 2
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
SPECIAL SHIPMENTS
means, for example, perishables, live animals, valuables, vulnerable cargo, news material, dangerous
goods etc.
TECHNICAL LANDING
T
is a landing for other than commercial reasons where no physical change of load occurs.
TICKET
IN
means either the document entitled "Passenger Ticket and Baggage Check" or any electronic ticket
data held in the Carrier's database.
TRANSFERRING CARRIER
means a carrier who transfers a Unit Load Device to a receiving carrier at a transfer point.
PR
TRANSIT FLIGHT
is an aircraft making an intermediate landing for commercial reasons where a change of load occurs.
TRUCK HANDLING
means loading and/or unloading a truck operating as a Truck Service.
TRUCK SERVICE
L
means a service operated by truck on behalf of an airline carrying loads documented in accordance
IA
with the applicable IATA and/or ICAO rules, regulations and procedures. In the Main Agreement and
in Annex A, the word "aircraft" will read "truck" and "flight" will read "truck service" when it concerns
the handling of a truck as meant under the above definitions. In Section 5, Item 5.3.1 (a) of Annex A,
the word "vehicle" means a conveyance of any kind to be used within the ramp area for transport of
cargo between warehouse and truck or between two trucks or between two warehouses.
IC
TURNROUND FLIGHT
is an aircraft terminating a flight and subsequently originating another flight following a complete
change of load.
FF
2.3.9.1 General
T
The agreed duties and services shall be performed in line with the NextJet standards to support the
company efforts to provide the NextJet customers, crew, aircraft and loads with the best available
quality in ground handling.
IN
2.3.9.1.2 Passenger Service Philosophy
Passengers shall be treated with politeness, consideration, respect, smile and friendliness and the
PR
passengers preferences shall always be taken into consideration in an appropriate manner. Prompt
service is required and the customers shall be provided with all available assistance and information.
NOTE: (The open space and percentage mark in following text indicate a standard to be
locally agreed when the actual Service Delivery Standard is prepared.)
2.3.9.1.3 Visibility
L
The NextJet sign and logo shall be clearly visible according to the NextJet standards at check-in, gate
and other passenger service locations and areas. Layout and colours are to be strictly in line with
IA
NextJet instructions.
The appearance of all staff serving NextJet customers and handling NextJet flights shall be tidy and in
line with uniform rules. The staff shall wear NextJets brand clearly visible to passengers. Also all
passenger service facilities must appear tidy and there shall not be any litter or waste visible.
FF
readiness to deal with crisis situations in co-operation with the responsible airport and NextJet
organizations.
U
T
operation as a whole.
IN
The Handling Company shall arrange for adequate equipment to enable access to NextJet manuals,
procedures and instructions via Internet and CD-ROM.
2.3.9.1.9 Punctuality
PR
When the time frame available for the handling is limited, the full handling of the flight must be
performed and completed within the minimum ground time for the aircraft type as specified by
NextJet. The Handling Company shall do their utmost to reduce or eliminate delays of aircraft arriving
behind schedule to the station.
The station on-time performance target is locally agreed with NextJet Director of Ground Operations.
L
2.3.9.1.10 Performance review
The responsible representatives of the Handling Company and NextJet will communicate on a regular
IA
basis, at least once a month, to audit punctuality and performance quality and to discuss and agree
on measures and action to be taken to correct any deviations from the agreed standards.
IC
2.3.9.1.11 Communication
General.
NextJet have an effective and establish communication system throughout the organization, which
enables easy and instant information exchange of operationally relevant information for handling
FF
and cargo operation e.g. by email "CIS", Ground and Cargo Station Service Info.
The communication system enables and ensures an exchange of operationally relevant information
throughout the management system and with the external service providers. The communication
takes places mainly by daily contact through emails but also via:
Meetings such as stations meeting and "Performance Review Meetings" with external handling
O
NOTE: NPH publish the stations information letter when required but at least once a year. This
information letter can for example contain information about a rapid change in the traffic
situation or a forthcoming revision of GOM that will take effect before the revision gets
published.
If you need to contact answerable personnel at Nextjet regarding cargo operations, use one of the
ways stated above but preferably through email or telephone.
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 21
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
2.3.9.1.12 Requirements
It is most important that also the external service providers, including the cargo service providers have
a communication system, which enables easy information exchange of operationally relevant
information throughout the management system for cargo operation and all other areas in the
organization that is related to handling and/or cargo operation.
Nextjet, via NPH, will ensure that the requirements stated above are being fulfilled by continuously
monitor and control the communication system. This means that the external service providers are, at
T
every internal airport meeting obligated to ensure that everybody throughout their organization takes
part of necessary and important information concerning both their own and Nextjet organization. This
shall also be recorded at every meeting and thus be included in the documents enclosed to NPH.
IN
The NPH will also evaluate the communications system via contract reviews, which will take place as
agreed.
NPH Ground Operations shall also at every quality meeting and airport meeting make sure that
PR
everybody feels and knows that they are most welcome to present their opinions and point of views at
all times.
to any eventual last minute catering order and delivery the agreed local procedure shall be followed.
This applies also for flights with return catering on board. Special meals are ordered according to
NextJet instructions.
FF
If only common check-in is available at the airport the signs and guidance must clearly show to the
passengers where the check-in for NextJet flights is performed.
All check-in services (baggage check-in, seat selection, issuing of boarding passes, through check-in)
U
T
2.3.9.2.8 Document Check
Document check to departing passengers (and for any subsequent flights on which the passenger is
IN
checked-in) is to be performed by the Handling Company in accordance with NextJet instructions (see
GOM 5.5). Handling Company customer service staff must be competent to identify potential use of
fraudulent documents and shall prevent the boarding of passengers not qualified to travel to the
destination(s) of the flight concerned in accordance with the NextJet instructions.
PR
2.3.9.2.9 Check-in material
Check-in material must conform to the prevailing industry rules and standards. Handling Companys
stock can be used when available to NextJet at no additional cost. NextJet logo in passenger handling
material shall be used only in accordance with the NextJet brand policy.
L
2.3.9.2.10 Baggage check-in
Free baggage allowance, see GOM 5.10.
IA
For standard baggage weights, see GOM 7.4.
Any obvious damage to baggage which can be observed shall be tagged with the Limited Release tag
before accepting the baggage.
The check-in staff shall ask the passengers to present their carry-on baggage at the check-in.
IC
otherwise agreed. Documents are provided by NextJet or by the Handling Company as locally
agreed. The payment transactions shall be verified with copies of Handling Company receipts.
For baggage regulations and restrictions see GOM 5.10
Excess baggage rates are published in www.NextJet.se
N
T
2.3.9.2.15 Acceptance and handling of LMC baggage
IN
Instructions are given locally. Limited Release Tags are to be used. Any baggage irregularities
occurring at the station shall immediately be brought to attention of all en-route stations, allowing
them to make arrangements for any additional customer service required.
PR
2.3.9.2.16 Acceptance of stand-by baggage
Standby -labels (or similar) are to be used. Standby baggage is loaded on board only if the passenger
is actually accepted on the flight.
planned means of re-delivery of the baggage. Such baggage shall be re-delivered to the destination
airport on the first possible flight/connection.
Baggage handling standards shall include individual targets for each station for baggage mishandling.
FF
2.3.9.3 Lounges
Not applicable.
The agent in charge of the gate service shall co-ordinate the boarding with the crew, and checks that
the cabin configuration corresponds to the planned operating version.
T
The following announcements shall be made at the departure gate:
1. Boarding preparation and pre-boarding announcement
2. Boarding announcement
IN
3. Boarding delay announcement, if applicable
4. Flight delay announcement, if applicable
Standard boarding languages are English and local language(s) and whenever possible Swedish.
See GOM 11.1.
PR
2.3.9.4.6 Pre-boarding and boarding sequence
Pre-boarding is arranged for all passengers travelling with small children, unaccompanied minors and
other passengers needing special assistance. The pre-boarding announcement shall be performed
every time the passenger list shows that there has been checked-in families travelling with small
children.
Whenever the aircraft is parked at a remote stand, the boarding at the gate and utilization of apron
L
buses shall facilitate a quick and smooth embarkation. Both aircraft entrances may be used and the
buses are to be parked accordingly.
IA
The Handling Company shall inform the Chief of Cabin in advance if two doors shall be utilized for
passenger boarding.
To secure the departure on time the handling activities at the flight should be fully completed and the
aircraft doors closed latest 5 minutes before the scheduled time of departure.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 25
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
2.3.9.5.1 General
The Handling Company shall provide or arrange for a trained operator of the passenger bridge/aircraft
guidance lights and check the functioning of these prior to the operation. A copy of PTM (if applicable)
and PSM messages shall be on hand to assist and guide arriving (or connecting) passengers.
T
2.3.9.5.2 Disembarkation procedures
Passengers requiring assistance disembark last. The Handling Company shall inform NextJet in
IN
advance if two aircraft exits can be used simultaneously.
One agent with a copy of PTM (if applicable) and PSM information shall remain at the gate to assist
and guide arriving/connecting passengers (if any).
PR
For flights parked at a remote position both forward and aft aircraft doors shall be used for
disembarkation (unless otherwise agreed). The passenger steps (if required) shall be positioned
immediately after the aircraft come to a still stand.
A sufficient number of apron buses (based on the actual passenger figures) shall be available to
support a smooth transfer to the passenger terminal. The buses shall be parked at the stairs
immediately after the stairs have been properly positioned.
L
2.3.9.6 Baggage handling / arrival service
IA
2.3.9.6.1 Baggage delivery
The loading crew shall be ready at the parking stand with all required Ground Support Equipment on
IC
arrival of the flight to ensure prompt unloading and delivery of baggage and other load in accordance
with NextJet instructions. The passengers shall be informed about any specially designated delivery
area for special/irregular baggage.
The delivery times for local baggage to the baggage pick-up area are defined in SLA.
FF
Handling of transfer baggage is not a normal procedure at NextJet. However, it may be requested
occasionally by NextJet.
O
N
U
Section: 2
Page: 26
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
For baggage irregularities, tracing, compensation and service procedures see GOM 5.10 and 5.11.
The initial baggage irregularity report (PIR) shall be completed.
IN
For baggage left behind at the departure station a message shall be sent to the destination airport
immediately when the situation becomes known. The message shall include information of the
planned means of re-delivery of the baggage. Such baggage shall be re-delivered to the destination
airport on the first possible flight/connection.
PR
When left behind baggage arrives at the passengers destination airport it shall be delivered to the
passenger during the same day or at a time agreed with the customer.
Baggage handling standards shall include individual targets for each station for baggage mishandling.
the length of the delay is not known the passengers have to be kept informed at regular intervals in
such a manner that the needs of all different passenger categories on the flight concerned are
fulfilled. Good coordination of the handling of the irregularity situation with the flight crew is of
essential importance. See GOM 5.9 for more info.
FF
Delay announcement shall include the reason for the delay and the expected time of departure. If the
duration of the delay is not known announcements shall be made at regular intervals and at least one
agent shall be present at the gate or appropriate service counter. Proper delay information shall be
forwarded to the crew.
N
T
GOM 5.3.
IN
2.3.9.8 Load Control
2.3.9.8.1 General
Each Handling Company (including subcontractors of the Handling Company) must assign a loading
PR
supervisor that is responsible for function 2 in the load control process on each flight including
responsibility for handling, loading/unloading, segregation, securing and documentation of dangerous
goods.
The loading supervisor must be qualified and trained in accordance with GOM 3.4 in order to meet the
requirements set by NextJet when providing services with an safety aspect such as load control and
particularly the handling and documentation of dangerous goods.
L
The Handling Company must ensure that their staff only carries out duties for which they have been
trained.
IA
Load control documents e.g. loading instruction report, loadsheet, NOTOC, are to be prepared and
handled in accordance with local and/or international regulations (IATA, EU OPS-1) and NextJet
instructions as stated below.
IC
All information that needs to be available or edited in the departure control system such as aircraft
registration, booking figures, cabin configuration, amount of cargo etc. will be obtained as locally
agreed.
FF
Actual cargo and mail figures have to be available in good time to enable loading instructions to be
completed. Timing to be locally agreed.
The Commander or the local NextJet representative will inform the Handling Company about TOF,
TF, flight time and alternate airport.
O
is closed during embarkation/ disembarkation of the passengers with the exception that the door
may be open during embarkation/disembarkation at the Commanders discretion to arrange the
cockpit ventilation.
U
is locked, when cabin doors are closed within the provisions of the MEL or according to the more
demanding State Requirements.
The cockpit door shall be opened only according to the defined Cockpit Door Procedure. (OM-A 8)
Section: 2
Page: 28
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
All load control documents shall be calculated using metric standards.
For any weight critical flight, payload information must be calculated by counting male, female, child
IN
and infant weights separately.
Handling of Dangerous Goods and special loads
PR
Handling of special cargo items, e.g. AVIH, PER must be done according to IATA standards. Details
can be found in GOM 8.2. Handling of VAL items shall be separately agreed with Director of Ground
Operations. When unloading HEA items, lashing material shall be returned to NextJet in the bag
available for lashing material and placed in FWD hold of the narrow body aircraft. Any unloading limits
for heavy items established by the Handling Company must be reported to Director of Ground
Operations.
Ballast may be used only after checking the need with OP or commander.
L
2.3.9.8.4 Pre-flight Communication
IA
Not applicable.
Actual loading and loading report shall be verified by qualified staff, so that weight and balance
calculation can be prepared in due time. A report containing loading information shall be submitted to
the load control agent and/or Commander so that it can be tallied with the loadsheet and that all
deviations to the loading instruction are taken into account.
FF
the position of the center of gravity of the aircraft is within prescribed limits
transportation capacity of the aircraft is maximized
any last minute changes have been recorded
baggage security reconciliation is performed
N
Actual aircraft trim and loadsheet shall be checked and loadsheet signed. Passenger figures must
match with head count from the gate.
U
Whenever applicable, the weight and balance calculation and other documents (e.g. NOTOC) for that
particular flight shall be dispatched to the flight deck for approval latest 10 minutes before departure.
Flight deck shall be notified about any deviations to preliminary weight data given to them during the
flight preparation. Need for additional functions, such as de-icing shall be determined and
implemented together with the Commander and/or station engineer.
T
ATS-flight plans (RPL or FPL) for NextJet flights are filed by OP.
IN
Handling Company must check that ATC has the valid flight plan for each flight and that any traffic
restrictions are taken into account in the flight plan, where needed.
In accordance with local procedures Handling Company must take care of informing any delays due
PR
to late incoming of the aircraft, technical problem etc. to local AIS or ATC.
If any re-routing is necessary or recommendable due to ATC restrictions, Handling Company must
inform OP about any suggested re-routing. OP will send revised Company Flight Plan and ATS-flight
plan to be forwarded to the flight crew. Handling Company must check that the local ATC has
received updated ATS flight plan.
In urgent cases Handling Company is allowed to make change to the ATS-flight plan by themselves.
L
Any change to the ATS-flight plan must be forwarded to crew and copied to OP.
IA
2.3.9.9.2 Company Flight Plan
Company flight plan (CFPL) is prepared by OP. All CFPLs are available in the PPS system. It is the
responsibility of the local handling agent and the Director of Ground Operations to agree on the
IC
methods for printing and delivering of the briefing package to departing crew.
In case of known local strikes, fuelling problems etc. OP must be informed as soon as possible.
FF
If the flight crew requests a revised CFPL, Handling Company must immediately contact OP.
In case the delay can be avoided or reduced by getting a better slot when re-routing the flight, the
Handling Company is allowed to contact ATC and request re-routing. The new ATS-flight plan must
be copied to the crew.
N
The Handling Company must take care that Eurocontrol CFMU has their valid address for incoming
slot messages and OP has their valid contact information (CUT, SITA, AFTN, telephone and telefax)
available.
U
Section: 2
Page: 30
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
As instructed by NextJet the Handling Company can contact local ATC requesting a re-routing, if
available, if such a measure helps avoiding or reducing a delay of the flight through a better slot.
T
Any information about delays at the station must be given to OP as early as possible. Handling
Company must ensure that delay information is also sent to Eurocontrol, whenever necessary.
IN
Handling Company must take care that Eurocontrol CFMU has their valid address for incoming slot
messages and OP has their valid contact information (CUT, SITA, AFTN, telephone and telefax)
available.
PR
2.3.9.9.4 Meteorological Pre-flight Documentation
The Handling Company shall deliver the MET folder (as instructed by NextJet) to flight deck upon
aircraft arrival or immediately when the departing crew is available. This MET folder shall cover the
flight in respect of time, altitude and geographical extent. Documentation shall be based on latest
available information. In case of a delay an update, especially concerning TAF and METAR, is
required.
L
Standard MET documentation should be obtained for flight preparation when the crew begins flight
IA
duty or after a break of more than two hours during intermediate stops. It should contain:
1. Aerodrome forecast (TAF) of destination and its alternate(s), main aerodromes en-route and
aerodrome of departure.
2. Actual report (METAR), including runway report (i.e. MOTNE group, when available), of
IC
Reduced MET documentation may be used for updating the standard MET documentation for
operations other than those specified above. It should comprise at least items 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the
O
standard documentation.
The Handling Company shall deliver the MET folder to flight deck upon aircraft arrival.
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 31
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
NextJet has zero (0) minutes tolerance in departure delays. All delays must be recorded in the MVT
messages.
Standard IATA alphabetic delay codes and appropriate NextJet sub-codes shall be used. Any
IN
departure delay must be attributed to the real cause of the delay and if required, the OP can be
consulted about the delay code to be used.
Flight files shall be retained for 3 months by the Handling Company and the file must contain at least
PR
loadsheet, loading instruction/report and all flight related messages.
Dangerous Goods Acceptance Checklist and shippers declaration has to be retained for 3 month at
cargo warehouse.
2.3.9.11 Ramp
security rules. If any breach of safety rules is observed or detected, it must immediately be brought to
the attention of the person(s) concerned or if need be, to the attention of the responsible supervisor or
authority. It is the responsibility of the respective supervisors to ensure that proper instruction on ramp
N
safety is given to all staff before allowing them to perform any duties on the ramp.
Any damage to the aeroplane skin or structure, however slight, which occurs or is noticed during ramp
handling, must be immediately reported to the Commander or responsible supervisor. The same
U
applies to injuries to passengers and damage to the load. All staff operating and/or maneuvering any
self propelled vehicles or equipment on the ramp must have been properly instructed in the operation
of such a vehicle or equipment.
For reporting see GOM 12.1.6.
Section: 2
Page: 32
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
2.3.9.11.2 Parking
Agreed number of wheel chocks shall be placed at the proper positions immediately after the aircraft
has
come to a complete standstill and the engines have been shut down. This procedure, when
completed must
be confirmed to the Commander The agent in charge of the arrival handling and unloading must
ensure
T
that the apron area is free of obstructions and that all equipment is clear of the aircrafts path. The
positioning
and operation of loading/unloading equipment must not prevent or disturb any other handling
IN
function of the flight during the turnaround.
The number and placing of the wheel chocks is the same at passenger bridge and remote parking
positions.
PR
Landing gear locking pins, engine covers, tail stands i.e. are to be positioned and removed as
instructed by Technical Department.
tail/roadway
at wing tips immediately after the aircraft is at its parking position
at others areas around the aircraft only when clearance to approach the aircraft has been given
at a distance from the "protected" area such that the intended purpose of the cone is not
FF
diminished.
Positioning of the marker cones for each aircraft type, see GOM 9 / Aircraft Guide.
The person in charge of aircraft moving (push-back or towing) shall check that equipment (and
towbar, if needed) is available on time.
N
U
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 33
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Careful attention must be followed when an aircraft departure check is performed. Before the
communication
T
is established a walk-around must be made. This walk-around must include visual check that:
all hatches, access doors/inlets (toilet, water, fuel etc.) and service doors/panels are
appropriately closed and locked
IN
structure at door areas, wings, tail and engines are free of impact damage
there is no evidence of fuel, oil, hydraulic or water or lavatory waste leaks
no foreign objects are found
PR
The ice check (whenever required) shall be performed by qualified personnel only, as instructed by
Technical Department.
L
it is safe to conduct the operation on the surface conditions (e.g. ice, snow etc.)
the loading bridge is detached from the aircraft, all ground support equipment has been removed
IA
and there are adequate clearances between the aircraft and facilities/equipment and that the
area of the operation is clear of FOD
power cables and all wheel chocks are removed
all personnel involved in the operation have agreed on how communication shall be performed
IC
During aircraft movement the airframe manufacturers instructions shall be followed and maximum
nosegear turn limits may not be exceeded. Further information is available at Technical Department.
FF
accordance with international flight safety regulations. Additionally, the services performed shall be in
accordance with the NextJet instructions and, if specified, under the control of a person authorized by
NextJet.
N
Only detergents that meet the specifications of AMS (Aerospace Material Specification) 1550 Cleaner
water base, aircraft interior may be used when performing aircraft interior cleaning services for
NextJet.
U
The Cleaning-company shall exercise flexibility in handling ad-hoc situations, such as delays,
schedule and version changes in a smooth and prompt manner.
Suppliers of NextJet cleaning services, stores and supplies shall introduce security measures
necessary to prevent the introduction of prohibited articles into cleaning supplies to be taken on
board.
The Cleaning-company shall provide sufficient staff training, guidance and upkeep of its staffs
professional knowledge.
Section: 2
Page: 34
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
This chart provides guidelines for Aircraft Interior Cleaning depending on ground time:
T
wiping of crew tables x
cleaning and tidying seats x
IN
mopping of floor x
cleaning windscreen on inside and sun visors, if requested as locally agreed
Galleys, disposing of litter x x x
pantries,
cloakrooms and
PR
vestibules
emptying (and cleaning) of refuse bins x x x
emptying of ice-cube boxes x x
cleaning and disinfecting of ice-cube boxes when required
wiping of work surfaces, sinks and racks x x x
cleaning stains off walls and doors x x x
cleaning of floors (carpets and surrounds) x x x
emptying of ash trays
L x x
cleaning of coffee-makers and ovens x
IA
emptying of ash trays x x
arranging of blankets and pillows as required x x x
realigning of headrest covers and replacing any creased or x x
soiled ones as agreed
IC
T
disinfecting and/or deodorizing of aircraft when as locally agreed
needed (materials can be supplied by the carrier)
removing and/or destroying of food and material left according to regulations
IN
over from incoming flight in accordance with local
regulations and/or the carriers regulations
providing or arranging for cleaning and/ or laundering as locally agreed
of cabin blankets and linen
PR
collecting and/or distributing airline magazines according to the carriers in-
newspapers/magazines menus headphones structions
other items
Toilet Service
General toilet service should include the following:
(a) Providing of toilet service unit
T
(b) Positioning and removing of toilet service unit
(c) Emptying, cleaning and flushing of toilets and replenishing of fluids
(d) Cleaning of excess fluids from aircraft exterior
IN
Normally the toilet service should be performed on arriving flights before night stop. However, local
procedures may be applicable.
Potable Water
PR
Potable water uplift for NextJet flights may only be performed when hygienic requirements for potable
water are fulfilled. The stations, which NextJet operates to, are divided into two (2) categories based
on the quality of fresh water.
1. Uplift can be made (scheduled line stations)
2. No uplift to be performed (other stations, unless approved by Director of Ground Operations)
Water criteria must meet at a minimum level IATA AHM 440 and WHO standards.
L
For more details concerning potable water uplift and sending of test reports see GOM 12.1.7.
IA
2.3.9.12.2 Cooling and Heating
Instructions for providing and operating of cooling/heating equipment are given by Technical
Department.
IC
2.3.9.13 Security
In emergency and threat cases the commander and the OP shall be notified immediately as above.
Also local NextJet representative and/or Handling Company shall be informed as soon as possible
according to local emergency plan.
U
Mail: security@NextJet.se
Section: 2
Ground Operations Page: 37
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
and the Commander. However; doors, cargo doors and stairs are often operated by subcontractors
and these should be vigilant to the fact that all doors shall be closed when leaving the aircraft.
IN
2.3.9.13.3 Security Search
A Security search shall be performed before boarding of passengers if any of below listed conditions
exists;
PR
If the aircraft has been left unattended and there is suspicion of unauthorized access.
If the aircraft has not been sealed and has been left unattended for any period of time outside
airport security restricted area.
If the aircraft arrives from third country to CSRA, after disembarkation and offloading of luggage.
If the aircraft arrives from a member state where it has been in transit after arriving from third
country.
If the aircraft has been sealed and seals have been tampered with.
If unauthorized access to the aircraft has been established.
If suspicious items have been found.
L
If the aircraft arrives or departs from other airport than CSRA.
IA
(Reference to OM part A section 10.5)
The security search is done by flight deck or cabin crew, or if applicable by technician. It is included in
the Pre Flight Inspection. Data should be noted and stored concerning who completed the security
IC
check (i.e. cabin report). The captain notes that the security search is complete by signing the ATL.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 2
Page: 38
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 2 GROUND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 3
Ground Operations Page: 1
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
CONTENTS
3
Station Procedures .................................................................................................... 3
3.1
Duties and responsibilities for station operations.................................................. 3
3.1.1
Director of Ground Operations ..................................................................................... 3
3.1.1.1
General Duties ............................................................................................................. 3
3.1.1.2
Specific Duties.............................................................................................................. 3
T
3.1.1.2.1
Management ................................................................................................................ 3
3.1.1.2.2
Service levels ............................................................................................................... 3
3.1.1.2.3
Irregularities.................................................................................................................. 3
IN
3.1.1.2.4
Flight safety .................................................................................................................. 3
3.1.1.2.5
Security and Emergency Response ............................................................................. 3
3.1.1.2.6
Commercial issues ....................................................................................................... 4
3.1.1.2.7
Staff qualifications ........................................................................................................ 4
PR
3.1.1.2.8
Financial issues............................................................................................................ 4
3.1.2
Station managers ......................................................................................................... 4
3.1.2.1
Definition of the Function.............................................................................................. 4
3.1.2.2
General Duties ............................................................................................................. 4
3.1.2.3
Specific duties .............................................................................................................. 5
3.1.2.4
Co-operation and liaison with NextJet units and external service providers ................ 5
3.1.2.4.1
Local NextJet co-operation........................................................................................... 5
3.1.2.4.2
Flight Operations .......................................................................................................... 5
L
3.1.2.4.3
Cabin Services ............................................................................................................. 5
3.1.2.4.4
Crew Operations .......................................................................................................... 5
IA
3.1.2.4.5
Technical services........................................................................................................ 6
3.1.2.4.6
Security and Emergency Response ............................................................................. 6
3.1.2.4.7
Catering........................................................................................................................ 6
3.1.2.4.8
Cargo............................................................................................................................ 6
IC
3.1.2.4.14
Finance......................................................................................................................... 7
3.1.2.4.15
Traffic Planning ............................................................................................................ 7
3.1.2.4.16
Lounge Services........................................................................................................... 7
3.1.2.4.17
Ground Handling Contracts.......................................................................................... 7
3.1.2.4.18
Ground Operations / Agreements and Procedures ...................................................... 7
O
3.1.2.5
Co-operation and liaison with Authorities and other external groups ........................... 8
3.1.2.5.1
Airport, Immigration, Customs and Other Authorities................................................... 8
3.1.2.5.2
AOC and Similar Organisations ................................................................................... 8
3.1.2.5.3
Codeshare Partners and Other Airlines ....................................................................... 8
N
T
3.3.2.1
List of Manuals Required at Airport Office.................................................................. 17
3.3.3
Files............................................................................................................................ 17
IN
3.3.3.1
Flight files ................................................................................................................... 17
3.3.3.2
Dangerous Goods acceptance checklist and shippers declaration............................ 18
3.3.3.3
Legal documents ........................................................................................................ 18
3.3.3.4
Internal correspondence............................................................................................. 18
3.3.3.5
External Correspondence........................................................................................... 18
PR
3.3.4
Statistics ..................................................................................................................... 18
3.3.5
Minimum storage periods ........................................................................................... 18
3.3.6
Invoice control ............................................................................................................ 18
3.3.7
Reporting of passengers that are denied boarding due to travel
documents and inadmissible passengers .................................................................. 19
3.3.8
Handling of accidents, incidents and occurrences ..................................................... 19
3.4
Training requirements for ground and cargo operations personnel .................. 21
L
3.4.1
Ground and Cargo Operations Personnel.................................................................. 21
3.4.2
Initial Training ............................................................................................................. 21
IA
3.4.3
Recurrent training....................................................................................................... 21
3.4.4
Training programs ...................................................................................................... 22
3.4.5
Training records ......................................................................................................... 22
3.4.6
DGR Training ............................................................................................................. 23
IC
3 Station Procedures
3.1 Duties and responsibilities for station operations
3.1.1 Director of Ground Operations
T
Direct the stations in the designated area by maintaining the highest possible service standards at all
times and ensuring that all ground and cargo operations functions are performed in line with company
IN
and authority rules and regulations and in a most cost-effective way.
Act as the main contact between NextJets departments and Handling Companies. Promote, support
and protect the interests of NextJet and establish good relations towards all respective authorities,
airport and handling companies, media and the travelling public.
PR
3.1.1.2 Specific Duties
3.1.1.2.1 Management
Act as the coach for Station Managers and other management personnel of the Handling Company,
chair regular meetings with the management of the Handling Company and give guidelines and
L
instructions in operational and administrative matters.
monitor the NextJet quality standards, follow the results of all service and quality surveys and take
immediate action whenever the results are not in line with the targets.
Develop local station procedures (LSP) in aim to meet and fulfill customer expectations and see to
that self-monitoring is performed as agreed.
O
3.1.1.2.3 Irregularities
Ensure that proper customer service arrangements are in place for any flight irregularities/local
N
disruptions and follow up the strict compliance of these instructions. See Local Station Procedure
(LSP)
U
T
3.1.1.2.8 Financial issues
IN
Prepare, submit and supervise the budget. Continuously look for synergies and cost effectiveness.
Monitor local cost-efficiency at stations.
PR
3.1.2.1 Definition of the Function
Station Manager is a function with the authorization by NextJet for a person (regardless of one's job
title) to represent NextJet, supervise and co-ordinate the appropriate airport and/or handling functions
at an airport, with the duties, responsibilities and rights arising from this authorization.
Plan, organize, direct, supervise and follow-up all airport functions dealing with the passenger service,
load control, aircraft loading/ unloading and servicing of NextJet flights in such a way that all relevant
NextJet instructions are followed and that the functions are carried out in a cost effective way obeying
all safety rules and regulations and ensuring that the highest possible service level is maintained in
the handling of the flights, their passengers, load and crew.
FF
Ensure that all staff is aware of the agreed services and NextJet service standards and that they know
the procedures in case of non-compliance or substandard service.
Operations.
T
after departure.
Evaluation and taking action upon all possible factors that can influence, hinder or prevent safe
and punctual operation of the flight.
IN
Provision of correct flight and aircraft related data that Handling Companies will need in their
work to ensure safe and punctual handling of the flight.
As required, provision of all flight operation permits and documents necessary for the proper,
safe and punctual operation of the flight.
PR
Ensuring that the meal count is appropriately observed and the agreed local procedure for the
order and delivery of any last minute meals is followed.
Preparation and forwarding any necessary data or information for the flight deck and/or cabin
crew concerning the flight operation or customer service.
Ensuring that the Commander and Chief of Cabin are informed of any actual or expected
irregularities or delay concerning the flight.
Supervision of the interests and priority of the NextJet flight with regard to handling services, e.g.
de-icing, parking etc.
L
Dispatching of all operational messages and preparation and handling of statistics related to the
flight.
IA
Ensuring that any information concerning irregularities or special passenger services are
forwarded to stations or departments concerned.
Representing NextJet towards local airport authority.
Nominate a specific person that is responsibelfor the supervision of all airside operational
IC
areas.
3.1.2.4 Co-operation and liaison with NextJet units and external service providers
It is compulsory to use external service that is contracted to NextJets operations.
FF
by NextJet.
Follow up weather and other conditions which might affect the safe and punctual operation of the
flight and keep OP informed.
U
T
Review Local Emergency Plans at least once a year with the respective Handling Companies and
other organizations involved in executing these plans.
Report local developments, problems or non-compliance to Director of Ground Operations.
IN
3.1.2.4.7 Catering
Follow up the quality and standard of catering services, including the compliance with the regulations
PR
for catering loading and functioning of equipment
3.1.2.4.8 Cargo
Co-ordinate with local Cargo organization and/or Cargo handling agent as agreed that all NextJet
packaging, loading and unloading procedures are known to relevant staff. Check that all relevant staff
has a valid DGR training. Control on time delivery of cargo as described in SLA (Service Level
Agreement).
L
3.1.2.4.9 Customer Relations
IA
Together with NextJet Customer Relations and in accordance with NextJet instructions provide quick
and efficient handling of customer feed back and reports.
IC
3.1.2.4.11 Compliance
Ensure that airport facilities used by NextJet customers as well as the service and operational
procedures are maintained according to the standards (See NextJet Service Delivery Standards).
O
Make all necessary arrangements for Compliance Audits, assist the auditors and make immediate
arrangements for the correction of any non-conformity or any other items reported by the auditors.
Co-operate with the Director of Ground Operations in all issues related to benchmarking and
N
3.1.2.4.13 Training
T
Control the applicability and validity of the training of the Handling Company personnel working on
NextJet flights (see GOM 3.4).
It is the responsibility of the Station Manager to control that the subcontractors performing handling
IN
services for NextJet fulfill the requirements applicable to the accomplishment of the job in question.
Where applicable, ensure that all NextJet own staff/Supervision Company staff has received the
required operational training and that a recurrent program is in place. This concerns both customer
PR
service and technical skills training.
3.1.2.4.14 Finance
Look for synergies and cost-effectiveness in all ground handling activities and keep Director of
Ground Operations informed of any potential and relevant opportunities that might bring cost savings
to NextJet.
L
Inform Director of Ground Operations and any other relevant department of any planned or actual
change in pricing of handling or traffic charges.
IA
3.1.2.4.15 Traffic Planning
Follow and constantly analyze the actual NextJet flight and ground times to/from/at the airport vs. the
IC
published schedule. Report major problems and deviations and propose revisions supported with
factual data.
Not applicable.
irregularities. Follow the development and standard of other ground handling business at the airport
and make, when necessary, proposals for new arrangements.
N
Ensure that GOM and other manuals as well as other documentation are kept updated at all times
and that any information in revisions or bulletins issued by the authorities or NextJet will be
implemented and brought to the attention of the Handling Companies and own staff concerned.
All comments or suggestions concerning the contents in the GOM can be forwarded via e-mail to
Director of Ground Operations and Ground Operations Department.
Section: 3
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
3.1.2.5 Co-operation and liaison with Authorities and other external groups
T
3.1.2.5.2 AOC and Similar Organisations
The AOC and similar organizations are important bodies in developing and maintaining airport
IN
facilities and procedures and in co-operating with the local authorities. They also serve as a vital
channel of information between the airlines and other bodies participating in the work of these
organizations.
PR
The Station Managers shall participate in the AOC meetings, as agreed or when locally accepted,
arrange for a suitable substitute delegate.
In such duties and other non-routine duties the use of common sense and own initiative is required.
Practical implementation of the duties can be further delegated to other station personnel bearing in
mind that the responsibility based on the authorization by NextJet lays on the Station Manager.
FF
importance. The decision and method of evacuation will depend on the circumstances and the
discretion of the Commander or designated authority.
N
3.1.2.7.1.1 Scope
The scope of this procedure is to outline the circumstances that may require and evacuation of the
aircraft and/or the general work area. The action guidelines specified should be read in conjunction
U
3.1.2.7.1.2 Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of each agency involved in handling operations to ensure that personnel are
made aware of their specific responsibilities in the event of an emergency situation. All organizations
shall instruct and train their staff in the procedures that must be enacted in emergency situations. The
procedures must clearly define responsibility for directing passengers and staff to a safe assembly
area as appropriate to the type of emergency and the conditions at the time.
Section: 3
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
Dangerous Goods Incident:
Notify the Aircraft Commander or designated authority, Emergency services and Airport Authority.
Evacuate all persons if required.
IN
Secure the area, isolate the consignment and identify source.
Security Incident:
Assess threat and follow the appropriate procedures.
PR
Evacuate all persons if required.
Aircraft/equipment to be positioned as directed.
Guidelines:
a) Procedures shall be established in conjunction with stakeholders and implemented for aircraft
emergency evacuation situations.
FF
b) These procedures only apply when aircrew are not on board the aircraft and are applicable to
ground personnel such as engineering, cleaning, catering, ramp etc.
c) A designated person in charge (supervisor etc.) on board the aircraft would take charge of the
evacuation.
d) Different methods of evacuation from the aircraft should be included in the procedures, e.g. mobile
stairs, loading bridge etc. Escape slides are not intended as the primary means of exit.
O
fuel spillage
Aircraft Fire
Dangerous goods Incident
Security Incident
emergency evacuation of Ground staff during handling operation
major aircraft damage
injury to staff or passengers during ramp operations
(Guidlines AHM 633)
This plan shall be in accordance with local rescue plans and include action plans and NextJets
Emergency Plan
Section: 3
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
reports shall at least contain report date, occurrence date, description and if applicable flight number,
aircraft registration, delay in minutes, weather conditions, improvement suggestions and if not
anonymous the reporters full name.
IN
Reports regarding safety related and/or security related events shall be sent to safety@nextjet.se as
soon as practicable. All reports received by NextJet are treated confidentially. As a minimum,
occurrences that could affect the safety of NextJets operation negatively shall be reported. All
PR
NextJet subcontractors shall establish a reporting system where reports regarding events,
observations and occurrences can be sent. These reports should also be possible to send
anonymously by the issuer. For organizations where SMS is a requirement this recommendation is
mandatory.
For airports where SMS is a requirement NextJet Safety Department shall be invited to the Safety
meeting and if not able to attend the meeting protocol shall be made available for review by NextJet
safety department.
L
NextJet will provide safety related information applicable to the subcontractor to enhance the safety
IA
related information sharing.
available or close to the aircraft at the time the damage was caused/discovered, the person that
caused or discovered the damage has to wait at the aircraft to see to that the aircraft does not depart
with an uninspected damage. An Aircraft Damage Report using the latest version of the IATA
AHM650 Ground Incident Damage Report Sheet including pictures of the damage shall thereafter be
completed and sent to safety@nextjet.se.
O
may be filed even if no occurrence has taken place. If any personnel observes a procedure, condition
or similar circumstances that could develop into a breach in Flight Safety if not properly managed an
ASR shall be filed and sent to safety@nextjet.se.
U
3.1.2.7.4 Responsibility
It is the responsibility of each handling agent involved to ensure that personnel are made aware of
their specific responsibilities in the event of an emergency situation.
All organisations personnel shall be instructed and trained in procedures that shall be enacted in
emergency situations.
The procedures shall clearly define the responsibilities for directing passengers and staff to a safe
T
assembly area as appropriate to the type of emergency and conditions at the time.
IN
3.1.2.7.5 The Emergency Response Team
In the event of a major accident/incident, all Emergency Response Team members will immediately
report, in person, to the Emergency Response Centre to coordinate all matters pertaining to the
accident/incident. The CEO or his nominee, will authorize press releases, and will be the only
PR
Company spokesperson.
3.2.1 Purpose
The purpose of the local station procedure (LSP) is to document local information, and procedures
that are not described in other manuals or relevant documents.
When documented, such information provides the basis for uniform performance of a station and also
FF
3.2.2 Responsibility
O
The Director of Ground Operations is responsible for preparing and maintaining LSPs.
Each LSP must be revised whenever a change occurs, and must be sent to respective station.
The official LSP is published in NextJet intranet or as a printed version.
N
Any changes in names or contacts must be corrected in LSP as soon as they occur.
Performance target items are agreed in the SDS.
U
Section: 3
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
2. (Name of handling company)
IN
1.2.1 Responsible NextJet Ground Operations organization
The handling company/companies report to:
NextJet Director of Ground Operations has the responsibility to ensure that all the ground
operations duties are provided and performed at agreed quality level and in line with NextJet
PR
and authority rules and regulations.
(Handling company) is responsible for the proper performance of the agreed services and the
IC
supervision of their own work. In accordance with the guidelines given by NextJet, (handling
company) shall regularly monitor the provision and quality of the services provided for NextJet.
- Monitor that all handling company departments are performing according to agreed service
standards (SDS) and other NextJet/authority rules and regulations. Monthly Quality Reports
from handling company self monitoring shall be sent to NextJet as instructed
- Take immediate corrective measures on staff or performance related problem issues
- Ensure that handling company staff as well as all subcontractors staff performing on
O
NextJet flights has been given proper training (for guidelines see GOM 3.4), is fully
acquainted of all requirements necessary for a successful accomplishment of their work
and that their appearance and behavior is in line with the NextJet guidelines and our
customer expectations
N
- Control the availability and functioning of the DCS system utilized in the handling of NextJet
flights
- Update NextJet manuals and all related information
U
- See to that all staff are updated with revisions/amendments made in the NextJet manuals
and procedures and that a record of this sharing of information is kept up to date
- Manage and report of all irregularities according to NextJet instructions and agreed
procedures
- Prepare and update all internal statistics as instructed by NextJet
- Report immediately any errors/mistakes/incidents occurred in handling of NextJet flights
(GOM 3.1.2.7.3)
Section: 3
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
crew by following instructions provided by NextJet
- Arrange for the delivery of the new/revised flight plan, as required
- Handle all irregularities as instructed by NextJet
IN
- Handle crew issues in co-operation with OP in case of any irregularity affecting their
rotation or working hours
- Manage all post flight procedures and reporting
PR
1.2.4 Handling company passenger service duties
Passenger service duties are carried out by (name or description of the responsible handling
company organization) which has the responsibility to plan, instruct, perform and supervise all
passenger handling and information functions (check-in, gate service, arrival service).
Procedures for passenger handling are described in NextJet GOM and these guidelines must
be followed.
- After disembarkation or immediately after the departing crew is available,, the agent will
provide the purser with any relevant flight/passenger information (as locally agreed),
forward the weather/flight documents to the Commander and check that all passengers
have left the aircraft
- Arrival of cleaners should be confirmed before agent can leave the aircraft
O
1.2.4.3 Check-in
Check-in will be performed according to the guidelines described in GOM 5.5
Sufficient number of counters will be opened as agreed in SLA.
N
-
Section: 3
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
performed according to NextJet instructions, announcements (including pre-boarding) done
accordingly and self monitoring completed
- Possible booking errors and offloads are to be coordinated by lead agent and performed
IN
according to NextJet instructions
- The flight coupons are properly handled and forwarded in the revenue accounting envelope
and any reports required are completed and delivered as instructed by NextJet.
PR
- Arrival service functions are performed by baggage tracing staff
- Their duty is to handle missing / damaged / lost baggage issues as instructed in NextJet
GOM 5.8 and more detailed in 5.11
- They will also take action in case baggage is short shipped and left behind at station
- Inform pilots of any operational changes and expected delays or SLOT problems
- Arrange for sending a copy of NOTOC to destination airport
- Send all operational messages, including SLS as instructed
- File all flight documents as instructed by NextJet
O
- Check amount of arriving load so that needed offloading equipment is available on time
- Ensure that the aircraft parking position is free of any obstructions and all equipment is
clear
U
T
- Refreshment vouchers will be issued by at check-in and/or departure gate and/or
transfer/connections desk (airside) in accordance with NextJet service policy
- For meal service separate instructions apply. See GOM 5.9.4.4.
IN
- Special emphasis must be placed on keeping the passengers continuously informed during
a delay or other irregularity
- Other passenger service options (e.g. re-routing) shall be handled according to NextJet
rules.
PR
1.3.2 Preferred hotel(s)
Names addresses and contact information for hotels with special agreements, if any
Transportation arrangement, if any
1.4.2 Buses/minibuses
Name:
Address:
Contact information:
FF
Transportation:
T
company supervisors in co-operation with (name of service provider) ticket desk shall
arrange without any unnecessary delay re-routing of departing passengers (see below
preferred alternative flights/connections).
IN
- Handling of passengers baggage shall be rearranged as above and the destination airport
immediately informed about any left behind bags
- Handling of flights coupons and/or FIM shall be as instructed by NextJet
- Priority in such arrangements shall be given to passengers requiring special
assistance/attention
PR
- The handling agent on the arrival station shall be informed via SITA message of
names/flight numbers for re-routed passengers
Contact information:
3.3.2 Manuals
T
The Station Manager is responsible that the manuals as described in the following list are kept at the
station, and that each such manual has a nominated person and a substitute responsible for
IN
maintaining the manuals updated, and that any necessary information on revisions will be brought to
the attention of all personnel concerned.
A manual is not needed when an electronic version is available. The Station Manager is also
PR
responsible that a filing system as described below is maintained at the station.
maintained on ground by the handling company at least the following documents must be stored in
flight file for each flight:
copy of mass and balance information and sheets
copy of loading instruction/report (when applicable)
copy of NOTOC, must be readily accessible (when issued)
copy of OFP (FFP) amendment data
O
PNL
"Pieces and weight" from checkin system
any other documents required by local authorities
N
Other documents to be stored in flight file can be decided by each station. The general principle is to
store documents that can be of use and help if flight related information is needed afterwards e.g. for
handling of customer feedback.
Section: 3
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
Only NextJets documents listed i appendix 3.1 shall be used by all subcontractors. All nextjet
documents which are outdated or not listed in appendix 3.1 have to be destroyed.
IN
3.3.3.4 Internal correspondence
A file for internal correspondence must maintained at the station.
PR
3.3.3.5 External Correspondence
A file of external correspondence must be maintained at the station.
3.3.4 Statistics
Not applicable.
L
3.3.5 Minimum storage periods
IA
Minimum storage periods as required by JAR-OPS 1 or the Company are described in the following
table:
IC
PIRs 12 months
Company notices until date of validity
NOTE: If local regulations require longer storage periods these regulations must be observed.
O
Attention shall be paid also to invoices that the Handling Company may pay to third parties
(subcontractors) on behalf of NextJet. Such invoices are to be requested to be addressed directly to
U
3.3.7 Reporting of passengers that are denied boarding due to travel documents and
inadmissible passengers
Passengers who are denied boarding due to suspicious travel documents, missing visas or other
reasons related to travel documents, as well as all cases of inadmissible passengers are to be
reported to OP as soon as possible.
T
or by fax +46 8 639 83 29.
IN
FLT/DATE:
Station:
Name of pax:
Suspected Nationality:
PR
Holding Travel Doc of :
Intended routing:
Type of Travel Doc irregularity: Free format explanation
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 3
Ground Operations Page: 21
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
It is a NextJets requirement that all operational positions within the scope of ground and cargo
T
operations are filled by personnel on the basis of knowledge skills, training and experience
appropriate for the position. This shall be checked during NextJets station inspections.
IN
Training shall be completed by personnel that perform operational duties in the following functions
within I the scope of ground and cargo handling operations:
Passenger handling
Baggage handling
PR
Aircraft loading
Load control
Cargo handling
Fuelling
De/Anti Icing
The content and structure of training completed by ground handling and cargo operations personnel
T
shall be reviewed and updated to remain relevant annually or every time changes occur in the
operational environment or new regulatory requirements occur. The relevant manager in each
company (eg Training Manager/Departmental Operational Manager) shall be responsible to review
IN
the training program and the attached syllabus. If there are any changes to be made, the new
requirements shall be documented in relation to the training syllabus subjects/topics and the training
provider shall be sent the new updates. The training provider will then update their courses and
materials and seek approval/acceptance as to whether all courses have been updated correctly.
Course materials will be published with new revision numbers and future courses shall take place with
PR
these revised course materials. The process to ensure that all other training programs (handling-
agents/training providers) are reviewed and updated in accordance with the above, is performed by
NextJet during station inspections.
The content of training courses shall provide the knowledge necessary to perform duties, execute
procedures and operate equipment associated with specific ground handling and cargo functions and
responsibilities, to include:
L
Familiarization training on applicable regulations
In-depth training on requirements, including policies, procedures and operating practices
IA
Training in human factors principles
Safety training on associated operational hazards
Trained and qualified to operate equipment associated with duties
All personnel shall undergo examination or evaluation by written, oral or practical means, as
IC
applicable, to satisfy the requirement for operational personnel to demonstrate adequate knowledge,
competency or proficiency to perform duties, execute procedures or operate equipment. The
minimum pass rate for examinations and/or evaluations shall be 80% if not otherwise specified by the
applicable regulations.
FF
in an employees training file utilizing a standard format. The responsible department/handling agent
shall have a system for maintaining training records that provides for retention, identification, storage,
protection, retrieval and disposition of records in accordance with NextJets company requirements.On
the job training shall also be recorded on each employees training file in conjunction with each
N
Training records shall be made available for review by an authorized NextJet representative and/or
U
regulatory authority. Where electronic or computer based training record systems are maintained, the
content shall include, as a minimum, the trainees name, course undertaken, test mark achieved, date
of training and next training date for recurrency.
Copies of training records shall be provided on request during station checks or NextJets corporate
quality audits.
Section: 3
Ground Operations Page: 23
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
Baggage handling
Aircraft loading
Load control
IN
Cargo handling
All DGR TRAINING SHALL BE WITH CURRENT IATA DGR TABLE 1.5
REF GOM 5.13
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 3
Page: 24
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
Airside Safety/Security*
and baggage handling
General loading principles
planning
Type specific Load
/Airside driving* training
operation familitization
Equipment
Workstation training
A/C fuelling**
A/C De-/anti-icing***
T
IN
Ramp agent IR2 IR3 IR3 IR3 IR3 ICA IR3
PR
Passenger handling IR2 IR3 I
Baggage and cargo handling IR2 IR3 IR3 IR3 I
Marshalling IR2 IR3 IR3 IR3
Pushback IR2 IR3 IR3
Ground to cockpit Communication IR2 IR3 IR3
GSE operator IR2 IR3 IR3
Loadmaster IR2 IR3 IR3
Cargo Handling (Physical Handling) IR2
L
IR3 IR3 I
Cargo Handling (DGR Acceptance) IR2 IR3 IR3 I
Cargo Handling (General acceptance) IR2 IR3 IR3 I
IA
Load control IR2 IR3 IR3 ICA IR3 I
Fuelling personnel IR2 IR3 IR3 IR1
Passenger boarding IR2 IR3 IR3 I
Bridge/dock operation IR2 IR3 IR3 I
IC
I=Initial Training
R1=Recurrent training every 12 months
R2=Recurrent training minimum every 24 months
R3=recurrent training minimum every 36 months
CA=Annual competence check
O
NOTE: Weight & Balance on NextJet flights is performed by the PIC. Pilots training in Weight and
balance has to reflect AHM 590, referring to OM-D.
N
U
Section: 3
Ground Operations Page: 25
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
3.4.8 The Training Syllabus for each training shall be in accordance with the following:
DGR Training - refer to IATA Table 1.5
AVSEC Training - refer to airports Security Program
Cargo Basic & Recurrent in accordance with IATA AHM 51/300-384
De/Anti Icing Training in accordance with the latest AEA/ISO/IATA De/Anti Icing Pool training
recommendations
T
Airside Safety Training Syllabus in accordance with AHM 611/613/630:
Safety Philosophy (safety policy & employer/employee responsibilities)
Safety Regulations (international, state, airport & safe working practises)
IN
Hazards (eg vehicle movements, jet engines, aircraft protrusions etc)
Human Factors (eg stress, time pressure, peer management etc)
Airside Markings & Signage Emergency Situations (eg reporting, alarms & emergency stops,
ramp emergency etc)
PR
FOD prevention
Personal protection (eg protective clothing, occupational health & safety etc)
Accidents, Incidents (eg personal/GSE/aircraft damage, risk assessment, investigation etc)
Airside supervision (eg creating a reporting culture, performance monitoring etc)
Load Control Functional Training Syllabus in accordance with IATA AHM 590:
General weight & balance proficiency (eg terminology, balance principles etc)
Aircraft structure load limitations, loading incompatabilites
L
Unit load devices (eg load limitations, tagging etc)*
Bulk hold loading (eg load spreading rules, load restraints and tie down rules etc)
IA
Loadsheet (eg issuance, checking, last minute changes etc)
Balance tables/charts (eg issuance, checking etc)
Load Instruction plan and report (LIR) (eg issuance and reporting procedures after load)
Load messages (eg sending and reading messages)
IC
Passenger Handling Training Syllabus in accordance with IATA AHM 51/100 - 180:
Check in procedures
Baggage check in procedures
FF
Aircraft handling and loading Training Syllabus in accordance with AHM 611/613/630:
Incident/accident reporting procedures
Manual loading
Safety during aircraft fuelling
Principles of aircraft loading
Handling special attention loads
Loading incompatabilities
Handling of ULDs *
T
Operation of aircraft loading system/securing of loading &ULD*
Identification/consequences of malfunctions of in-plane loading systems
Consequences of load damage and spillage
IN
Positioning and operation of loading and service equipment
Load notification to PIC/Load control office
Passenger embarkation/disembarkation procedure
Standards of aircraft cleaning, lavatory and potable water servicing
Aircraft movement operations
PR
Passenger Boarding Bridge Training Syllabus:
Standard opertating procedures of equipment
Bridge control system, including on/off buttons and emergency switch off buttons
Out-of-limits procedures (returning bridge to normal working limits)
Back-off procedures and applications
Manual wind-off procedures
L
Accident/incident response and reporting procedures
Fire procedures whilst bridge is on the aircraft
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 3
Ground Operations Page: 27
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 3 STATION PROCEDURES
T
missing restraints limitation;
Unit load devices (ULDs)*:
tie-down limitations and rules; *
IN
rejection criteria for damaged ULD and tie-down accessories; *
tagging; *
Bulk hold loading:
physical loading rules concerning baggage, cargo;
PR
tie-down and spreader floor procedures;
utilisation of nets.
Loading Instructions/Report (LIR):
designation and numbering of aircraft holds;
utilisation of the LIR document;
Loading messages:
reading standard loading messages for off-loading of holds;
Dangerous goods:
cargo IMP codes;
L
ULD and parcels labelling and marking; *
IA
loading compatibilities;
onboard accessibility;
rejection criteria;
emergency procedures.
IC
T
nose gear towbar tractor(s)
Nose gear towbarless tractor(s)
main gear tractor(s), if applicable
IN
towbars
Equipment-aircraft connect and disconnect procedures
Aircraft ground movement standard verbal communications (ground-flight deck)
nose gear controlled pushback and towing operation
main gear controlled pushback operations, if applicable
PR
powerback operations, if applicable
Aircraft marshalling
Scope of operations, principles, responsibilities
practices, procedures
standard hand signals
use of aircraft parking guidance system(s)
Aircraft ground movement assistance
L
scope of activities, principles, responsibilities
practices, procedures
IA
standard hand signals
T
4512-0004-01 BAG TAGS 18"
4512-0005-01 ARN TAG
IN
4512-0006-01 OSD TAG
4512-0007-01 LLA TAG
4512-0008-01 BMA TAG
PR
4512-0009-01 TRD TAG
4512-0010-01 UME TAG
4512-0011-01 CABIN TAG CCB
4512-0012-01 NAMN TAG PAX
4512-0013-01 TRANSFER TAG
4512-0014-03 STANDBY TAG
L
4512-0015-03 FIRE ARMS TAG
4512-0016-04 ASSISTANCE TAG
IA
4512-0017-01 TRANSIT TAG
4512-0018-01 HEAVY TAG
4512-0019-01 SERVICE CHECK 50 KR
IC
ARTIKEL
4512-0036-02 Stdkvittens
4512-0037-01 Traffic Irregularity report
4512-0038-01 Medical Information Form
4512-0039-01 Local Service procedure (lsp)
T
4512-0040-01 Aeoroplane Ground Handling Report
4512-0041-08 Station Inspection Checklist
IN
4512-0042-01 Bagagetag AX-TKU
4512-0042-01 bagagetag AX-TKU vektor
4512-0043-01 Station Assessment Checklist
4512-0044-01 SLA
PR
4512-0045-01 SLA-AJR
4512-0046-01 Acceptance Checklist UN3373
4512-0047-01 Acceptance Checklist Cargo
4512-0048-01 servicecheck blank
4512-0049-01 Checklist cargo containing DG or RRY
4512-0050-01 Company_Report_-_4135
L
4512-0051-02 Seating Report
IA
4512-0052-01 ID/STBY Ticket
4512-0053-01 RUSH TAG
4512-0054-03 LR TAG
IC
4512-0055-02 SC TAG
4512-0056-02 COM TAG
4512-0057-02 CRW TAG
FF
CONTENTS
4
Ticketing, Reservation & Facilitation ....................................................................... 3
4.1
Ticketless travel ......................................................................................................... 3
4.1.1
Ticketless travel............................................................................................................ 3
4.1.2
E-Ticket ........................................................................................................................ 3
4.1.3
Paper tickets................................................................................................................. 3
T
4.2
Lost ticket procedure................................................................................................. 3
4.2.1
Lost ticket ..................................................................................................................... 3
IN
4.3
Endorsements ............................................................................................................ 4
4.3.1
General......................................................................................................................... 4
4.3.2
Change of carrier.......................................................................................................... 4
4.3.3
Acceptance of other airlines tickets for NextJet flights ................................................. 4
PR
4.3.4
Endorsement waiver agreements................................................................................. 4
4.3.5
Codeshare agreements................................................................................................ 4
4.3.6
Endorsement requests for NextJet tickets.................................................................... 4
4.3.7
Before commencement of journey ............................................................................... 4
4.3.8
Retroactive endorsements ........................................................................................... 4
4.3.9
Endorsement to NextJet ticket ..................................................................................... 4
4.3.10
Not endorsable tickets.................................................................................................. 4
4.3.11
Acceptance of stickers ................................................................................................. 5
L
4.3.12
Involuntary changes ..................................................................................................... 5
4.4
Facilitation .................................................................................................................. 5
IA
4.4.1
General......................................................................................................................... 5
4.4.1.1
The duties of the airline Facilitation (FAL) representative ............................................ 5
4.4.1.2
NextJet Facilitation Representative.............................................................................. 6
4.4.2
APIS Advance Passenger Information System ......................................................... 6
IC
4.4.7
Deportees..................................................................................................................... 7
4.4.8
Direct airside transit visa .............................................................................................. 7
4.4.9
Embarkation/disembarkation card................................................................................ 7
4.4.10
Entry regulations of different countries......................................................................... 7
4.4.11
ETAS Electronic Travel Authority System ................................................................. 7
4.4.12
General declaration ...................................................................................................... 7
O
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 4
Ground Operations Page: 3
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 4 TICKETING, RESERVATION & FACILITATION
T
Receipt and confirmation
IN
The passenger is always issued an itinerary/receipt after booking. It is sent via email to the
passenger. It is not obligatory to bring the document along on a flight as long as the booking
reference is presented at check-in.
Passenger identification
PR
The passenger must be able to verify his/her identity together with the booking reference. This applies
even for children. This does not forego the need to carry a passport (or at least a photo ID within the
Nordic countries) as is required by the border formalities (See GOM 5.5.5).
4.1.2 E-Ticket
Some passengers may have e-tickets. These tickets have the same status as a paper ticket, but are
L
electronic, and can be displayed on a credit card or on a printout.
IA
4.1.3 Paper tickets
NextJet will not issue any paper tickets. However, SK documents (117) may have been issued to the
passenger.
All ticket coupons shall be forwarded to NextJet without delay. The address is;
IC
NextJet
Avrkningen
Flygplatsvgen 5
FF
842 93 Sveg
If passenger has lost his NextJet ticket during the journey, a new ticket shall be bought. The new
booking should have information that it is bought to replace a lost ticket.
Because most NextJet reservations are ticketless, these cases will be very few.
N
The travel agency who issued the ticket can apply for a refund for the original ticket if the ticket is
located.
U
Section: 4
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 4 TICKETING, RESERVATION & FACILITATION
4.3 Endorsements
4.3.1 General
Airline document is an agreement for carriage by air between the passenger and the carrier.
Documents are not freely exchangeable between carriers but rules and agreements limit the changes
from one carrier to another.
T
A change of carrier(s) can only be effected by
the issuing carrier
IN
the carrier designated in the carrier box
original issuing carrier shown in original issue box.
PR
Coupon(s) must be designated for NextJets flights. SK117 documents can be accepted.
not endorsable
valid on 2N only
valid on ... only
non end/ non re-route
non end specified sector
change of reservation restricted check fare note
Section: 4
Ground Operations Page: 5
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 4 TICKETING, RESERVATION & FACILITATION
T
Normal Endorsement rules apply also for involuntary re-routings.
Endorsement must not be withheld by issuing carrier in involuntary situations.
NextJet policy is to obtain endorsement before we accept any involuntary rerouted passengers on 2N
IN
services.
Always state in ticket involuntary re-routing in question.
4.4 Facilitation
PR
4.4.1 General
The purpose of facilitation is to create efficient and economical business processes that will enhance
customer satisfaction. The basic aim is to improve the procedures and facilities used for clearance of
aircraft, crew, passengers, baggage and cargo, both inbound and outbound.
Improvements in the above processes are to be made in adherence with the necessary security
requirements.
FF
In addition to reducing procedural formalities, efforts in the facilitation field are aimed at the provision
of adequate airport terminal buildings for passengers, their baggage as well as for air cargo, with all
related facilities and service. Special attention is being paid at improving the accessibility of air
transport for elderly or disabled passengers.
O
a) acting as coordinator within the company, as facilitation affects different branches of airline
operation.
U
b) working with different levels of various departments of the government (customs, immigration,
quarantine, ministries)
c) acting as the companys primary contact with IATA, ICAO, ATA, ECAC and various government
departments in Facilitation matters
T
has to be added manually before dispatching the edifact-message. By sending the captured Advance
Passenger Information (API) to the destination, pre-clearance can be performed prior to passengers
actual arrival.
IN
Normally passenger data is entered into computer terminals by the immigration officials at port of
entry once the passenger presents himself at the counter, with API the immigration officials receive
the information in advance and can inspect and process the passenger prior to his arrival. API
information is dispatched according to a standard UN EDIFACT message format developed by IATA
and the World Customs Organisation (WTO). Advance passenger information expedites significantly
PR
immigration clearance at the destination.
When public authorities have seized a fraudulent, falsified or counterfeit travel document of an
inadmissible passenger, to return the document to the appropriate authorities in order to hinder further
circulation of such document, a Covering Letter shall be issued by the removing State. Attached to the
Covering Letter will be a photocopy of the forged travel document (if available) as well as any
important information.
O
The Covering Letter and its attachments shall be handed over to the operator responsible for the
removal of the inadmissible person. It will serve to give information to the authorities at the transit
and/or the original point of embarkation. Take note that it is only an ICAO recommendation for ICAO
N
Contracting States to accept a Covering Letter as a legal document, many countries do not allow
entry with a Covering Letter.
U
4.4.5 Customs
Information on customs regulations for different countries can be obtained in TIM or Timatic.
See GOM 4.4.24 and 4.4.25.
4.4.7 Deportees
See GOM 5.2.7
T
4.4.9 Embarkation/disembarkation card
IN
Some countries require passengers to fill in embarkation/disembarkation cards. The cards are to be
distributed to the passengers prior to their arrival in to that country, either at the time of
reservation/check in or during the flight. Passengers are to present the filled in cards to the
immigration officer at the passport checkpoint. The station, at which these cards are required, is to
PR
obtain the cards, normally free of charge, and forward them to NextJet OP (STOHK2N).
The embarkation/disembarkation cards are required for example in Thailand, Singapore, Malaysia as
well as U.S. (in U.S. the card is called Arrival/Departure Record I-94). Stock of
embarkation/disembarkation cards is kept at the NextJet head office, from where sufficient amounts
are uplifted directly to the flights departing ex ARN.
4.4.12.1 Purpose
FF
4.4.12.2 Issue
The general declaration is only to be issued if required at the destination(s). It shall be issued at the
N
NOTE: A survey of states that require a general declaration can be found in NextJet OP.
U
4.4.12.3 Completion
General declarations established by means of an EDP system are acceptable. Entries in the manually
completed form must be made in block letters if no typewriter is available. All information required by
the authorities of the state concerned must be given in the general declaration. It has to be issued in
the number of copies required.
NOTE: Several states require a different number of copies for scheduled flights and charter flights.
Section: 4
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 4 TICKETING, RESERVATION & FACILITATION
4.4.12.4 Distribution
The required number of copies has to be put into the Documents Folder.
T
4.4.14 Immigration liaison officer
The basic aim of having a Liaison Officer (LO) in a foreign country is to reduce the number of
IN
inadequately documented passengers travelling from or through that country. The LO assists airlines
by helping to establish whether individual passengers have the right travel documents and visas for
their proposed journey.
In addition they can advice the airline staff on whether travel documents and visas are genuine,
PR
forged or fraudulently obtained. The LO has no legal power in a foreign jurisdiction, they may advise
airline staff but they have no power to insist that the airline does not carry the passenger. It is
recommended that each station finds out whether any LO exists at their station and if so establishes
contact with the LO for future assistance and reference.
4.4.17 Reserved
SITA message or as a paper copy, uplifted onboard the aircraft, in the form of a printout from the
departure control system, or when manual check-in is practiced as a hand written list. The list is to be
delivered to the customs office upon the arrival of the flight. The manifest shall include the surname(s)
and the initial of the first given name of the passenger.
N
T
be found in TIM or Timatic (see GOM 4.4.24)
IN
4.4.22 Reporting
Whenever a passenger is denied boarding due to suspicious travel documents, missing visas or other
reasons related to travel documents, a report is to be sent to NextJet OP (e-mail
operations@NextJet.se, SITA STOHK2N), all inadmissible passenger cases are to be reported to OP
PR
as well. For instructions how to report please see GOM 3.3.7.
4.4.23.1 General
The Schengen Agreement, which was originally signed in 1985, came into force on 26th March 1995.
It is an agreement between several member states of the European Union (EU) to remove
L
immigration controls for travel within their collective territories. This creates a border-less region,
known as the Schengen Area. Anyone coming from outside Schengen, connecting at an airport in any
IA
of the Schengen States, and destined to another country in the Schengen Area will undergo
immigration controls at the first airport in the area. The journey within the area will be without any
controls (like domestic travel).
IC
4.4.24.1 General
The Travel Information Manual (TIM) is a joint publication of 14 IATA airlines. It is published for the
main purpose of providing airlines; their agents and other parties in the travel industry with up-to-date,
official information on government travel regulations, procedures and restrictions for air travel to more
than 200 countries.
T
4.4.24.2 Ordering of Manual
IN
The manual can be ordered from IATA Netherlands, at the following address:
IATA Netherlands Data Publications, P.O.Box 75636,
Triport 1, 1118ZR, Amsterdam Schiphol Airport, The Netherlands.
PR
4.4.24.3 Further information
For further information contact: customerservice@iata.nl or visit the web-site http://www.iata.nl.
4.4.25 Timatic
4.4.25.1 General
L
Timatic, Automatic Information Manual, is the user friendly on-line TIM database from which passport-
, visa-, health- and customs-regulations of various countries can be obtained. The database is
IA
accessible for example through Amadeus.
Not applicable.
CONTENTS
5
Passenger And Baggage Handling........................................................................... 5
5.1
General ........................................................................................................................ 5
5.1.1
Policy............................................................................................................................ 5
5.1.1.1
Conditions of Carriage for Passengers and Baggage .................................................. 5
5.1.1.2
Interline Agreement Policy ........................................................................................... 5
T
5.1.2
Assignment of passenger information .......................................................................... 5
5.1.2.1
General......................................................................................................................... 5
5.1.2.2
Assignment of Information to the Passenger in Question ............................................ 5
IN
5.1.2.3
Assignment of Information to Authorities...................................................................... 5
5.2
Special Passenger Categories .................................................................................. 6
5.2.1
Infants, Children And Unaccompanied Minors ............................................................. 6
5.2.1.1
Infants........................................................................................................................... 6
PR
5.2.1.2
Children ........................................................................................................................ 6
5.2.1.3
Unaccompanied Minors and Young Persons (UM and YP) ........................................ 6
5.2.2
Persons with Reduced Mobility (PRM)......................................................................... 7
5.2.2.1
Limitations .................................................................................................................... 7
5.2.3
Inadmissible passengers (INAD).................................................................................. 8
5.2.3.1
Definition ...................................................................................................................... 8
5.2.3.2
Policy............................................................................................................................ 8
5.2.3.3
L
Limitations .................................................................................................................... 8
5.2.3.4
Seating ......................................................................................................................... 8
5.2.4
Deportee Assisted (DEPA)........................................................................................... 9
IA
5.2.4.1
Definition ...................................................................................................................... 9
5.2.4.2
Policy............................................................................................................................ 9
5.2.4.3
Limitations .................................................................................................................... 9
5.2.4.4
Seating ......................................................................................................................... 9
IC
5.2.7.1
Introduction................................................................................................................. 11
5.2.7.2
Legal aspects ............................................................................................................. 11
5.2.7.3
Policy for unruly and/or intoxicated passengers......................................................... 11
U
T
5.5.1
Policy.......................................................................................................................... 20
5.5.2
Acceptance of flight coupons ..................................................................................... 20
5.5.3
Check-in routine ......................................................................................................... 21
IN
5.5.3.1
Special procedures for passengers holding a paper ticket......................................... 21
5.5.3.2
Pooling of Baggage .................................................................................................... 22
5.5.3.3
Through Check-In / Transfer and Transit Passengers ............................................... 22
5.5.3.4
Return Check-In ......................................................................................................... 22
PR
5.5.3.5
E-ticket check-In......................................................................................................... 22
5.5.3.6
Check-In after Deadline and Latest Check-In Times.................................................. 22
5.5.4
Check-in options......................................................................................................... 23
5.5.4.1
Check-In at the Check-In Counter.............................................................................. 23
5.5.4.2
Gate Check-In ............................................................................................................ 23
5.5.4.3
Self Service Check-In Kiosk ....................................................................................... 23
5.5.4.4
Check-In Service on NextJet Web Site ...................................................................... 23
5.5.5
Passenger identity checks, assessment and document control identity check .......... 23
L
5.5.5.1
Flights within Schengen ............................................................................................. 24
5.5.5.2
Flights outside Schengen ........................................................................................... 25
IA
5.5.6
Process for identifying excess bag weight anD announce weight to PIC................... 26
5.6
Passenger embarkation........................................................................................... 27
5.6.1
Policy.......................................................................................................................... 27
5.6.2
Boarding preparations and preboarding..................................................................... 27
IC
5.6.5.4
Reporting.................................................................................................................... 31
5.6.6
Post-departure tasks .................................................................................................. 31
5.7
Passenger disembarkation...................................................................................... 32
U
5.9.3
Common NextJet rules on long delay, cancellation and denied boarding ................. 34
5.9.3.1
Applicability of rules.................................................................................................... 35
5.9.3.2
Required passenger information ................................................................................ 36
5.9.3.3
Passenger rights (simplified table) ............................................................................. 37
5.9.3.4
Rights of passenger in the event of long delay .......................................................... 38
5.9.3.5
Rights of passenger in the event of flight cancellation
(when not due to extraordinary circumstances) ......................................................... 39
5.9.3.6
Rights of passenger in the event of denied boarding (DB)......................................... 41
5.9.3.7
Downgrading (DGN)................................................................................................... 43
5.9.3.8
Distances between NextJet scheduled traffic stations ............................................... 43
T
5.9.4
Delayed flight departure ............................................................................................. 43
5.9.4.1
Authority to delay flights ............................................................................................. 43
IN
5.9.4.2
Reporting.................................................................................................................... 43
5.9.4.3
Information ................................................................................................................. 44
5.9.4.4
Meal service arrangements ........................................................................................ 46
5.9.4.5
Accommodation.......................................................................................................... 47
5.9.4.6
Policy for involuntary re-routing in case of a flight irregularity .................................... 48
PR
5.9.5
Delayed flight arrivals ................................................................................................. 48
5.9.6
Cancelled flights ......................................................................................................... 49
5.9.6.1
Authorization to cancel a flight ................................................................................... 49
5.9.6.2
Information to passengers.......................................................................................... 49
5.9.6.3
Anticipation of a cancellation...................................................................................... 49
5.9.7
Flight diversions ......................................................................................................... 49
5.9.8
Reservation irregularities............................................................................................ 50
5.9.8.1
L
Reservation and ticketing errors................................................................................. 50
5.9.8.2
Overbooking ............................................................................................................... 50
IA
5.9.8.3
Denied Boarding Compensation ................................................................................ 53
5.10
Baggage handling .................................................................................................... 53
5.10.1
General....................................................................................................................... 53
5.10.2
Unchecked baggage .................................................................................................. 53
IC
T
5.11.1.1
Baggage claims process ............................................................................................ 70
5.11.1.2
How and when to contact baggage claims................................................................. 70
5.11.1.3
Loss of baggage......................................................................................................... 71
IN
5.11.1.4
Baggage delayed ....................................................................................................... 71
5.11.1.5
Baggage damaged ..................................................................................................... 72
5.11.1.6
Baggage replacement ................................................................................................ 72
5.11.1.7
Contents damaged ..................................................................................................... 73
PR
5.11.1.8
Fragile, valuable or perishable items damaged.......................................................... 73
5.11.1.9
Pilferage ..................................................................................................................... 74
5.11.1.10
Cabin Incidents........................................................................................................... 74
5.11.1.11
Limited release tagged items ..................................................................................... 74
5.11.1.12
Security removed items.............................................................................................. 74
5.11.1.13
Station settlement limit ............................................................................................... 74
5.11.1.14
Time limitations for reporting damages ...................................................................... 74
5.11.1.15
Time limitation for sending a claim ............................................................................. 75
L
5.11.2
Baggage tracing ......................................................................................................... 75
5.11.2.1
General....................................................................................................................... 75
IA
5.11.2.2
PIR, AHL and DPR..................................................................................................... 75
5.11.2.3
Advance payments and overnight kit ......................................................................... 75
5.11.2.4
Tracing and baggage management systems ............................................................. 75
5.11.2.5
Tracing ....................................................................................................................... 75
IC
T
A passenger can be accepted after closing time only when it can be done without delaying the flight or
with the duty managers approval. The flight documents and other travel documents and baggage
IN
shall be presented at the same time at the check-in counter.
PR
Swedish law of aviation and on the recommendation and resolutions given by IATA.
Information regarding dangerous goods and forbidden articles in passenger baggage must be clearly
displayed in check-in/boarding areas.
5.1.2.1 General
Passenger information can in principle not be assigned to other than corporate use.
There are two exceptions to this rule:
Passenger information can be assigned to the passenger himself upon request;
FF
Authorities may in some cases have legal rights to gain passenger information.
NextJet will deliver passenger information to authorities only when obliged by local laws and
regulations.
U
The request for passenger information must be received in writing. The request must contain the
name and status of the person who makes the request, as well as the basis by which the authority is
entitled to receive the requested information.
Requests for passenger information shall always forwarded to the NextJet Revenue Department
(SITA-code: STOHK2N, fax: +46 8 639 83 29) who assigns the information.
Section: 5
Page: 6
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
An adult shall not bring more than two infants on board. When an adult is travelling with two infants,
the following additional requirements shall be complied with, whenever the fasten seat belt sign is on:
IN
One infant shall sit on the adults lap with the infant belt secured;
The other infant shall be seated in a car type infant seat. The car seat must be secured in an aft
facing position only. The car seat must not be located in a row of seats which is either next to an
emergency exit or is immediately in front or behind such a row. Also see CCM.
PR
The total number of infants onboard must not exceed the number of infant life vests carried onboard.
An infant life vest must always be placed in the seat pocket before take off and the adult shall be
informed and instructed how to use the life vest in case of an emergency.
5.2.1.2 Children
A child is a passenger who has reached his/her 2nd but not his/her 12th birthday and:
L
Whenever the fasten seat belt sign is on, the child shall be restrained in its own seat with a seat
belt;
Children who have reached 2 but not 6 years shall be seated with a travel companion over the
IA
age of 16;
Children up to the age of 12 shall be booked in the same class as their travel companion over the
age of 16.
IC
BAe ATP 8
SAAB 340 4
Young persons (YP) between 12-16 years, travelling alone, are not included in the restricted number.
UM shall not be seated on jump seats. If there is a high probability of diversion, the CMD decides
whether the child shall be accepted for transportation.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 7
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
The following codes are used to define the degree of assistance needed:
Code Definition
WCHR The passenger only requires a wheelchair for transportation to/from the aircraft.
T
He/she can ascend/descend steps and make his/her own way to/from the cabin seat.
WCHS The passenger cannot ascend/descend steps, but is able to make his/her own way
IN
to/from the cabin seat. The passenger requires a wheelchair for transportation
to/from the aircraft and needs to be carried up/down the steps.
WCHC The passenger is completely immobile and requires a wheelchair for
transportation to/from the aircraft. Also, these passengers need to be carried
up/down the steps and to/from the cabin seat.
PR
DEAF Passenger who is deaf or a passenger who is deaf-mute.
BLIND Passenger who is blind.
DEAF/ Blind AND deaf passenger. This type of passenger is only permitted for transport if
BLIND accompanied by an escort.
MAAS Passengers who require meet and assist service.
DPNA Disabled passenger with intellectual or developmental disability. This type of passengers
shall always travel together with an escort.
LANG
L
Passengers who need help because of language problems.
IA
The commander must be notified when PRM's are to be carried on board. They will be, where
possible, pre-boarded and individually briefed with regard to emergency exits:
Point out exits to be used in the event of an emergency;
Inform the passenger that all exits and reassure them that in an evacuation they would be helped
IC
Pre-board/disembarking of PRMs:
On the occasions when a PRM passenger is pre-boarded or remains on-board awaiting ambu-
FF
An Able-Bodied Person, ABP, is defined as a person responsible for the comfort and well being of a
PRM during embarkation/disembarkation, his/her general safety during flight and necessary
evacuation assistance. An ABP shall be at least 18 years of age.
O
Seat allocation:
PRM shall never be seated or allocated where their precense could impede the crew in their
duties.
N
PRM shall never be seated on an emergency exit, over wing areas or in areas where access to
emergency equipment could be obstructed;
A person responsible will occupy the seat next to the PRM.
U
5.2.2.1 Limitations
When persons of reduced mobility (PRMs) are carried as passengers the seating policy applies.
When the number of PRMs forms a significant proportion of the total number of passengers carried
they must not exceed the number of able bodied persons capable of assisting with an emergency
evacuation.
The NextJet policy is that flights with transport of more than 2 WCHC/WCHS passengers should be
approved by the Flight Operations Department and proper measurements must be taken for a number
of cabin crew required and/or designation of ABPs.
As a guidline, maximum 2 WCHC/WCHS are accepted for SAAB 340 and maximum 4 WCHC/WCHS
are accepted for BAe ATP.
Section: 5
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.2.3.2 Policy
A Supervisory Staff shall always evaluate the INAD passengers fitness for continuous travel before
departure to ensure the safety of the aeroplane and its occupants. The CMD shall always be informed
IN
about an INAD transportation.
5.2.3.3 Limitations
PR
No restrictions.
5.2.3.4 Seating
An INAD shall never be seated on an emergency exit row or directly near an emergency exit. Also the
INAD shall never be seated on an aisle seat.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.2.4.2 Policy
NextJet and the CMD of the flight shall be notified prior to departure if a DEPA is to be transported.
IN
The notification shall include reason for travel together with a risk evaluation carried out by the
Authorities.
5.2.4.3 Limitations
PR
A maximum number of 2 DEPA per flight is accepted unless special permit is given by Director
Security.
5.2.4.4 Seating
The DEPA and her/his escort shall always be seated together. They shall not be seated on an
emergency exit row or directly near an emergency exit and not on an aisle seat. The DEPA shall also
be seated as far aft in the aircraft as possible.
L
5.2.4.5 Handling
IA
The following extra security measures shall be taken when accepting a DEPA:
Strict security screening of the DEPA and her/his cabin baggage shall be carried out;
The DEPA together with his/her escort shall board prior to the other passengers and leave the
aircraft after the rest of the passengers;
IC
When the DEPA is under sedative medication during a flight or the behaviour of the DEPA indicates
that medication may be required during the flight, he/she shall always be transported by professional
FF
5.2.4.6 Responsibility
The escort is responsible for the DEPAs behaviour and he/she shall prevent any disturbance caused
by the DEPA.
O
5.2.4.7 Equipment
The escort shall be equipped with handcuffs in case the passenger behaves violently. Firearms and
N
gas weapons are not allowed as means of equipment on-board NextJet flights in these
circumstances.
U
Section: 5
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.2.5.2 Policy
NextJet and the CMD of the flight shall be notified prior to departure if a DEPU is to be transported.
The notification shall include reason for travel together with a risk evaluation carried out by the
IN
Authorities. The company policy is that the transportation of DEPU with only one cabin crew member
on board the aircraft is prohibited. If more than one cabin crew member on board, the deportee should
be considered as a regular passenger provided not otherwise stated.
PR
5.2.5.3 Limitations
The maximum number of DEPU is 2 per flight unless operation with only one CC onboard, see policy
above.
5.2.5.4 Seating
A DEPU shall not be seated on an emergency exit row or directly near an emergency exit and not on
L
an aisle seat. The DEPU shall also be seated as far aft in the aircraft as possible. The DEPU shall
board prior to the other passengers and leave the aircraft after the rest of the passengers;
IA
5.2.6 Passenger in custody
5.2.6.1 Policy
IC
NextJet and the CMD of the flight shall be notified prior to departure if a person in custody is to be
transported. The notification shall include reason for travel together with a risk evaluation carried out
by the Authorities.
FF
5.2.6.2 Limitations
Maximum number of persons in custody are 2 per flight. Each passenger in custody shall have a
minimum of 2 escorts but shall always be enough in number to handle the passengers in custody.
The person in custody shall be handcuffed and his/her cabin-and hold-baggage shall be thoroughly
searched.
O
5.2.6.3 Seating
A person in custody and his/her escort shall not be seated on an emergency exit row or directly near
N
T
2. Any passengers or crew members,
3. Property therein, or
4. Good order and discipline onboard such as:
IN
a. Refusing to follow instructions of the ground personnel and/or crew.
b. Damaging airline property or airport facilities.
c. Acting physically or mentally threatening (i.e. assault, verbal abuse, sexual
harassment).
PR
d. Being under the influence of drugs, intoxicated and/or disorderly conduct.
e. Disregarding smoking regulations and tampering with smoke detectors.
f. Using force to claim services or stealing goods.
g. Disrupting ongoing services to other passengers.
h. Consuming carry-on alcoholic beverages.
NextJet acknowledges its obligation to take all reasonable steps to ensure a safe and secure
environment for its customers and employees at all company facilities, including the aircraft of the
company.
NextJet shall:
O
Take all reasonable measures to prevent unruly passenger scenarios to evolve, by minimizing
risks in a proactive way.
Provide all relevant personnel with adequate training in handling unruly and/or intoxicated
N
passengers.
Provide all relevant personnel with guidelines for handling unruly and/or intoxicated passengers.
Deny carriage of unruly and/or intoxicated passengers on the companys aircraft.
U
Give full support to employees having taken all reasonable measures in encountering an unruly
and/or intoxicated passenger, including human, welfare and legal support.
Encourage authorities to prosecute offenders.
Continuously improve the procedures related to the phenomena of unruly passengers, to the
greatest extent possible.
Section: 5
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.2.7.5 Guideline for levels of disturbance
For Ground Operations NextJet has defined three levels of disturbances as a guideline to handle
IN
unruly and disruptive persons, this to take reasonable and appropriate measures in the handling of
such a person.
NOTE: Flight Operations has 4 threat levels defined instead of 3. Always take that into
PR
consideration when communicating with the applicable flight crew. Instead of mentioning the
thread level describe the unruly/disruptive persons behaviour as detailed as possible.
The passenger does not react to the threat of official intervention. There are explicit threats of
physical violence against people or company property, or such violence has actually occurred.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
Based on the classification of an unruly passenger a set of recommendations are presented below.
They are to be regarded as general recommendations, and should not hinder the use of common
IN
sense.
Level 1
Utilize conflict control techniques.
PR
Consider verbal warning by informing the unruly passenger what the result of his/her behavior
could be if it continues.
Inform the Commander of the applicable flight about any unruly passenger situation, if Ground
staff is the category that has observed, or confronted, the unruly behavior. This information
shall be forwarded regardless of whether the ground staff has been able to, or no been able to,
convince the perpetrator to improve his/her behavior. The Ground staff has full authority to
deny check-in or boarding of any passenger that is believed to jeopardize flight safety.
L
In case of denied boarding, all baggage belonging to the passenger should be offloaded.
Level 2
IA
Utilize conflict control techniques.
Consider refusal of carriage.
Inform the Commander of the applicable flight about any unruly passenger situation, if Ground
staff is the category that has observed, or confronted, the unruly behavior. This information
IC
shall be forwarded regardless of whether the ground staff has been able to, or no been able to,
convince the perpetrator to improve his/her behavior. The Ground staff has full authority to
deny check-in or boarding of any passenger that is believed to jeopardize flight safety.
If applicable, consider closure of the speed gates.
Consider denying boarding. If boarding is denied, all baggage belonging to the passenger
FF
should be offloaded.
Contact supervisor.
Consider calling for assistance by airport police or/and security personnel.
Complete Company Report in accordance with GOM 3.1.2.7.3.3.
O
Level 3
Utilize conflict control techniques.
Use self defense techniques as necessary. Keep distance if possible.
N
o Colleagues
o Others
Refusal of carriage.
All baggage belonging to the passenger should be offloaded.
Complete Company Report in accordance with GOM 3.1.2.7.3.3.
Section: 5
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.3.2 Passenger priority list
In case of involuntary denied boarding, the following priority order for off--loading passengers shall
IN
apply:
In all categories do not offload UM , PRM and positioning crew (DH)
1. Non--booked ID passenger
PR
o Other airline
o To NextJet Associated airline
o NextJet
The station may also try to find passenger who are willing to give up their seat voluntarily.
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.4.3 Seating of special passengers
IN
5.4.3.1 Children, Families with Children
Families shall preferably be seated so as that they have easy access to toilets and galleys.
PR
Passengers carrying a baby basket onboard shall be reserved extra space whenever possible. An
infant under two years of age can always be provided with a seat if space available.
The seating of infants shall be done according to the Infant preference seats per each aircraft type.
See Chart in GOM 5.4.3.4.
aircraft doors (OM-A 8). The seating of PRM passengers shall not hinder the evacuation of other
passengers.
For more details and instructions, see Chart in GOM 5.4.3.4.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 16
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
PRM
The maximum number of PRM consists of all passengers with reduced mobility. Due to company
safety regulations the total number of PRM carried must not exceed the number of able bodied
persons capable of assisting with an emergency evacuation. The maximum number of PRM shall
always be strictly followed and cannot be exceeded without prior approval from Director of Flight
T
Operations.
The maximum amount of PRMs on NextJet aeroplanes are as follows;
ATP 4
IN
SAAB 2
PR
recommended category either have liftable armrests are located near toilets or have easier access
to the passenger exit.
If possible, a PRM should be seated near the toilet.
PRM passengers travelling with service/guide dogs shall normally be seated where sufficient floor
space for the dog is available, excluding bulkheads and emergency exits, and if booking allows an
adjacent seat shall be blocked. See OM-A 8.
if passenger needs to keep any equipment on the floor the first row can not be used for PRM-
seating
L
PRM shall be seated by the window in general but if the following conditions are met aisle or
IA
middle seats can be used:
a) adjacent seat(s) is/ are left unoccupied
b) adjacent seat(s) is/are occupied by PRM escort(s) or
c) there is enough space from the adjacent seat for easy access to the aisle (i.e. first row)
IC
STRETCHER
Not applicable.
MEDICAL OUTLETS
FF
Not applicable.
INFANT SEATING
Seating of infants depends on the locations of the oxygen masks and therefore the number of infants
is limited per row in most aircraft types.
O
Without prior approval from Director of Flight Operations the maximum number of infants per flight is
limited to the standard amount of extra oxygen masks, infant life jackets and infant/extension belts
onboard.
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 17
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
UM SEATING
The number of unaccompanied UMs per flight is limited to the following;
ATP 8
SAAB 340 4
The number of UM can be exceeded only by Commander's decision. If a booking error has been
made at the time of reservation and cannot be solved in any other way, the quota may be exceeded
by an exception approved in advance by DO or Chief Pilot. The sales instance that confirms the
T
special requests is responsible for the correctness of the UM quota.
Preferably all UM of the flight shall be seated together and may not be seated at the emergency exits.
IN
UMs shall be seated in FWD/AFT part of the cabin, close to every C/A station. Pre-boarding shall
always be performed for UM.
PR
Due attention must be paid to seat allocation affecting emergency evacuation of the aeroplane.
Therefore the seats must be assigned accordingly, noting that passengers that might hinder
evacuation shall not be seated in exit rows.
Passengers whose physical size would prevent them from being able to move quickly.
Passengers who, due to language problems, might not become aware of instructions given.
Extension and infant safety belts shall not be used at type III exit (non-floor level exit) rows.
FF
Only persons who appear reasonably fit and strong should be seated adjacent to self-help exits.
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Passengers not permitted to be seated on exit rows (GOM 5.4.4) shall not be permitted to occupy a
vacant crew seat.
T
Cockpit
The final decision regarding admission to the cockpit shall be under the authority of the commander
IN
(ref. OM-A 8).
PR
Other vacant crew seats
NextJet policy is to allocate the other vacant crew seats according to passenger priority list, see GOM
5.3. However, the final decision as to the disposition of vacant crew seats shall be under the authority
of the commander.
No person shall be carried in the vacant crew seat in the cabin, unless that person is:
L
a) An employee or a dependant of the employee of the Company;
b) An employee or a dependant of the employee of another operator;
IA
c) An employee of the authority holding right for special transportation agreement.
The CC shall ensure that a person who occupies a vacant cabin crew seat, is briefed on all safety
related aspects connected with that seat and, if the seat is at an emergency exit, on how to operate
and open the door in an emergency; It shall be stressed that the door shall be opened only after the
IC
5.4.5 Upgrading
Not applicable.
O
T
BSCT Baby basket. GOM 5.2., 5.4., 9
BULK Bulky baggage
CBBG Baggage on seat. GOM 5.10.5.
IN
COUR Courier.
DEAF Deaf passenger. GOM 5.2., 5.4.
DEPA Escorted deportee. GOM 5.2.
DEPU Unescorted deportee. GOM 5.2.
PR
EXST Block extra seat
INAD Inadmissible passenger. GOM 5.2.
MAAS Meet and assist. GOM 5.2.2.1
MEDA Medical case. GOM 5.2.
PETC Pet in cabin. GOM 5.10.5.
SPML Special meal (description required).
STCR Stretcher. GOM 5.2.
TWOV Transit without visa. GOM 4.4.26.
UMNR Unaccompanied minor. GOM 5.2.
L
WCHC Wheelchair passenger must be carried
IA
WCHR Wheelchair passenger able to walk short distances and climb stairs.
WCHS Wheelchair passenger needs help with climbing stairs but can walk to/from seat.
GOM 5.2.
WEAP Firearms and Ammunition. GOM 5.10.5.3
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 20
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
process to the passenger.
IN
5.5.2 Acceptance of flight coupons
Prior to the acceptance on the flight and detachment of the coupon from the flight ticket it should be
made certain, that the following data is correct and correspond to the situation:
PR
name of the passenger
validity of the ticket
airport of departure and destination
flight number
date and time
reservation status
SA The passenger may be accepted to the flight if there are free seats in the aircraft
(space available). This entry will be made when the price and rules prohibit advance
reservation. This entry is also used in the ID 2 tickets.
FF
OPEN No reservation has been made or the entry thereof has not been transferred in the flight
ticket.
prohibited.
In order to prevent abuse, NextJet has the right to check the passenger's identity at the check-in. In
case there are imperfections in the flight ticket regarding e.g. passenger's name, name of agency,
stamp or validity of the ticket, they have to be cleared out and corrected before accepting the
N
T
handle the baggage
weigh the baggage
be alert for dangerous goods (see OM-A 9)
IN
in case of excess weight extra charge has to be debited and passenger shall be informed about it
(see GOM 5.10.4)
enter the number and weight of the baggage into the flight coupon when applicable (avoid
markings on optically readable zone of ATB)
PR
remove old tags
check that each piece of baggage has passengers name and address
check condition of baggage; inform passenger if any damage is found and attach Limited
release- tag on it
note the carry-on baggage rules (see GOM 5.10.2)
enter necessary information into the departure control system
enter all special information needed (e.g. PSM)
print and attach the tags on the baggage and give the receipts to the passenger
L
check that the information on the tags is correct
check also the need of any other special tag on the baggage.
IA
GOM 5.10.3.4
issue the boarding card and insert the flight coupon in it (when applicable)
hand over the boarding pass and inform the passenger about the gate number and boarding time
wish the passenger a good journey.
IC
in case of special baggage or excess weight remarks shall be made to the Endorsement-box.
The total number of pieces and weight of baggage of the entire group shall be entered on the ticket of
the Head of Group. Also PL with the total number of passengers pooling the baggage shall be
T
written in the Endorsement box. On the tickets of the other passengers of the group, PL shall be
written in the PCS CK:WT-box and last two digits of the serial number of the Head of Groups ticket
entered.
IN
To comply with the passenger and baggage reconciliation and security requirements, each passenger
of a non-family group shall be given their own individual baggage claim receipts (IATA 746). Each
passenger of a non-family group has to identify his/her own bag(s) at the time of check-in.
PR
As baggage of non-family groups may be pooled under i.e. the group leaders name, the name printed
on the tag itself may not be that of the passenger himself. For baggage identification purposes, each
member of the group shall however hold the tag receipt, the tag number of which tallies with the
actual bag that he checked in.
a boarding pass they have received at the departure airport. When the passenger has no boarding
pass he shall be given a transit card at the gate when leaving the aircraft.
FF
TBA
Generally, passengers are not accepted for check-in after deadline. Exceptions may be granted by
duty manager or supervisor as stated in LSP. For the correct handling of LMC-passenger, see
instructions in GOM 5.6.4.1 See information on check-in times in www.nextjet.se
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 23
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
Gate check in is performed for passengers with only carry-on baggage. Basic rules for check- in apply
to these passengers who are checked in at the gate. Special attention shall be paid to document
check as well as checking if passenger has any checked in baggage and inserting that
IN
information in to the DCS system.
PR
NextJet utilise CUSS, Common Use Self Service at Stockholm-Arlanda Airport.
5.5.5 Passenger identity checks, assessment and document control identity check
L
NextJet is following EU Regulation 300/2008 and the national security program.
You must have a valid boarding pass to enter through security.
IA
Id-controll is not mandatory, the passanger shall be prepared to show ID-paper for identity-,
nationality-check when necessary.
Document Control
IC
The document for travel shall be authentic,valid and adequate for the destination,and for possible
transit stations.
The document shall be verified at the time of check-in in a case of a non-shengen flight.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 24
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
NextJet requirements and accepted documents Schengen legislation does not overrule the fact that
NextJet has right to check the identity of each person for the reasons stated in 5.5.5. above. For this
purpose a valid and authentic passport issued by any state or a photo-ID issued by the authority of a
IN
Schengen state can be accepted, such documents incl.;
passports
ID-cards
drivers licenses
health insurance cards
PR
social security cards
ETA-citizen in Schengen-cards
The passenger shall be informed that unless he carries a valid passport or an EU-standard ID-card
(for EU nationals) he is committing a border crossing offence and could face problems at his
Schengen destination.
L
If the passenger decides to travel without the appropriate travel document within Schengen it will be
completely at his own risk, remark of this decision shall be inserted in passengers booking profile of
IA
the flight and NextJet will not bear any responsibility for any inconvenience that may occur.
Minor between 12-15 travelling alone is required to have a photo-ID in order to be able to prove he is
entitled to the special fare ticket and for security reasons if he has checked baggage.
Unaccompanied Minor (5-11yrs) may be accepted on flights within Nordic states without a photo-ID.
This is because the guardians of the UM are required to prove their identity at the departure and upon
FF
arrival and the procedure meets the security standards. On other Schengen flights UM should be able
to prove his identity as stated on NextJet requirements above.
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 25
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
For some specified flights the documents of all passengers shall be re-checked at the time of
boarding. In addition gate checks shall always be performed on flights to Canada, Russia, United
Kingdom and USA.
IN
Accepted documents
The following documents are accepted for the above mentioned purpose on flights outside the
Schengen area;
PR
EU-nationals (and nationals of Switzerland)
valid passport and a valid visa (if the passenger in question requires one for his/her destination)
EU-standard photo-ID is accepted for certain EU-nationals travelling i.e. to Ireland, Switzerland
and United Kingdom (please see Timatic for specific information, TIDFT/country/PA)
Other nationals
valid passport and a valid visa (if the passenger in question requires one for his/her destination or
transit station).
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 26
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
5.5.6 Process for identifying excess bag weight anD announce weight to PIC
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 27
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.6.2 Boarding preparations and preboarding
IN
Before starting the actual boarding, the Gate Agent shall perform following:
ensure that all equipment is functioning.
make sure that the Dangerous Goods -sign is at sight of passengers.
check the PSM -lists for all special passengers and passengers travelling with infants and young
PR
children.
inform cabin crew of special passengers.
pre-boarding announcement shall be performed for passengers travelling with young children on
all NextJet flights when appropriate.
give extra time and board these passengers first: PRM, unaccompanied children, passengers with
infants and young children.
verify whether a gate document check has to be performed and ensure that information on such a
check is given to the passengers prior to boarding.
L
Table 1. Minimum number of cabin crew during embarkation and disembarkation.
IA
Type Minimum cabin crew
ATP 2
S340 1
IC
a) air traffic control and the aerodrome fire services are to be advised that refuelling /defuelling will
take place with passengers on board
b) Crew and passengers are to be advised that refuelling / defuelling is about to take place.
T
c) Fasten Seat Belt signs must be off. No Smoking signs must be on together with interior lighting
to enable emergency exits to be identified
d) Passengers are to be briefed not to smoke at any time on the ground and to remain seated, but
IN
with seat belts harnesses unfastened, until the refuelling / defuelling has been completed.
e) a Crew Member is to be stationed at the main exit door or assist in the evacuation if an emergency
should occur.
f) On aeroplanes with more than 19 seats, minimum cabin crew for the type of aerplane must be at
their stations to assist in an evacuation.
PR
g) Ground servicing activities and work inside the aeroplane. such as cleaning and catering, should
be conducted in such a manner that they do not create a hazard and that the isle and emergency
exits are unobstructed.
h) if the presence of fuel vapour is detected inside the aeroplane, or any other hazard arises
refuelling / defuelling must be stopped immediately,
i) no individual items of electrical equipment may be switched on or off while refuelling / defuelling is
in progress.
L
j) the position of the refuelling unit relative to the aeroplane is to be such that it will not impede the
rapid exit of passengers if an emergency evacuation becomes necessary.
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 29
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
5.6.3.2 Process
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 30
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
deck and permission obtained.)
When the flight is ready to depart the Gate Agent shall update the Departure Control System (DCS)
IN
with possible LMC and then close the flight completely, which enables an automatic transmission of
the PSM messages to the destination. In case of system failure the mentioned messages shall be
transmitted manually via SITA. See GOM 6.1.13 (PTM) and GOM 6.1.14 (PSM).
To secure on time departure all activities at the flight should be fully completed and the aircraft doors
PR
closed latest 5 minutes before the scheduled time of departure.
permission to accept the LMC passenger must be obtained from the Duty Manager (or at some
Stations Ramp Agent).
FF
If the aircraft should divert in flight from its original route and should land at an airport other than the
original destination, the Airline/Handling agent, who has received the PSM-message shall transmit it
to the deviation station. An example of the standard IATA format Passenger Service Message with
T
obligatory contents is found in GOM 6.1.14.4.
IN
5.6.4.5 Passenger Information
Cabin Crew shall be provided with necessary information concerning passengers on board.
PR
5.6.5 Refusal of embarkation
5.6.5.1 Reasons for refusal
A passenger can be refused carriage due to any of the following reasons;
being under the influence of alcohol, medication or drugs to such a degree as to constitute a
disturbance or a hazard to the flight (see GOM 5.2.10).
unruly behavior (see GOM 5.2.10 )
physical conduct, medical or mental condition that renders the passenger incapable of taking care
L
of him/herself during the flight without special assistance. Such a passenger needs to travel with a
qualified escort to be accepted
IA
being a source of dangerous infection or discomfort to other passengers
being unable to use a standard aircraft seat in a sitting upright position during take-off and landing,
except stretcher passengers
insufficient, invalid or fraudulent travel documents (see GOM 5.5.5)
IC
misuse of ticket/travel document (i.e. passenger using someone elses ticket or passport to travel)
sensitive yet firm manner. In unquestionable cases the Duty Manager/ Supervisor can make the
decision to refuse embarkation of a passenger without consulting the crew. In borderline cases the
Duty Manager/Supervisor shall consult with the Commander and the CC of the flight (the final
decision lying with the Commander).
O
offloaded bag(s) must be made to the check-in records and to the relevant flight documents.
U
5.6.5.4 Reporting
Refusal of embarkation must always be reported as follows:
in cases of Unruly behavior a Passenger Disturbance Report shall be filled in (see GOM 5.2.10)
in cases of denied boarding due to travel documents a report has to be forwarded to OP (see
format in GOM 3.3.7)
T
Cabin crew and/or ground staff are responsible for directing the passengers to the terminal and
ensuring that they refrain from smoking and keep well clear of propellers, jet engine intakes and
IN
exhaust and blast danger areas
(See GOM 9 and GOM 12.1) while on the apron area.
On arrival, it is the responsibility of the CC to obtain an acknowledgement from the ground staff or
PR
from the Commander if no ground staff is available that passenger disembarkation can be
commenced.
Staff shall be at the gate at a time agreed separately in SDS (Service Delivery Standard) before the
flight arrival. The passenger bridge is to be docked to the aircraft immediately after the aircraft has
come to a standstill. A copy of PSM messages shall be on hand to assist and guide
arriving/connecting passengers.
One agent shall remain at the gate until all transfer passengers (if any) have disembarked.
L
The Handling Company shall provide or arrange for a trained operator of the passenger bridge/aircraft
guidance lights and check the functioning of these prior to the operation.
IA
Disembarkation policy
Passengers requiring assistance disembark last.
For flights parked at a remote position both forward and aft aircraft doors shall be used for
IC
disembarkation (unless otherwise agreed). The passenger steps (if required) shall be positioned
immediately after the aircraft has fully stopped.
A sufficient number of apron buses (based on the actual passenger figures) shall be available to
support a convenient transfer to the passenger terminal. The buses shall be parked at the stairs
FF
Arriving passengers shall be informed immediately about left behind baggage and/or any local
problems delaying the baggage delivery to the pick-up area.
T
A message shall be sent to the destination airport if baggage has been left at the departure station.
This shall be done immediately when the situation becomes known. The message shall include
IN
information of the planned means of re-delivery of the baggage. Such baggage shall be re-delivered
to the destination airport on the first possible flight/connection. For baggage irregularities, tracing,
compensation and service procedures see GOM 5.11 and 5.12.
PR
An initial baggage irregularity report (PIR) shall be completed.
Whenever possible the mishandled baggage shall be delivered to the passenger during the same day
when received at the arrival station. Please note that local delivery circumstances may have effect on
the delivery schedule (e.g. customs restrictions, limitations in delivery options etc.).
T
5.9.2 Policy
NextJet will take care of its passengers regardless of the source of the irregularity. It is important to
IN
remember that good care of the passengers and the airline's legal responsibility are not the same
thing.
The principle of taking good care of the passenger means to look after his welfare irrespective of
whether the company has legal obligation to do so or not. Information regarding the companys
PR
responsibilities is available in the General Conditions of Carriage.
As an EU member state carrier, NextJet is obliged to follow the EC Regulations that set the common
rules for all EU member state carriers (EC Regulation no 261/2004). The aim of the regulation is to
strengthen the rights of passengers and to ensure that air carriers operate under harmonized
conditions in the liberalized market (for measures set by the regulation see GOM 5.9.3).
L
5.9.2.1 Co-ordination of action and information
Co-ordination of all arrangements, customer service and information shall be provided by the
IA
responsible supervisor.
Updated plan for handling of flight irregularities, share of responsibilities and contact numbers shall be
found at the LSP of each station.
If passengers have to wait for the aircraft departure at the airport, the cabin crew may be requested to
assist in customer service according to the instructions given by the ground staff.
5.9.3 Common NextJet rules on long delay, cancellation and denied boarding
O
The following rules concern compensation and assistance in the event of long delay of flight,
cancellation of flight and denied boarding of passengers. The rules are based on the EC regulation
(no 261/2004) that was established by the European Parliament and council and which came into
N
T
Provided that;
passenger has confirmed reservation on the flight concerned (OK status)
IN
passenger has presented himself for check-in on time as stated in writing or alternatively minimum
scheduled departure time minus 45 minutes
PR
passenger without confirmed reservation
passenger who has not presented himself for check-in on time
EU inbound passenger, who is paid higher benefits or compensation in a third country
passenger on a flight that both departs and arrives from/to a non-EU member state (intra non-EU
flight, e.g. SIN-BKK) in which case the DBC policy sums stated in GOM 5.12.5.1 apply
if passenger has been involuntarily rerouted due to another carriers irregularity situation (delay,
cancellation, denied boarding) and passenger is therefore holding re-issued ticket or FIM for a
NextJet flight. If the causing carriers representative is not available at the station NextJet will
provide care and rerouting
L
passenger travelling on free or reduced fares not directly or indirectly available to the public (ID,
IA
AD, OD). In such a case care (meals, accommodation etc. when passenger already accepted for
flight) is still provided according to NextJet policy.
passenger who is refused carriage for reasons of safety, security, health or inadequate travel
documents (DB)
IC
when delay, cancellation or denied boarding have been caused by extraordinary circumstances. Care
is still provided according to NextJet policy (GOM 5.9.3.4), but compensation or reimbursements
shall not be paid. Such extraordinary circumstances are:
o political instability
o meteorological conditions (fog, snow, storms, ice formation etc.) and their impact on aircraft
FF
rotation
o security risks (exceptional passenger, baggage and aircraft or airport security measures)
o unexpected flight safety shortcomings (technical aircraft problems, airport related limitations
such as runway closures and limitations, equipment malfunctioning etc.)
o strikes (airline strikes or essential services such as ATC, airport etc.)
O
o air traffic management decisions (ATC delays, scheduled slots not being available)
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 36
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
If you are denied boarding or if your flight is cancelled or delayed for at least two hours, ask at the
check-in counter or at the boarding gate for the text stating your rights, particularly with regards to
compensation and assistance.
T
Please note that not every desk is required to have such a notice, but every check-in area shall have
one notice visible.
IN
In case of denied boarding, cancellation or delay (over 2 hours), each passenger affected shall be
handed an individual written notice setting out the rules for compensation and assistance. There is
one notice concerning each event.
For a blind/visually impaired passenger the information in the notice is given by reading the rights to
PR
the passenger.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 37
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 38
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
(1) Compensation may be lowered if pax are not delayed more than 2, 3 or 4 hours respectively
(2) Compensation shall not be paid if
a) pax are informed in advance and if
b) pax is not required to depart more prior than the specified time (GOM 5.9.3.5) compared to the
original time and if
c) pax is not delayed more than the specified time (GOM 5.9.3.5) compared to the original arrival
time.
T
5.9.3.4 Rights of passenger in the event of long delay
Check the applicability;
IN
no care if that would result in further delay
the rules only apply to long delays and only cover the situation when a flight is delayed at
departure, not when a flight leaves on time and is subsequently delayed
PR
Trips less than 1500 km has to be more than 2 hrs
T
already made and if relevant, return flight to first point of departure
o for package tour passengers: as the first priority, the agreements between NextJet and
package tour operators shall be followed
IN
the reimbursement is only made upon affected passengers request
reimbursement is made in cash/electronic bank transfer and always in the same form payment
(e.g. same credit card no.) as when the ticket was purchased. A refund application form shall be
given to the passenger, who may then fill in the form and send it to NextJet, Customer Relations,
PR
Box 123, 190 46 Stockholm-Arlanda, Sweden
whenever passenger informs of change of plan and chooses to be reimbursed it shall be noted in
the reservation.
arrival to destination
is delayed
Trips less than 1500 km Euro 250 less than 2 hrs
Trips 1500 3500 km and
all intra EU in Euro 400 less than 3 hrs
FF
excess of 1500 km
Trips more than 3500
Euro 600 less than 4 hrs
km(non intra EU)
the compensation payable to the passenger is based on the passengers last destination on the
O
ticket accepted for check-in (for calculating distances see GOM 5.9.3.8)
whenever passenger is given a cash payment, the info shall be inserted in the reservation
payment shall be made in cash or by electronic bank transfer
N
no compensation is paid, if the information of the flight cancellation has been delivered to the
passenger;
o 2 weeks before STD
U
o between 14 days and 7 days, if re-routed with such flights that the departure takes place less
than 2 hours before and arrival 4 hours after the original times.
o less than 7 days before if passenger is rerouted with departure less than 1 hour before and
arrival 2 hours after the original flight
Due to the information delivery requirement, all responsible for NextJet bookings are instructed to try
to contact the passenger on time and to insert the info in to the reservation whether the passenger
was informed or not.
Section: 5
Page: 40
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
for package tour passengers: as the first priority, the agreements between NextJet and package
tour operators shall be followed
IN
Step 2: Identify reimbursement/rerouting options:
either
rerouting to final destination at earliest opportunity under comparable transport conditions
or
rerouting to final destination at a later date according to passenger convenience, but subject to
PR
availability of space
or
reimbursement (as stated) within 7 days of coupons not used and for the parts already made if flight
no longer serves any purpose, plus an earliest possible return flight to the first point of departure
C. Right to care:
IC
meals and refreshments are offered according to the NextJet policy (see table below) by using
service voucher/meal card
2 telephone calls/telex/emails/fax
when necessary, hotel accommodation including transfers between airport and hotel
FF
T
If there are not enough volunteers and the passenger is involuntarily denied boarding, he shall be
given the NextJet notice concerning his DBC rights. No compensation or re-imbursement is paid if
passenger is refused for reasons of safety, security, health or inadequate travel documents. Boarding
IN
priority must always be given to all PRM, PRM accompanying person, and families with small
children. It shall be noted that confirming the boarding of these passengers as well as of package tour
passengers is highly important. (See GOM 5.3.2)
PR
Step 1: Mandatory call to identify volunteers
When seeking for volunteers, the passengers are offered cash amounts (see next table) in the form of
cash or bank transfer. According to the NextJet policy, the volunteers also have the right to care
(meals etc. as stated before).
In addition to the payments, they are also entitled to choose between re-imbursement and rerouting
with the following options:
either
L
rerouting to final destination at earliest opportunity under comparable transport conditions
or
IA
rerouting to final destination at a later date according to pax convenience but subject to availability of
space
or
reimbursement within 7 days of coupons not used and for the parts already made if flight no longer
IC
serves any purpose, plus an earliest possible return flight to first point of departure
the reimbursement is only made upon affected passengers request
reimbursement is made in cash/electronic bank transfer and always in the same form payment
(e.g. same credit card no.) as when the ticket was purchased. A refund application form shall be
given to the passenger, who may then fill in the form and send it to NextJet, Customer Relations,
FF
arrival to destination
is delayed
Trips less than 1500 km Euro 100 less than 2 hrs
Trips 1500 3500 km and
N
A. Right to compensation
50% reduction in
compensation if
Flight length Compensation levels CASH
T
arrival to destination
is delayed
Trips less than 1500 km Euro 250 less than 2 hrs
IN
Trips 1500 3500 km and
all intra EU in Euro 400 less than 3 hrs
excess of 1500 km
Trips more than 3500
Euro 600 less than 4 hrs
PR
km(non intra EU)
the compensation payable to the passenger is based on the passengers last destination on the
ticket accepted for check-in (for calculating distances see GOM 5.9.3.8)
whenever passenger is given a cash payment, the info shall be inserted in the reservation
payment shall be made in cash or by electronic bank transfer
L
B. Right to choose between reimbursement /rerouting
IA
Step 1: identify passenger type
outbound passengers: cost of ticket (both ways)
inbound passengers: cost of non-used coupon
transit passengers: cost of non-used coupon.
IC
if the flight no longer serves any purpose for the passenger: also cost of the ticket for parts already
made and if relevant return flight to first point of departure
for package tour passengers: as the first priority, the agreements between NextJet and package
tour operators shall be followed
FF
either
rerouting to final destination at earliest opportunity under comparable transport conditions
or
O
rerouting to final destination at a later date according to passenger convenience, but subject to
availability of space
or
reimbursement (as stated) within 7 days of coupons not used and for the parts already made if flight
N
no longer serves any purpose, plus an earliest possible return flight to the first point of departure
reimbursement is made in cash/electronic bank transfer and always in the same form payment
(e.g. same credit card no.) as when the ticket was purchased. A refund application form shall be
given to the passenger, who may then fill in the form and send it to NextJet, Customer Relations,
Box 123, 190 46 Stockholm-Arlanda, Sweden.
whenever passenger informs of change of plan and chooses to be reimbursed it shall be noted in
the reservation.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 43
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
C. Right to care;
meals and refreshments are offered according to the NextJet policy (see table below) by using
service voucher/meal card
2 telephone calls/telex/emails/fax
when necessary, hotel accommodation including transfers between airport and hotel
T
Duration of delay Type of meal service
Over 2 hours Coffee/soft drink and
pastry or sandwich
IN
Over 4 hours Meal
5.9.3.7 Downgrading (DGN)
Not applicable.
PR
5.9.3.8 Distances between NextJet scheduled traffic stations
These distances are to be used when compensating passengers as stated in GOM 5.9.3.5 and
5.9.3.6.
The compensation payable to the passenger shall be based on the last destination on the ticket
accepted
for check-in at the check-in counter.
L
5.9.4 Delayed flight departure
IA
5.9.4.1 Authority to delay flights
All planned delays must be authorized by OP. All delays, whether planned or unplanned (incl.
IC
technical and operational delays) should be handled in accordance with NextJet instructions stated in
GOM 5.9.4.
Authority of the OP
Permission to delay flights must be obtained from OP. In order to enable OP to make appropriate
decisions, factors both for and against delaying a flight, as well as constructive proposals for action
shall be included in the request.
O
5.9.4.2 Reporting
In situations of delay the station must ensure that accurate information is given, not only to the
N
passengers, but to OP (STOHK2N) and to other stations involved. A delay message must be sent
about all delays.
Details are available in GOM 6.1.8, or stated in instructions given to the stations separately.
U
Section: 5
Page: 44
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
5.9.4.3 Information
Information to passengers
Information is essential in the settling of all irregularities. It is the responsibility of all personnel to
satisfy the passengers' need of information as well as possible. Passengers find the lack of
information aggravating, as they are concerned about continuing their journey and reaching their
destination.
T
Even if there is no new info available, passengers must be informed every 15 minutes.
In case of long flight delay (over 2 hours), each passenger affected shall be given an individual written
IN
notice setting out the rules for compensation and assistance. There is one notice concerning each
event.
Reliability
Information given to passengers must be accurate and reliable. Regrets and when appropriate also
PR
apologies on behalf of the company are essential details not to be forgotten. If the irregularity is
clearly caused by the company, information of the situation should be given out with care. Only
certain and accurate information shall be given to passengers.
Also information which is bound to cause questions that cannot be answered at once, shall be
avoided.
Although it is important to make the passengers feel that their individual problems are taken care of,
empty promises must not be made.
L
Who does the informing
IA
The duty manager/supervisor of the handling agent shall provide information to the passengers. The
duty manager/ supervisor shall ensure that all staff handling the flight are aware of the developments
and decisions.
If the delay is known prior to passengers arriving at the airport, all efforts shall be made to contact the
passengers in advance. This shall be done as locally agreed in the LSP.
IC
monitors shall be checked and the staff at information desks kept continually informed of the situation
and its developments
Special attention must be paid to the information and guidance of passengers, who are unable to
follow
O
the information given via public information channels. Special attention shall be paid to PRM
passengers, families with children, and people with language difficulties.
Besides informing the passengers there are other important reporting obligations within and outside
the
company in connection with the situation.
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 45
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
The efficient use of telephone, telefax, telex or e-mail connections is essential in nearly all
irregularities.
Close co-operation between the cockpit-crew/engineers and ground personnel will ensure consistent
IN
and correctly timed information to all passengers.
PR
early as possible, reaching the passengers already at home (if the delay is known well in advance), at
check-in or at boarding gate. In any case information of delay must be given latest at the scheduled
time of departure.
Intermediate reports
If the duration of the delay cannot be given immediately, but additional information to passengers is
promised later, it is most important to inform passengers at the given time as promised.
Intervals between announcements must not exceed 15 minutes, even if there is no new info. Letting
L
out information slowly drop by drop shall be avoided whenever the cause and duration of the
irregularity is known.
IA
If the delay turns out to be shorter than informed, efficient information must be given immediately
when the situation has become apparent, to ensure a prompt departure.
IC
If a long delay is known beforehand, reservations office staff (or other staff depending on what has
been agreed upon locally in the LSP) shall try to contact the passengers in advance and inform them
N
T
factors:
time of day
nature of the flight (scheduled or leisure)
IN
airport facilities for meal service
special passengers
PR
Scheduled and leisure flights
Duration of delay Type of meal service
Over 2 hours Coffee/soft drink and
pastry or sandwich
Practical arrangements
All meals and similar services at NextJet's expense shall be ordered and arranged by handling
IC
agents staff and authorised by OP. Meals are served against service coupons of the handling
company. When convenient, the coupons can be handed out already at check-in when informing the
passengers about the delay.
FF
The well-being of PRM and families with small children must be ensured, because they may find it
difficult to take part in the service without assistance.
Costs
Careful consideration shall be observed as to expenses. The costs of meal service must be known in
O
advance
or settled while giving the order. The passengers may not arrange and pay their meals themselves
and charge NextJet afterwards. Meal service cannot be arranged by handing out cash but if a
passenger
N
is given a voucher with certain face value he may use it according to own convenience.
Timing
U
When the news of a long delay have been received, meal service arrangements shall be made
immediately.
Organizers of meal service shall be notified without delay in order to leave sufficient time for
preparations.
It is not necessary to wait for the time determining the nature of service. Meal service shall be timed
considering the duration of the delay. When planning meal service, the meals to be served on board
must also be taken into account, so as to avoid two meals being served in too close succession. This
must be considered in co-operation with the cabin crew.
Meal service and similar care must not cause additional delay to the flight.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 47
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Place
Meals shall be served on the airport premises.
T
Checking of invoices and reporting
OP shall write a short explanation of the cause of the service on all meal service and similar invoices
(flight number, date, cause and duration of delay and number of passengers) and check it off with his
IN
signature before passing it on.
5.9.4.5 Accommodation
PR
When a long delay occurs in the evening or at night, passenger comfort may require accommodation
with appropriate transportation and meals. In principle, accommodation is offered at NextJet's
expense only when authorised by OP, and when the delay exceeds five (5) hours. In connection with
shorter delays hotel accommodation may be offered to special passengers, such as PRM and families
with children.
accommodation offered by NextJet must be informed that the company will not cover expenses
arising from accommodation arranged privately.
duration of the delay require it. All accommodation and other arrangements shall be ordered and
handled by OP.
Passengers are not allowed to arrange and pay for their own accommodation and charge NextJet for
the costs. Detailed information of costs to be covered by NextJet on behalf of the passenger shall be
given to the hotel. All costs that are not mentioned in this information or are not ordered by NextJet,
O
passengers
are to pay for themselves.
Meals
N
Breakfast is always included in accommodation. Other meals will be offered in case no other meal
service has been arranged during waiting time and/or the time of day indicates a meal.
U
Telephone calls
Telephone, telefax, long-distance calls placed from the hotel are to be paid by the passengers
themselves.
Telephone calls should be handled at the airport before transportation to the hotel. Passenger
affected has right to 2 telephone calls/telex/emails/fax.
T
flight cannot be performed to the point of destination or transfer indicated on the passenger's flight
ticket.
passenger's confirmed reservation (OK) cannot be honoured.
IN
Main procedures
For passenger rights and procedures see GOM 5.9.3
PR
In the above situations, the passenger may also ask for a refund (see GOM 5.9.3).
For charter flights the passenger cannot be rebooked. They will have to wait for another aircraft.
However, food and drink vouchers will be given to the passengers according to the agreement
between NextJet and tour operator.
T
Passengers must be informed about a cancellation as soon as it has been confirmed. If the
cancellation is uncertain at first and the situation is comparable to a flight delay, the instructions in
IN
GOM 5.9.4.3 regarding information apply.
It is the passengers right to be informed of the cancellation as soon as possible and if this has not
been done successfully, the passenger is entitled to compensations as stated in GOM 5.9.3.5.
PR
In case of flight cancellation, each passenger affected shall be given an individual written notice at the
airport setting out the rules for compensation and assistance. There is one notice concerning each
event.
Information to stations
Cancellation of a flight shall be confirmed by OP to all stations and call centers. In addition, the
information is also given, as applicable, to the handling company and supervisors in charge of local
L
information at the station. When a scheduled intermediate landing is omitted without pre-arrangement,
the station concerned must immediately report the incident to OP and all subsequent stations, and
forward the traffic messages (MVT, LDM, PTM, PSM etc.) of the flight concerned.
IA
5.9.6.3 Anticipation of a cancellation
OP shall give advance information about a possible cancellation to enable the stations to make
IC
preparations for the situation. If the aircraft takes off for a flight but weather at the destination makes
landing uncertain, the station of origin must inform stations of destination and diversion about the
possible irregularity.
When the probability of an over flight is more than 50 per cent, passengers must be informed in
FF
advance and given the option of cancelling their trip. If the aircraft waits above the airport e.g. for the
weather to clear up, the station must inform OP and subsequent stations within 15 minutes of the
originally estimated time of arrival (ETA). Traffic messages shall also be forwarded to the stations
(see above).
When a flight cancellation is known in advance, call centers should give the information as early as
O
possible to the passengers, if possible already before they leave for the airport.
Due to weather conditions, technical problems, political situations or emergency situations flights may
be diverted to other stations than their normal destinations.
U
Arrangements shall be in place for possible flight diversions. Each station shall have up to date
contact numbers/SITA addresses for the designated alternate stations to which a flight may be
diverted.
If the alternate station is not a station where NextJet normally operates to, agreements are in place as
to which company will handle the flight should it become imminent to divert there. It is essential that
the station of origin/destination are familiar with these agreements and have up- to-date contacts so
that the station of diversion can be reached and information obtained without delay.
Information of a flight diversion shall be given to persons meeting the flight at the intended
destination, and intermediate information as to a possible new estimated time of arrival shall be given
as soon as it becomes known.
Section: 5
Page: 50
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
Passenger service
When the booking error has occurred, it is essential to win back passengers confidence by efficient
IN
and cordial actions. The situation must be handled immediately taking care of the passengers needs
with responsibility, without blaming the others for the incident.
Follow-up
PR
The reservation history must be printed. The reason for the problem has to be solved. The
responsible party has to be informed about the incident.
5.9.8.2 Overbooking
If an overbooking arises, the following apply:
1. The passenger is offered a seat on next available NextJet flight
L
2. The passenger is offered a seat on another airlines flight
For passenger care, other compensations and further details see GOM 5.9.3.6.
IA
Characteristics of an overbooking
Only passengers with confirmed reservation can be regarded as overbooked (see GOM 5.9.3.1).
As a principle, a passenger must hold a reservation code. The reservation must be valid for the flight
in question on the day in question, and the confirmed reservation must be found in the passenger list.
Passenger, who has a confirmed reservation on the website www.nextjet.se or other system, but the
FF
reservation is not found in the company's reservation data, will be treated as a booked passenger,
unless there is reason to suspect fraudulent action on the passenger's part.
A passenger who has an open reservation for a different flight, but who has a confirmed reservation in
the companys reservation data, will be treated as a booked passenger.
A passenger who does not have an appropriate confirmation on the ticket and for whom there is no
confirmed reservation in the reservation data, will be treated as an stand-by passenger.
O
Passenger's late check-in can be given as a reason for denied boarding only when it can be definitely
proved.
Passenger observes all rules, regulations and instructions of the airline for acceptance on board, such
as:
passenger holds all necessary travel documents
passenger submits to security check and observes authority regulations passenger's behavior or
condition of health does not give the airline cause to deny boarding on the grounds of its general
conditions of carriage, and there are no other circumstances entitling the airline to deny boarding
by virtue of its conditions of carriage or existing law.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 51
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
In such situations the instructions concerning passenger service in case of flight cancellation shall
T
apply, (see GOM 5.9.6).
IN
Reservation follow-up
In order to keep overbooking situations under control, stations and especially reservations offices
shall survey flights carefully and detect overbooking to be settled already before passengers arrive at
PR
the airport.
When overbooking is to be expected for a flight, the alternative routings shall be investigated and
whenever possible advance re-routing plans shall be made
Boarding priority
When a flight is overbooked, the passengers will be allowed to board in accordance with the priority
list (See GOM 5.3)
O
Station staff shall give the company's written explanation on the overbooking situation to passengers
who are entitled to the compensation, or explain the situation verbally. For details on compensation
see GOM 5.12. and GOM 5.9.3.6.
N
little inconvenience as possible to the passenger himself and on the other hand also is as favorable to
the airline as can be under the circumstances. Special attention shall be paid to the location of the
passenger's destination (e.g. as near as possible or within reach of the best alternative connections).
Advance transfer of revenue passengers to another flight requires tactful contacting of selected
passengers.
NextJet will cover all possible accommodation and other costs involved.
Section: 5
Page: 52
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Leisure Flights
T
A travel agent that has exceeded its seat quota shall be responsible for arrangements in case of the
overbooking
of a leisure flight. NextJet may execute the arrangements at the airport on the travel agent's request
IN
but all costs incurred from the situation shall be recharged from the travel agent.
PR
such seats neither revenue passenger, see also GOM 5.4.5.
Information to passengers
L
Passengers who have been denied boarding involuntarily must be informed of the situation truthfully
IA
and with special care and tact. An apology on behalf of the company must always be extended
regardless of who is responsible for the overbooking. A bulletin containing NextJets DBC rules and
the rights of the passenger in such a situation shall always be given to the passenger.
IC
Costs
All costs of denied boarding compensation and arrangements made in consequence of an
overbooking must be reported accurately and without delay in the station log/irregularities. Cases
where there is a reason to suspect deliberate overbooking shall be reported in special detail.
FF
Financial compensations
Denied boarding compensation shall be paid in accordance with GOM 5.12 and GOM 5.9.3.6. The
compensation shall be settled in addition to other above services.
O
Refunds
When a passenger wants refund for his flight ticket see GOM 5.9.3 for passenger rights.
Passengers are re-routed on first available NextJet connection to the destination. Stations shall have
ready negotiated alternative connections. Depending on the situation, advance re-routing is to be
considered, booking passengers on to an earlier flight, without having to wait the departure of the
U
The case should always be settled in a manner satisfactory to the passenger but still observing costs
as far as possible.
If it is clearly shown that the overbooking has been caused by an outside agent or airline, all costs
involved shall be recharged from the responsible party by writing the appropriate invoicing order on
the invoices and receipts.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 53
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
In the event of a flight, at time of departure having more passengers than seats available, each airline
will first seek volunteers who are prepared to stand down from the flight. This arrangement is naturally
subject to any security and/or operational constraints at the airport concerned.
T
The airline can ask for volunteers with confirmed reservation to give up their seats against denied
boarding compensation, see GOM 5.12 for compensations and GOM 5.9.8.2 for the handling of
IN
overbooking.
PR
Baggage admitted for carriage shall be properly packed. Items which are poorly packed or susceptible
to damage during carriage can be refused. Items which can cause damage to aircraft or other
property, passengers or their baggage shall not be admitted to carriage. Admission of items from, to
or via another country when it is against its laws or regulations shall be refused. Airlines are entitled to
inspect the contents of all baggage (exception: diplomatic baggage).
An airline is responsible for the accepted baggage under the airlines general conditions of carriage.
The passengers receipt of the bag tag is the only valid receipt of the baggage.
L
The categories of baggage are:
IA
checked baggage
unchecked baggage / hand baggage
special baggage
IC
In addition to this in all classes: ladies handbag, umbrella, walking stick, camera, overcoat,
reasonable amount of reading material can be taken into cabin.
N
Depending on the booking situation the amount of carry-on baggage allowed into cabin may be
increased or decreased.
U
NOTE: In case 80% or more of the total seat capacity of the aircraft is occupied, only one carry-on
baggage per passenger is allowed.
Section: 5
Page: 54
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
The passenger handling staff has to inform the passengers verbally at all times during the check-in
T
and/or boarding process about certain items of dangerous goods that are specifically prohibited in
hold baggage (e.g. spare lithium batteries). This is especially important when carry-on baggage has to
be transported in the cargo hold due to volume limitations in the cabin.
IN
For details on dangerous goods prohibited in hold bagage refer to the latest version IATA DGR Table
2.3A also found in GOM Appendix 9.1. For additional information and handling instructions on lithium
ion batteries refer to GOM 9.5.4.6.
PR
5.10.2.3 Security removed items from carryon baggage
The Swedish Civil Aviation Administration has standardized its flight passenger and hand luggage
security check procedures according to European practice. All items that could be conceived as a
security risk, including knives, scissors and cork screws, are to be confiscated. All such items,
whatever their material or make, will be confiscated
L
Only in case the item is desperately needed for example for work or has special value, passenger can
discuss
IA
with the airline about tagging the item or placing it into checked baggage if that is still possible.
NextJet policy is that accepting security removed items as checked baggage is a very rare
exception instead of becoming a normal routine.
security boxes shall not be used if you decide to accept the item as checked baggage. Neither
shall the loading personnel be asked to send the passengers (possibly already) checked in bag, if
IC
any, up to the check in area so that the passenger could place the item in it. Passenger is advised
to check in his carryon luggage in to which the security removed item is placed.
item must be tagged with a Limited Release tag and both "Not admissible in cabin" and "security"-
boxes shall be marked. Passenger shall be informed that the airline does not bear any
FF
T
Checked baggage is the baggage left for transportation by the airline in the aircrafts hold on the same
flight with the passenger. Passengers are entitled to check in free of charge the amount of checked
baggage indicated in the booking conditions.
IN
5.10.3.1 Maximum checked baggage weight
The maximum total weight of a single piece of baggage is 23 kg. For weights above 23 kg, an
PR
overweight charge is charged the passenger. For the actual overweight charge refer to NextJet
website www.nextjet.se.
The maximum checked single baggage weight for all baggage on NextJet flights is 32 kg. NextJet will
not accept single baggage exceeding this limit with the exception of special baggage (sporting
equipment, musical instruments, pets, wheelchairs etc.) that has been noted already at the time of
reservation.
L
Passengers arriving at the airport with baggage weighing over 32 kg shall be advised to repack or
redistribute the weight into other baggage.
IA
5.10.3.2 Piece concept
Piece concept is applied on all scheduled and leisure flights. The maximum total weight of checked
baggage is 23 kg. The maximum size of checked in baggage is 81 x 56 x 56 cm for convenient fit
IC
Exceptions:
Infants - 10 kg plus one collapsible stroller or pushchair.
Dialysis liquid of kidney patients is carried free of charge.
FF
General rules
Passenger and his baggage travel always on the same flight. The baggage shall be tagged to the final
destination written on the ticket. Final destination has to be confirmed by asking it from the passenger.
U
Exceptions
no further than the first STOP-OVER-point.
no further than the station from where the reservation status is OPEN.
no further than the station the excess charge is paid to
no further than the station where passenger wants to pick up his baggage or part of it.
if the passenger has an onward connection which is on a separate ticket on a non-interline point-
to-point carrier, the baggage cannot be tagged through to the final destination.
If the transfer flight departs from another airport, be sure to tell the passenger where his baggage is
tagged to and where the customs clearance will take place.
Section: 5
Page: 56
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
All baggage shall be marked with the passengers name. It is recommended that passengers name
also appear inside the bag.
T
Identification label for Heavy baggage
Handling heavy baggage can cause physical harm to staff and mechanical damage to conveying
IN
systems.
All checked baggage weighing over 20 kg must be marked with a Heavy label. Enter the actual weight
on both sides of the label. This tag is addition to the baggage tag. Please note that these items shall
be notified of already at time of reservation as NextJet has maximum checked baggage weight limit of
32 kg.
PR
See GOM 5.10.3.1 and also GOM 7.4.3.
Specify the damage on the reverse side of the tag: encircle the location of the damage and write a
short description of the damage in the remarks field.
T
The transport cage has to be big enough so that the animal can stand up, turn around and lie down in
IN
a natural position. If the cage does not meet these requirements, the airport staff can deny the
transport of the animal.
PR
Airplane type PETC AVIH
st st
ATP (1 of May until 31 of October) 2 2
st th
ATP (1 of November until 30 of April) 2 1
S340 2 1
L
NOTE 1: On flights operating for Hga Kusten Flyg no animals in hold (AVIH) are permitted.
IA
st
NOTE 2: On flights to/from HMV/VHM no AVIH are permitted during the period 1 of November and
th
30 of April.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 58
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Pet in cabin should be seated whenever possible in the rear of the cabin and approximately 10 rows
shall be kept between animals unknown to each other. It is the responsibility of the ground staff and
cabin crew to use their best judgment to ensure that animals accepted in cabin will not be offensive or
T
disturb other passengers. Final acceptance is always subject to Commanders approval and removal
of pet to the cargo hold may be ordered if one of the established conditions is not respected.
Requests for more detailed information about PET-rules shall be addressed to the Director of Ground
IN
Operations. In unforeseen conditions with the Commanders decision the number of PETC and AVIH
may be exceeded.
PR
5.10.5.3.1 Transport container
The animal and transport cage counts as hand luggage, i.e. it is not allowed to bring additional
hand luggage on board alongside with an animal transport.
The transport cage with the animal has to be closed and placed on the floor in front of the
passenger during the entire flight. During takeoff or landing the transport cage with the animal has
to be placed under the seat in front of the passenger.
The size of the transport cage may not exceed the dimensions 40 cm x 25 cm x 23 cm
L
(Length/Width/Height) in order to ensure transportation.
The maximum allowable total weight of the animal and the cage together during transport in the
cabin is 8 kg. If this weight is exceeded the animal has to be transported in the cargo hold.
IA
Pets in cabin must be transported in a watertight transport cage or approved watertight carrying
case in which the whole animal fits, can stand up, turn around and lie down in a natural position.
For example a Sherpa-bag (small) which can be bought in animal shops.
It is not allowed to transport animals in ordinary bags.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 59
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
The maximum allowable total weight of animals and cage together during transport is 50 kg.
T
IN
5.10.5.4.1 Transport container
In order to ensure transportation, the size of the transport container may not exceed the
dimensions 81 cm x 56 cm x 56 cm (Length/Width/Height).
The transport container has to be approved for transport. It has to be sturdy, leak-proof and
PR
disinfected.
The transport container has to be sturdy enough to withstand to be tied down with straps. It has to
be made of glass-fiber, metal or hard plastic and be equipped with handles on the side.
Transportation cages entirely made of wire or with a baseplate with edges that are to low are not
allowed to be used for the transport of dogs and cats. The transport cage has to be built in such a
way that there is no risk the animal can escape, hurt itself or damage other cargo.
L
The transport container has to be equipped with containers for food and water. The baseplate has
IA
to be covered with a layer of newspaper or similar material. It is forbidden to use wood chips,
sawdust, hay or straw.
The transport container has to be big enough so that the animal can stand up, turn around and lie
down in a natural position without any problem. If the cage does not meet these requirements, the
IC
The Commander shall be notified by the ground staff when live animal(s) are carried in the hold via a
NOTOC.
FF
Clarifications concerning these rules and exceptions to the limits of AVIH shall be addressed and
approved by Director of Ground Operations.
O
In unforeseen conditions with the Commanders decision the number of PETC and AVIH may be
exceeded. Refer to OM-A 8.
An assistance dog may accompany a blind passenger in the cabin free of charge on all NextJet flights
(see below and GOM 5.2.1.7).
T
5.10.5.6 Preparations and restrictions for international traffic
IN
The passenger must have an advanced booking in Nextjets reservation system and has to provide all
necessary documents (export/import/transit permits, health/vaccination certificates etc.) and other
necessary preparations (quarantine/veterinary meeting on arrival etc.). NextJet does not take any
responsibility if an animal is refused entry into or transit through a country. The import of live animals
is totally prohibited to/via some countries, e.g. Great Britain, Ireland, South Africa, Hong Kong,
PR
Australia. Nextjet can receive fines for carrying any animals as either pet in cabin or live animal in
hold to/via the above named destinations. Live animals may only be carried as air cargo under an
appropriate Air Waybill to countries with these restrictions.
Upon departure from Great Britain it is required that a pet in cabin (PETC) is accommodated in a hard
container which can be closed properly. The owner has to hand in the pet at the check-in counter
from where it will be transported to the aircraft in custody of the airline staff. It is prohibited to bring
L
animals into the waiting area beyond customs and immigration.
IA
Detailed information on customs and health regulations of individual countries can be obtained from
TIM (Travel Information Manual).
A trained assistance dog for a blind or for other PRM passenger may be carried in the cabin when
accompanying a passenger who is dependent upon it. The assistance dog is always carried free of
charge.
The dog shall be properly harnessed. The passenger and the dog will normally be seated where
sufficient floor space for the dog is available, excluding bulkheads and emergency exits. The guide
FF
dog is not included in the PETC (pet in cabin) count. In international traffic entry regulations for live
animals shall be verified.
The Commander shall be notified by ground staff when live animal(s) are carried onboard.
In special cases the Commander may give permission for more than one trained dog (military-dogs,
O
search-dogs, etc.) to be carried in the cabin with an accompanying passenger. See also GOM 5.2.1.7.
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 61
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
The equipment must be packed into an appropriate ski bag to prevent damage to other load. The
T
equipment shall be charged according to the normal excess baggage rates, found on www.nextjet.se
Golfing equipment
IN
The equipment shall be charged according to the normal excess baggage rates, found on
www.nextjet.se
Bicycles
PR
The equipment shall be charged according to the normal excess baggage rates, found on
www.nextjet.se
Preparatory to transportation of bicycles, the handlebars shall be fixed sideways, the pressure of the
tires reduced to avoid any problems in the unlikely event of pressurization changes during flight and, if
possible, the pedals removed. When necessary, sharp projective parts shall be protected with plastic
or cardboard to avoid damage to other load. All bicycles are recommended to be enclosed in a bicycle
bag on all NextJet flights.
L
Wind surfing and surfboard equipment
IA
Wind surfing and surfing boards may be transported as baggage.
The equipment shall be charged according to the normal excess baggage rates, found on
www.nextjet.se
IC
Parachutes
Parachutes may be transported as baggage.
The equipment shall be charged according to the normal excess baggage rates, found on
www.nextjet.se
FF
been taken to nullify the danger. To nullify the danger, the empty fuel tank and/or container must be
allowed to drain for at least 1 hour, the fuel tank and/or container must then be left uncapped for a
minimum of 6 hours to allow any residual fuel to evaporate. Alternative methods, such as adding
U
cooking oil to the fuel tank and/or container to elevate the flash point of any residual liquid above the
flash point of flammable liquid and then emptying the fuel tank and/or container, are equally
acceptable. The fuel tank, and/or container must then have the cap securely fastened and be
wrapped in an absorbent material such as paper towel and placed in a polyethylene or equivalent
bag.
The top of the bag must then be sealed or gathered and closed with an elastic band or twin.
Section: 5
Page: 62
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Weapons of war and munitions of war are not accepted of any flight without prior approval from the
authorities.
Arms and ammunition will be accepted only after prior approval from NextJet OP STOHK2N.
T
Passenger is not allowed to hold firearms and/or other arms such as daggers, knives and other
offensive articles in his cabin baggage.
IN
Firearms and ammunition (for sporting purposes) may only be accepted as checked baggage and
loaded inaccessibly in the airplane cargo holds.
Firearms must be carried in a suitable case, unloaded and with the firing pin or vital part removed if
PR
possible. The passenger must be in possession of the necessary export, transit and import permits.
Under no circumstances may these articles be permitted in the cabin and must be loaded in an
inaccessible compartment from cabin area. It not allowed to carry weapon as load in cpt5 on ATP.
L
NOTE 1: The amount of ammunition accepted per passenger is limited to 5 kg gross weight provided
they are securely boxed (original package of manufacturer) and is valid for safety cartridges
IA
only.
NOTE 2: Whenever firearms are carried a telex must be sent to down line station(s) in order to advise
police and customs before arrival.
IC
Prior to departure of the aircraft the ground handling personnel must inform the commander about any
loaded firearms by handing over a NOTOC containing information about the amount and location of
firearms loaded onboard the aircraft.
FF
If a piece of baggage seems to contain a weapon, the baggage shall not be placed on the carousel on
arrival. The baggage shall be delivered to the passenger in person.
The bag carrying weapon should be marked with an identification label as weapon or firearm.
O
The equipment shall be charged according to the normal excess baggage rates, found on
www.nextjet.se
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 63
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
5.10.5.10 Wheelchairs
To improve customer service delivery to physically challenged PRM passengers using a wheelchair,
the following procedures apply.
Wheelchairs accepted for transport may not exceed the following size; 80 x 50 x 70 cm. The
T
maximum weight is 50kg. The wheelchair must be entered in the passengers booking.
Note that wheelchairs with an acid battery must be sent as cargo. For the transportation of power-
IN
driven wheelchairs, see also GOM 5.2.1.8,
GOM 5.10.6, GOM 8.2.1.2 and OM-A 9.
Passengers using a wheelchair for mobility, who are capable of using it without assistance, shall be
PR
allowed to use the wheelchair to the departure gate if required by passenger. A wheelchair, as well as
other mobility aids such as a walking frame etc. is transported free of charge and shall always be
transported in the cargo hold only. Special attention shall be paid to labeling, as it is of special
importance that the wheelchair arrives at the destination on the same flight as the passenger.
Also Door Side -tag and procedure may be used. The wheelchair shall be suitably tagged with a Door
Side tag to the passengers final destination or alternatively to the destination where other bags
belonging to the passenger have been checked. It is essential to remind the passenger of the
L
importance of being at departure gate well on time in order to avoid delays due to the door side
procedure. All stations on the passengers journey shall be advised of the status and location of the
IA
wheelchair in LDM and the wheelchair shall be transported as door side to enable immediate delivery
on arrival. Please note that heavy power-driven wheelchairs may not be tagged as door side baggage
as delivery to aircraft door may not be possible at destination due to heavy weight of item.
IC
The destination station will arrange assistance until the passenger has uplifted the wheelchair from
the aircraft door on arrival when wheelchair is transported as door side baggage. Each station will
require a local procedure for transporting these items from the departure gate to the hold and vice
versa.
FF
To enable assistance service in the best way possible, a notification about this should be sent to
NextJet minimum 48 hours before the flight.
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 64
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Families travelling with baby buggies shall always be primarily encouraged to leave the buggy at the
check-in as checked baggage, especially at airports that provide passengers with local baby buggies.
When seen necessary, only families travelling with a small, light and fully collapsible baby buggy with
T
small wheels (ca 10-15cm of width) shall be allowed to use the buggy to the departure gate.
Where it is not possible to stow the buggy in the cabin due to lack of space in cabin, it will be
IN
necessary to stow the buggy in the hold of the aircraft. The buggy shall be suitably tagged with a Door
Side tag to the passengers final destination or alternatively to the destination where other bags
belonging to the passenger have been checked. It is essential to remind the passenger of the
importance of being at departure gate well on time in order to avoid delays due to the door side
procedure.
PR
All stations on the passengers journey shall be advised of the status and location of the buggy in
LDM and the buggy shall always be transported as door side to enable immediate delivery on arrival.
The buggy shall be included in the baggage total. The destination station will arrange assistance until
the passenger has uplifted their buggy from the aircraft door on arrival. Each station will require a
local procedure for transporting these items from the departure gate to the hold and vice versa.
L
5.10.5.12 Dialysis liquid
IA
Dialysis liquid of kidney dialysis passengers are transported free of charge. Notification of the liquid
shall always be made at time of reservation and Booking Department shall confirm the transportation.
Information of liquid transportation shall be submitted to all concerned at departure station as well as
station of arrival.
IC
As a rule, the liquid is transported as checked baggage in the cargo hold. Quantities of liquid within
cabin baggage allowance can be transported in cabin, but if the allowance is exceeded, a special
permit must be obtained from Director of Ground Operations and all staff concerned shall be informed
of the excess amount of liquid. When passenger has liquid as baggage, it is recommended that some
FF
of the liquid is packed as hand baggage in case of baggage irregularities etc. In cabin the liquid shall
be placed and kept
under the seat in front of the passenger.
remains from one country to another, it is recommended for the passenger to confirm with the
consulate about the possible local authority requirements.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 65
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
When securing cabin baggage items with extra seats following restrictions must be followed:
T
all items must be secured in such a way that any movement in any directions is prevented by the
use of seat belts, extra seat belts, or other airline accepted lashing material and permanent fixtures
of the cabin
IN
items must not restrict the access to the emergency exits and to the aisle
load on one seat must not exceed 75 kg
cabin windows should, when necessary, be protected to avoid damage
the passenger view of Fasten Seat Belt/No Smoking and Exit signs must not be blocked
PR
any damage to the interior of aircraft is to be avoided
such items must not prevent seats in front from reclining
Cello
Place the heavier end of the cello case into the under seat stowage area of the window seat.
Fasten with the seat belt and extension belt to hinder movements in any directions.
Tighten the belts carefully.
Examples:
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 66
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Painting
a) occupying one or more seats ( pictures 1 and 2 )
place the item horizontally or inclined on the seat
fasten with the normal seat belt to hinder sideward and forward movements and with the extension
belt to hinder upwards movement
tighten the belts carefully
b) occupying two or more seats ( pictures 3, 4 and 5 )
remove seat track covers
T
install tie-down fittings into the seat track (minimum two pieces per track)
fasten other ends of the ropes into the tie-down fittings
tie-down the item with ropes to prevent movement in any directions
IN
NOTE: Also the seat belts can be used for lashing.See OM-A 8
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
For an additional seat a ticket shall be issued by using a normal / special fare applicable at the time of
booking of the additional seat. Youth, child, spouse, agent ships crew or similar discounts can not be
used. However, a published youth fare can be applied.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 67
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
The limitations for the use of PED are based on the PED categories; unrestricted, restricted,
T
forbidden. The list inside the category is not comprehensive, but it gives examples of typical devices
inside the category.
IN
The limitations do not apply to:
approved equipment permanently installed; or
approved passenger entertainment equipment;
or installed telephone systems.
PR
The Commander may prohibit the use of any PED, if required in the interest of safety.
The PED of this category may only be used between the time period: Fasten Seatbelts OFF after
takeoff - ON before landing. All other times the PED must be switched OFF.
At the Commanders discretion the use of mobile phones may be permitted when the aeroplane is
stationary during prolonged departure delays, provided that sufficient time is available to check the
cabin before the flight proceeds. Similarly, after landing the Commander may authorize mobile phone
T
use in the event of prolonged delay for a stand/gate even though doors are closed and engines are
running.
IN
When the use of mobile phones is based on the Commanders discretion, he shall indicate this by his
announcements (start and end).
PR
which will possibly radiate emissions from the internal oscillators, processors, clocks, some type of
motor and power supply converters.
The PED of this category must be switched OFF inside the aeroplane.
devices transmitting RF intentionally
walkie-talkies
remote controlled toys
display units with cathode ray tubes
wireless computer equipment (mouse)
L
PC-printers
IA
CD-writers and mini-disk-recorder in recording mode.
big portable stereo sets.
pocket radios (AM/FM)
TV-receivers
telemetric-equipment
IC
Devices where case by case decision must be obtained from the relevant organization
Condition: The device is required to go with the intended flight.
FF
PEDs provided to assist the flight crew in their duties shall not be used during critical phases of the
flight and shall be deactivated. Detailed instructions for the use of this kind of PED are included in the
OM-B. Mobile phones and associated radio link devices (e.g. Bluetooth) must be switched OFF during
the flight excluding the taxiing. The other PED restrictions for passengers apply.
N
flight and shall be deactivated. The PED restrictions for passengers, including mobile phone, apply.
T
For details on dangerous goods prohibited in hold bagage refer to the latest version IATA DGR Table
2.3A also found in GOM Appendix 9.1. For additional information and handling instructions on lithium
IN
ion batteries refer to GOM 9.5.4.6.
PR
Baggage shall be delivered in accordance with NextJet instructions agreed in LSP. Transfer and
priority baggage is off-loaded and delivered first. Minimum Connecting Times (MCT) must be
achieved for all transfer baggage. The time standards for delivering local baggage to pick up area are
(aircraft on blocks plus) are defined for each station in Service Delivery Standards (GOM 2.3.9).
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 70
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
When handling baggage claims, staff should be familiar with the following:
the Warsaw Convention 1929 as amended at the Hague 1955
IN
The Montreal Convention 1999, ratified by the European Community June 28, 2004 (for liability
limits see GOM 5.12.4)
EC Regulation 889/2002 articles 6.1 and 6.2
NextJets General Conditions of Carriage for Passengers and Baggage
PR
IATA Resolution 780e Articles 4 & 5 (Mishandled Baggage/Baggage Claims/Proration)
Company policy
Depending on the passengers itinerary, liability of the airlines involved in the passengers journey
may alternatively be governed by the Montreal Convention or the Warsaw Convention. In general
the settlement of NextJet baggage claims follows the policy of the Montreal Convention as
regulated by the EC Regulation, as NextJet is an EU community carrier. As a result, the Montreal
Convention liability limits apply on NextJet flights.
L
Under international convention, the final carrier is responsible for the tracing and where necessary
for the payment of the claim. Some or all the costs may be recharged to the carrier that caused the
IA
mishandling; damage or loss.
The passenger has the right to claim from any carrier participating in the journey.
All claims are subject to proof of value.
IC
Box 123,
190 46 Stockholm-Arlanda, Sweden
FAX
+ 46 8 639 83 29
O
Faxed correspondence will not be processed any quicker than normal mail received
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 71
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
- ensure that the PIR report is attached to the claim
- ensure that 30 days has passed from the date World Tracer
was created
IN
Please also note:
- claims are subject to documentary evidence (where possible)
in support of values
PR
- deduct advance payments from final settlement
- airlines are not liable for valuable, fragile or perishable items
- settle claim based on the value of the contents or up to
maximum liability, which ever is less
Passengers who are Ex-gratia payment should be made considering impact of:
FF
Other non-resident After 24 hours offer payment via NextJet Customer Relations subject
O
NOTE: Any action taken must be entered in worldtrace and copy of payments sent to NextJet
Customer Relations tor registration.
N
T
Repairable
- offer repair service locally
- submit passenger with copy of DPR
IN
Irreparable
- Offer replacement service locally or give the passenger a replacement bag
- Supply passenger with copy of DPR
PR
CLAIM RECEIVED
(NextJet Customer Relations)
- acknowledge within 3 days
- calculate value of claim
Repairable
- settle claim for repair costs NOT to exceed maximum liability
- update Worldtracer
L
IA
Irreparable
- Settle claim for replacement - costs NOT to exceed maximum liability
- Update Worldtracer
Remember that luggage is designed to protect its contents. In the course of mechanical handling in
IC
air traffic, the luggage may show evidence of wear and tear. NextJet assumes no liability for damages
that do not affect usability of the luggage.
Replacement process:
DPR report shall be raised in WorldTracer.
damage is to be assessed. Normal wear and tear is not part of airline responsibilities.
wheels, locks and handles and other items that protrude from luggage will not be compensated for
O
an address that is available during office hours shall be used as delivery address. The full mail
address shall be used, including postal code and country name, to enable delivery by courier.
only the bag which is the closest match to the damaged one should be suggested as replacement
and shown to the passenger.
N
agent shall confirm with the passenger that the bag is accepted as full compensation for the
damage.
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 73
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Repairable
- advise passenger to carry out repairs and submit claim with supporting documents
T
Irreparable
- advise passenger to submit claim in writing with supporting documents
IN
- advise passenger to send the damaged items to NextJet
CLAIM RECEIVED
(NextJet Customer Relations)
PR
- acknowledge within 3 days
- calculate value of claim
Repairable
- settle claim for repair costs NOT to exceed maximum liability
Irreparable
- settle claim for replacement- costs NOT to exceed maximum liability
L
5.11.1.8 Fragile, valuable or perishable items damaged
IA
ON ARRIVAL (Handling agent at station)
- create Worldtracer record
IC
- advise passenger we are NOT liable for Fragile, Valuable or Perishable items in checked baggage
as per Conditions of Carriage.
- advice passenger to contact his/her insurance company
- deny claim and advise passenger we are NOT liable for Fragile, Valuable or Perishable items in
checked luggage
NOTE: exceptions can be considered if due care was taken in packing and the surface of baggage
is also damaged
O
5.11.1.9 Pilferage
T
CLAIM RECEIVED (NextJet Customer Relations)
With receipts Settle up to maximum liability or amount claimed whichever is less.
IN
Without receipts Settle on actual weight if known or up to maximum liability or amount claimed
whichever is less.
Remember as per NextJet conditions of carriage, NextJet does not accept liability for valuable, fragile
or perishable items packed in checked luggage.
PR
5.11.1.10 Cabin Incidents
Create Worldtracer record
If a bag, which is intended to be taken into cabin but removed at the gate, tagged and placed in the
hold, is subsequently lost/damaged.
Settle on actual weight if known or up to maximum
L
liability for checked luggage or amount claimed
IA
whichever is less
Loss/damage in cabin:
- flight attendant or other Settle up to max. liability for unchecked luggage
passenger handled subject to proof
IC
expenses shall not be offered nor such claims settled. For security removed items (eg. knives,
scissors) see conditions in GOM 5.10.2.3
N
5.11.2.1 General
T
Baggage tracing consists of tracing activities which are performed at passengers final destination in
order to locate the missing checked baggage. It is a duty of the tracing station to provide all possible
assistance to passenger when a baggage irregularity has occurred. A friendly, discreet and
IN
professional customer service is of utmost importance.
PR
When passengers checked baggage is missing at the final destination or point of stopover to which
the baggage has been checked or should have been checked, a Property Irregularity Report (PIR)
has to be completed either direct to Worldtracer-system or on a PIR form. The last carrier shall
commence tracing immediately (creating AHL-file). In case of damage the procedure is the same
without tracing actions (DPRfile). PIR must be completed no later than seven days from the date of
travel. L
5.11.2.3 Advance payments and overnight kit
Not applicable.
IA
5.11.2.4 Tracing and baggage management systems
Most major airlines are using computerized tracing systems like Worldtracer, Easytrac and ACTS.
IC
NextJet recommends the use of Worldtracer tracing and management modules for tracing and
storage and baggage statistics. Efficient baggage tracing is based on quick action and accurate input
of data concerning both found and missing baggage. Input of all unclaimed checked baggage must be
done within three hours from bag being found.
FF
5.11.2.5 Tracing
The primary tracing is commenced by the station where the baggage has been reported missing. AHL
input is done immediately into Worldtracer, File reference station is responsible for the tracing for five
first days.
O
If the baggage has not been located in 48 hours the tracing station has to contact the passenger for
more details concerning the contents and any details that might help locating and identifying the bag.
When the baggage has been received, it shall be delivered to the passenger at reasonable costs. If
N
the tracing is unsuccessful after five days the tracing responsibility will be taken over by NextJet.
All bags left unclaimed at the station shall be reported to Worldtracer as OHD-files. On-hand bags are
held at the station until another station requests the bag to their AHL-file.
U
T
5.11.2.8 Missing checked baggage
IN
When baggage is missing upon arrival, a PIR has to be completed either directly into Worldtracer or
filling manual PIR-report. Manual report has to be transferred to a computer file as soon as possible.
All file related information shall be inserted. The file shall be closed from tracing as soon as the bag
has been received at the tracing station
PR
If the bag is missing more than 24 hours, passenger has to be contacted for file update.
Found checked baggage is baggage which has remained unclaimed or has been found at the
baggage sorting area. It may have been incorrectly labelled or wrongly loaded or the bag tag may
have torn off. If the baggage bears tag with other destination, it must be expedited to the final
destination with first available flight. (See FWD message in Worldtracer Quick Reference Guide).The
FF
All unaccompanied baggage shall be equipped with a RUSH tag or RUSH sticker attached to the
original baggage tag. Protective measures shall be stated on the tag.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 77
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
IN
5.11.3 Damages to unchecked baggage
Unchecked baggage includes not only the baggage which is in the passenger's care during the flight
but also everything the passenger is wearing, e.g. jewelry and eyeglasses.
PR
The air carrier is liable for destruction, loss or damage to baggage up to 1,000 SDRs (approximately
EUR 1,230). In the case of checked baggage, it is liable even if not at fault, unless the baggage was
defective.
In the case of unchecked baggage, the carrier is liable only if at fault.
When damages occur, the customer can usually get better coverage from the insurance company
than from the airline. However, having caused the damage, the airline cannot refuse to handle the
IC
It is not possible to get simultaneous compensation. If the insurance company pays full remuneration
to the customer, he cannot seek further compensation from the airline.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 5
Page: 78
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.12.1.1 Functions
The main functions of the Customer Relations Office are:
IN
to handle customer feedback in accordance with international agreements, domestic law and the
company's internal instructions, keeping in mind that the passengers' confidence must be
maintained.
to produce statistics of topics reflected in the feedback
PR
to approve compensations to be paid and to control the costs involved.
to keep up with the international development in the field and to co-operate with other airlines,
travel agents and insurance companies.
to give training and instructions in customer relations matters.
Postal address
NextJet Customer Relations
Box 123,
190 46 Stockholm-Arlanda, Sweden
L
IA
Internet
info@nextjet.se
Other
IC
answered in a manner deemed appropriate. The time target for answering is five days from receipt of
the letter.
Feedback can also be sent via e-mail to info@nextjet.se
N
U
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 79
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
5.12.3.2 How to file and process a claim
Customers claiming reimbursement for damages to baggage must file a detailed claim, signed by the
IN
customer, and supported by relevant documentation, such as
property irregularity report PIR
ticket cover
baggage tag(s)
PR
purchase receipts or proof of ownership for all items valued at 100 USD or more
experts report on value damaged / lost property
receipts, guarantee etc. of damaged / lost property
With a few exceptions claims are handled by Customer Relations Office. If claims are processed
without separate approval by Customer Relations Office all payments must be reported to Customer
Relations Office for registration without delay.
L
IA
NOTE: Claims must always be forwarded to Customer Relations Office for handling if they involve:
personal injury
damage to property involving another carrier
IC
the Montreal Convention 1999, ratified by the European Community June 28, 2004
EC Regulation 889/2002 articles 6.1 and 6.2
the Warsaw Convention
NextJets General Conditions of Carriage for Passengers and Baggage
IATA Resolution 780e Articles 4 & 5
O
Company policy
Depending on the passengers itinerary, liability of the airlines involved in the passengers journey
may alternatively be governed by the Montreal Convention or the Warsaw Convention. In general
N
the settlement of NextJet baggage claims follows the policy of the Montreal Convention as
regulated by the EC Regulation, as NextJet is an EU community carrier. As a result, the Montreal
Convention liability limits apply on NextJet flights.
U
Section: 5
Page: 80
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
IMPORTANT:
This notice, required by European Community Regulation (EC) No. 889/2002, is inaccurate in stating
that the air carrier cannot contest claims for compensation for damages up to 100,000 Special
IN
Drawing Rights. Rather, the Regulation and the Montreal Convention provide that the air carrier is
liable for damage sustained in case of death or bodily injury of a passenger upon condition only that
the accident which caused the death or injury took place on board the aircraft or in the course of any
of the operations of embarking or disembarking. For damages up to 100,000 Special Drawing Rights
in respect of such death or bodily injury the air carrier cannot exclude or limit its liability except where
PR
there is contributory negligence. Also, unlike the notice would suggest, the air carrier's liability for
baggage delays, destruction, loss or damage to baggage is limited to 1,000 SDRs in the aggregate.
Further, the statement that if the name or designator code of an air carrier is indicated on the ticket,
that carrier is the contracting carrier, does not apply in all cases.
Also, please note that, depending on your itinerary, the liability of the airlines involved in your journey
may be governed by the Warsaw Convention, in which case the liability limits are generally lower than
L
those set forth here under. For further information, please contact NextJet.
IA
If the journey involves carriage by other airlines than NextJet, they should be contacted for
information on their limits of liability.
SDRs (approximately EUR 123,000) the air carrier cannot contest claims for compensation. Above
that amount, the air carrier can defend itself against a claim by proving that it was not negligent or
otherwise at fault.
Advance payments
O
If a passenger is killed or injured, the air carrier must make an advance payment, to cover immediate
economic needs, within 15 days from the identification of the person entitled to compensation. In the
event of death, this advance payment shall not be less than 16,000 SDRs (approximately EUR
20,000).
N
Passenger delays
In case of passenger delay, the air carrier is liable for damage unless it took all reasonable measures
U
to avoid the damage or it was impossible to take such measures. The liability for passenger delay is
limited to 4,150 SDRs (approximately EUR 5,100).
Baggage delays
In case of baggage delay, the air carrier is liable for damage unless it took all reasonable measures to
avoid the damage or it was impossible to take such measures. The liability for baggage delay is
limited to 1,000 SDRs (approximately EUR 1,230).
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 81
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
limit by making a special declaration at the latest at check-in and by paying a supplementary fee.
Complaints on baggage
IN
If the baggage is damaged, delayed, lost or destroyed, the passenger must write and complain to the
air carrier as soon as possible. In the case of damage to checked baggage, the passenger must write
and complain within seven days, and in the case of delay within 21 days, in both cases from the date
on which the baggage was placed at the passenger's disposal.
PR
Liability of contracting and actual carriers
If the air carrier actually performing the flight is not the same as the contracting air carrier, the
passenger has the right to address a complaint or to make a claim for damages against either. If the
name or code of an air carrier is indicated on the ticket, that air carrier is the contracting air carrier.
5.12.5 Compensations
T
member states.
The following compensation rules are based on the EC regulation (no 261/2004) that was established
IN
by the European Parliament and council and which came into effect February 17, 2005. The NextJet
procedure and company policy has been amended in order to follow the regulation. For procedures
see GOM 5.9.3.1 and GOM 5.9.3.6.
PR
passenger has confirmed reservation on flight concerned (OK status).
passenger has presented himself for check-in on time as stated in writing or alternatively minimum
scheduled departure time minus 45 minutes
dest is delayed
In addition to the payments, passengers are also entitled to choose between re-imbursement and
rerouting.
See GOM 5.9.3.6 for passengers further rights and correct procedure.
N
Flights both originating and arriving in countries outside of the EU member states
Passenger is entitled to receive the following amounts as compensation:
U
Reporting
All incidents involving payment of denied boarding compensation to a passenger, shall be reported to
Customer Relations Office.
Section: 5
Ground Operations Page: 83
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
Method of payment
Payment shall be made in cash or by electronic bank transfer on the spot.
T
5.12.5.2 Downgrading compensation
Not applicable.
IN
5.12.5.3 Other compensations
PR
Damages during meal service
E.g. in rough weather the cabin staff may spill coffee over a passenger's clothes. In such cases the
cabin attendant will fill out a Company Report. The customer may claim the costs later against the
laundry bill.
If the garment concerned is not claimed to be especially valuable and the claim is obviously
reasonable, the matter can be handled locally and a compensation of up to 100 USD may be paid.
Limitations of liability
The airline's liability for injuries to persons in air transportation is limited by national laws, which are
based on international agreements. Information on the applicable limitations of liability is available e.g.
in a printed notice in international flight tickets and on NextJet home web site: www.nextjet.se For
liability limitations see GOM 5.12.4.1.
FF
The airline's liability covers the actual air carriage including embarkation and disembarkation. The
airline is not liable for accidents in airport terminal buildings or passenger buses.
Handling of claims
O
Private insurance
It is most recommended that customers purchase individual travel insurance from an insurance
company.
U
Such insurance covers all stages of the journey - not only the flight - and it is not affected by any
limitation of the carrier's liability. The compensations are paid in accordance with the terms of
insurance. Note, however, that simultaneous compensation for actual costs cannot be obtained.
Section: 5
Page: 84
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 5 PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 6
Ground Operations Page: 1
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
CONTENTS
6
Messages .................................................................................................................... 3
6.1
SITA ............................................................................................................................. 3
6.1.1
SITA-NETWORK.......................................................................................................... 3
6.1.2
HOW TO COMPOSE A SITA MESSAGE .................................................................... 3
6.1.2.1
Address Group ............................................................................................................. 3
T
6.1.2.2
Originator Group........................................................................................................... 3
6.1.2.3
Message Text............................................................................................................... 4
6.1.3
TELEX .......................................................................................................................... 4
IN
6.1.4
MOVEMENT MESSAGES ........................................................................................... 4
6.1.4.1
Time Definition ............................................................................................................. 4
6.1.4.2
Abbreviations................................................................................................................ 5
6.1.5
DEPARTURE MESSAGE ............................................................................................ 5
PR
6.1.5.1
Dispatch ....................................................................................................................... 5
6.1.5.2
Distribution ................................................................................................................... 5
6.1.5.2.1
Standard distribution .................................................................................................... 5
6.1.5.2.2
Delayed flights / diverted flights.................................................................................... 5
6.1.5.3
Corrections to Departure Message .............................................................................. 6
6.1.5.4
Message description .................................................................................................... 6
6.1.5.5
Message examples ...................................................................................................... 9
6.1.6
ARRIVAL MESSAGE ................................................................................................. 10
L
6.1.6.1
Dispatch ..................................................................................................................... 10
6.1.6.2
Distribution ................................................................................................................. 10
IA
6.1.6.2.1
Standard Distribution.................................................................................................. 10
6.1.6.3
Corrections to arrival message................................................................................... 10
6.1.6.4
Message description .................................................................................................. 11
6.1.6.5
Message examples .................................................................................................... 11
IC
6.1.10.2.2
Diversions................................................................................................................... 22
6.1.10.2.3
Last minute changes (LMC) ....................................................................................... 22
6.1.10.2.4
Message description .................................................................................................. 22
6.1.10.2.5
Message examples .................................................................................................... 27
6.1.11
CONTAINER/PALLET DISTRIBUTION MESSAGE................................................... 27
6.1.12
ULD MOVEMENT CONTROL MESSAGE ................................................................. 27
6.1.13
PASSENGER TRANSFER MESSAGE (PTM)........................................................... 27
6.1.14
PASSENGER SERVICE MESSAGE (PSM) .............................................................. 27
6.1.14.1
Dispatch ..................................................................................................................... 27
6.1.14.2
Corrections To Passenger Service Message ............................................................. 27
T
6.1.14.3
Message Description.................................................................................................. 28
6.1.14.4
Examples of PSM Message ....................................................................................... 29
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 6
Ground Operations Page: 3
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
6 Messages
6.1 SITA
6.1.1 SITA-NETWORK
All types of messages relating to the companys activities can be forwarded through the SITA
network.
T
IN
6.1.2 HOW TO COMPOSE A SITA MESSAGE
The SITA message consists of the following groups:
address
originator
text
PR
6.1.2.1 Address Group
A priority code can be entered in front of the address as follows.
QS
Emergency Message affecting the safety of human life
L
(use of this code is permitted only in actual situations of emergency)
QU
IA
Urgent Message
(to be used only when necessary, the cost is twice the charge of a normal message)
QD
IC
Example:
. STOHK2N 131927
U
Section: 6
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
The text of one message must not exceed 2000 characters (spaces are also regarded as characters).
If the text is longer, the message must be divided into two or more messages. The succession of such
IN
part messages is indicated by writing at the beginning of the first part PART ONE CONTINUED, at
the beginning of the second part PART TWO CONTINUED etc. and at the beginning of the last part
PART NN END.
PR
MX QD CPHAPXH
. STOHK2N 131235
DISTRIBUTION PAMPLHETS POSTPONED
REVERTING SOONEST
= The message shown is addressed to Novia in Copenhagen. The message was sent on the 13th of
the
present month at 12.35 hrs UTC.
L
IA
6.1.3 TELEX
Not applicable.
IC
staff (or representative of the handling company) after each departure, arrival and irregularity, using
the IATA standard format shown in under examples. IATA format is mandatory due EDP
handling/storage of messages.
Aircraft movement times are defined according to the following time definitions.
Date + time
NOTE: EA time is obtained by adding the estimated flight time informed by captain to the AD time.
6.1.4.2 Abbreviations
AA Actual time of Arrival
AD Actual time of Departure
ALT Alternate
DL Delay Reason
EA Estimated time of Arrival
EB Estimated on-block time
T
ED Estimated time of Departure
EO Estimated time of Take-off
FR Forced Return
IN
MVT Movement Message
NI Time of Next Information
PX Passengers
RF Ramp Fuel
PR
RR Return to Ramp
RW Ramp Weight
SI Supplementary Information
TOF Take-off Fuel
TOW Take-off Weight
pleasure flight
scheduled flight
training/test flight
6.1.5.2 Distribution
been sent
NOTE: The arrival message is to be addressed to the station management and/or dispatch office
U
and to the company(ies) acting as handling and/or dispatch agent(s) for NextJet.
T
next intended landing
IN
The message description is divided as follows:
Part1: Address and communication references
Part 2: Standard message identifier and flight record
Part 3: Flight information
PR
Part 4: Supplementary information
IMPORTANT: If not otherwise required all dates and times in movement messages must be
expressed in
UTC (Universal Time Co-ordinated).
T
6 Aircraft registration. .SEMAK
1. Flight number (element No. 5) and
aircraft registration (element No. 6)
IN
must be separated by a full stop.
2. The hyphen between country code
and aircraft code is to be omitted.
7 Airport of movement. .CPH
PR
1. Aircraft registration (element No. 6) .ARN
and airport of movement (element No.
7) must be separated by a full stop.
2. The 3-letter IATA airport or city codes
must be used.
NOTE: Elements No. 5 thru 7 must be on one line.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 6
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
1. The indicator EA is followed by the
estimated time of arrival in UTC.
2. Estimated departure time (element
IN
No. 8) and estimated arrival time
(element No. 9) are to be separated
by a space.
10 Airport of next intended landing. ARN
PR
1. The 3-letter IATA airport codes are to
be used.
2. Estimated arrival time (element No. 9)
and code for airport of next intended
landing (element No. 10) are to be
separated by a space.
3. Elements No. 8 thru 10 must be on
one line.
11
L
Irregularity code and duration of delay. DLTD/0121
1. The delay indicator DL is followed by
IA
not more than 2 irregularity codes and DLAT/RA/0017/0125
the duration of the delay in hours and
minutes. Irregularity codes and time
groups are to be separated by
IC
obliques.
2. NextJet has five (5) minutes tolerance
in departure delays. All delays must
be recorded and included in MVT
messages. Not more than 2 delay
FF
passengers. PX321
1. The passenger indicator PX is
followed by the number of seats
occupied by passengers including
N
PADs
13 Supplementary information
The supplementary information indicator SI is
followed by a space. It must begin a new line.
Subcodes for delay codes published in GOM
6.1.7.2 may be informed in SI element on a
T
separate line.
Examples:
IN
2 delay codes but 1 subcode SI SC 01/
no subcodes SI SC
2 delay codes and 2 subcodes SI SC 01/99
2 delay codes but 1 subcode SI SC/03
PR
6.1.5.5 Message examples
>MX ARNNOXH
. STOHK2N 221745
MVT
2N302/22.SEMAK.ARN
AD1721/1744 EA1405 ARN
L
DL/0021
IA
PX13
SI
=
IC
>MX CPHAPXH
. STOHK2N 221732
MVT
2N301/22.SEMAK.ARN
AD1700/1721 EA1345 CPH
FF
PX13
SI
=
O
N
U
Section: 6
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
6.1.6.1 Dispatch
An arrival message is to be dispatched for every:
charter flight
diverted flight
non-scheduled flight
T
scheduled flight
training/test flight
IN
The message is to be dispatched immediately after arrival of the flight concerned.
6.1.6.2 Distribution
PR
6.1.6.2.1 Standard Distribution
The arrival message is to be sent to:
the station of next intended landing, if applicable (Note)
the originating station of the flight or flight leg (Note)
the station of the originally intended landing in case of a diversion
recipients diversion message in cases where diversion warning or a diversion message has
been sent
L
NOTE: The arrival message is to be addressed to the station management and/or
IA
dispatch office and to the company(ies) acting as handling and/or dispatch
agent(s) for NextJet.
The instructions given below must be obeyed if corrections to an already dispatched arrival message
become necessary:
a complete arrival message must be dispatched again
the message identifier COR is to be used in addition to the normal identifier MVT
FF
a corrected arrival message must be dispatched before departure of the outbound flight
O
N
U
Section: 6
Ground Operations Page: 11
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
IMPORTANT:
If not otherwise required all dates and times in movement messages must be expressed in UTC
(Universal
IN
Time Coordinated).
PR
Part 2: Standard message identifier and flight record
Same element definitions and formats as for the standardized departure message
separate line.
MVT
2N440/14.SEMAK.ARN
AA0608/0611
=
Section: 6
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
6.1.7.1 General
The codes given in the list below shall be used to express the reason for delay, diversion or other
handling irregularities in aircraft movement messages. It is essential that these codes are applied
impartially and not be considered as reasons for blame. A description of a code may cover several
possible statements.
T
Where there is still some doubt of interpretation, the SI-part of the movement message may be used
for amplification. (See GOM 6.1.5.4, part 4, element 13) If there are more than 2 delay reasons
attribute the total delay time to the 2 main reason.
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 6
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
PS 16 COMMERCIAL PUBLICITY/PASSENGER CONVENIENCE
PC 17 CATERING ORDER, late incorrect order given to supplier
PB 18 BAGGAGE PROCESSING Use code AF when sorting system owned by airport auth
IN
CARGO
CD 21 DOCUMENTATION, errors, etc.
CP 22 LATE POSITIONING
PR
CC 23 LATE ACCEPTANCE OF CARGO
CI 24 INADEQUATE PACKING, All delays due to inadequate cargo, including leaking,
spillage and odoro
CO 25 OVERSALES, booking errors
CU 26 LATE PREPARATION IN WAREHOUSE
FF 62 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
FT 63 LATE FLIGHT OR CABIN CREW BOARDING OR DEPARTURE PROCEDURES,
other than connection and standby (flight deck or entire crew)
FS 64 FLIGHT DECK CREW SHORTAGE, sickness, awaiting stand-by, flight time
FF
HANDLING//
GB 37 CATERING
GU 38 ULD, All delays du lack of/or ULD serviceability
U
GT 39 TECHNICAL EQUIPMENT
Section: 6
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
TL 47 LACK OF AIRCRAFT FOR TECHNICAL REASONS
TV 48 SCHEDULED CONFIGURATION/VERSION ADJUSTMENT
IN
DAMAGE TO AIRCRAFT
DF 51 DAMAGE DURING FLIGHT OPERATIONS
DG 52 DAMAGE DURING GROUND OPERATIONS, All delays due to collision
PR
EDP/AUTOMATED EQUIPMENT FAILURE
ED 55 DEPARTURE CONTROL SYSTEMS, owned by aircraft operator
EC 56 CARGO PREPARATION/DOCUMENTATION SYSTEMS
EF 57 FLIGHT PLANS
EO 58 OTHER COMPUTER SYSTEMS, All delays due to system of handling agent,
WEATHER
WO 71
L
DEPARTURE STATION, weather below aircraft operating minima
WT 72 DESTINATION STATION, weather below aircraft operating minima
WR 73 EN ROUTE OR ALTERNATE, weather below aircraft operating minima
IA
WI 75 DEICING AND DE-SNOWING OF AIRCRAFT, removal of ice and/or snow
WS 76 REMOVAL OF SNOW, ICE, WATER AND SAND FROM AIRPORT
WG 77 GROUND HANDLING IMPAIRED BY ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS
IC
ATC RESTRICTIONS
AT 81 ATFM DUE TO ATC EN-ROUTE DEMAND/CAPACITY, standard
AIRPORT AND GOVERNMENT AUTHORITIES
FF
AS 85 MANDATORY SECURITY,Passenger,baggage,crew
AG 86 IMMIGRATION, CUSTOM, HEALTH,Passenger,crew
AF 87 AIRPORT FACILITIES, All delays due parking stands, ramp congestion, lighting, buildings,
gate limitations
AM 89 RESTRICTIONS AT A/P OF DEPARTURE
O
REACTIONARY
RL 91 LOAD CONNECTION, awaiting load from another flight
RT 92 THROUGH CHECK-IN ERROR, passenger and baggage.
N
RA 93 AIRCRAFT ROTATION, late arrival of aircraft from another flight or previous sector
RS 94 CABIN CREW ROTATION
RC 95 FLIGHT CREW ROTATION, delays due awaiting Flight crew from another flight or
U
A/C change
RO 96 OPERATIONS CONTROL. Note:
Codes to be used when a delay is accepted by STOHK2N
MI 97 MISCELLANEOUS INDUSTRIAL ACTION WITHIN OWN AIRLINE,
Meetings, actions by all parties aff. gnd hndl.
MO 98 MISCELLANEOUS INDUSTRIAL ACTION OUTSIDE OWN AIRLINE
MX 99 MISCELLANEOUS Only to use after approval by STOHK2N
Section: 6
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
6.1.7.3 Correlation between IATA Delay Codes and the CFMU Reasons for Regulations
CFMU IATA
REASON REGULATION
FOR LOCATION
CODE EXAMPLE CODE DELAY CAUSE
REGULATIO
N
D 89 RESTRICTIONS AT AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE
ATFM due to ATC ENROUTE
E Demand exceeds the 81
T
ATC Capacity C DEMAND/CAPACITY
capacity
ATFM due to RESTRICTIONS AT DESTINATION
A 83
AIRPORT
D 89 RESTRICTIONS AT AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE
IN
ATFM due to ATC STAFF/EQUIPMENT
ATC Ind E 82
I Controllers strike ENROUTE
Action
ATFM due to RESTRICTIONS AT DESTINATION
A 83
AIRPORT
Phasing in of new ATFM due to ATC ENROUTE
ATC Routings R E 81
PR
procedures DEMAND/CAPACITY
D 89 RESTRICTIONS AT AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE
ATFM due to ATC STAFF/EQUIPMENT
E Illness, traffic delays on 82
ATC Staffing S ENROUTE
the highway
ATFM due to RESTRICTIONS AT DESTINATION
A 83
AIRPORT
D 89 RESTRICTIONS AT AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE
ATFM due to ATC STAFF/EQUIPMENT
ATC Equip- E 82
T Radar failure, RTF failure ENROUTE
ment
A
L 83
ATFM due to RESTRICTIONS AT DESTINATION
AIRPORT
D 89 RESTRICTIONS AT AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE
IA
Accident/Inci- RWY23 closed due
A ATFM due to RESTRICTIONS AT DESTINATION
dent A accident 83
AIRPORT
D Lack of parking; taxiway 87 AIRPORT FACILITIES
closure; areas closed for
Aerodrome
G maintenance; demand ex-
IC
AIRPORT
D European football cup; 89 RESTRICTIONS AT AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE
Special Event P Heads of Government ATFM due to RESTRICTIONS AT DESTINATION
A meeting 83
AIRPORT
N
6.1.8.1 Dispatch
6.1.8.1.1 General
The rules given below must be obeyed with regard to dispatch of delay messages.
1. A delay message must be dispatched always when the departure of a flight will be delayed 3
T
minutes or more relative to schedule or otherwise stated departure time.
2. The message shall be sent as soon as the delay can be foreseen, but not later than the
originally estimated departure time.
IN
3. If a flight is delayed beyond the estimated departure time specified in a previously dispatched
message, a new delay message shall be sent as soon as the further delay becomes apparent,
but not later than the departure time specified in the previous delay message.
PR
6.1.8.1.2 Dispatch of departure message
A normal departure message shall be sent to all addressees that received the delay message(s) after
departure
of the flight concerned.
NOTE: For instructions regarding departure message refer to GOM 6.1.5
L
6.1.8.2 Distribution
The delay message is to be sent to all stations of the flight schedule (Note 1) and STOHK2N.
IA
NOTE: The delay message is to be addressed to the station management and/or dispatch
office and to the company(ies) acting as handling and/or dispatch agent(s) for
NextJet.
IC
T
IMPORTANT:
If not otherwise required all dates and times in movement messages must be expressed in UTC
(Universal
IN
Time Coordinated).
PR
Part 2: Standard message identifier and flight record
Same element definitions and formats as for the standardized departure message.
Element
Element definition / description Examples
Number
10 Supplementary information
Additional information pertaining to the flight may be shown at
N
the end of the delay message. A new line must be used beginning
with the indicator SI and followed by a space.
U
Message examples:
>MX STOHK2N
.ARNNOXH 221655
MVT
2N052/22.SEMAK.ARN
ED221720
DLRA
=
Section: 6
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
=
6.1.8.3.2 Notice of delayed departure:
IN
>MX STOHK2N
.JYVKKAY 221745
MVT
2N300/22.SEMAK.JYV
AD1721/1744 EA1820 ARN
PR
DLRA/0021
PX016
SI
=
.ARNNOXH 191139
MVT
2N003/19.SEMAK.ARN
FR1130/1138
SI BIRD STRIKE ENG 2
O
>MX STOHK2N
.LHRKKAY 300900
MVT
U
2N831/30.SEMAK.LHR
EA0930
SI HOLDING DUE TO ATC RADAR FAILURE
=
Section: 6
Ground Operations Page: 19
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
=
IN
6.1.9 DIVERSION MESSAGE
6.1.9.1 Dispatch
6.1.9.1.1 General
PR
The diversion message (DIV) be used to inform stations and services concerned of an inflight
diversion. It shall be dispatched by the station or service first receiving notification of the diversion.
6.1.9.2 Distribution
The diversion message is to be sent to all stations of the flight schedule (Note) and STOHK2N.
T
IMPORTANT:
If not otherwise required all dates and times in movement messages must be expressed in UTC
(Universal Time Coordinate).
IN
Part 1: Address and communication references
Same element definitions and formats as for the standardized departure message.
PR
Element Element definition Examples
Number
4 Standard identifier for diversion
message: DIV
The identifier DIV must be on a
separate line.
L
5 Flight number and scheduled UTC 2N512/13
IA
date of departure out of its
originating station.
T
9 Diversion airport MUC
1. The 3-letter IATA airport or city codes CGN
are to be used.
IN
2. Estimated arrival time (element
No. 8) and code for diversion
airport (element No. 9) are to be
separated by a space.
PR
3. Elements No. 8 and 9 must be
on one line.
PADs.
2. The total number of seats occupied
by passengers shall be copied
from the loadmessage or departure
message.
FF
on one line.
12 Supplementary information
1. Additional information pertaining to the flight may be
shown at the end of the diversion message. A new line
must be used beginning with the indicator SI and
followed by a space.
2. The reason for the diversion in plain language or other
information.
Section: 6
Page: 22
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
SI PAX REQUIRES MEDICAL TREATMENT
=
IN
6.1.10 Load Message
6.1.10.1 Dispatch
PR
A loadmessage (LDM) must be dispatched for all single-sector and multi-sector flights.
The loadmessage shall be dispatched not later than 5 minutes after departure of the flight concerned.
6.1.10.2 Distribution
forward the LDM and other handing messages to the diversion airport without delay.
any lastminute change in the figures affected before the LDM is dispatched.
IMPORTANT:
If not otherwise required all dates and times in movement messages must be expressed in UTC
U
1 Priority indicator: QU
T
address(es) for loadmessage
IN
and operators initials composed 120340 HY
of the elements No. 3.1 thru 3.4
PR
3.2 Recharge, if required 2N
Teletype address of originator
(element No. 3.1) and designator of
the airline to be charged for the
message (element No. 3.2) must
be separated by a space.
T
5 Flight number and scheduled UTC 2N831/12
date of departure out of its originating
IN
station.
PR
must be separated by a full stop.
2. The hyphen between country code
and aircraft code is to be omitted.
7 Aircraft version/cabin configuration .Y16
Aircraft registration (element No. 6)
and aircraft version number
(element No. 7) must be separated
by a full stop.
L
IA
8 Number of crew including working .3/15
crew members occupying passenger .2/0
seats .3/4
1. First figure indicates number of
flight crew, subsequent figure(s)
IC
T
1. The 3-letter IATA airport or city
codes must be used.
2. The code is to be preceded
IN
by a hyphen.
10 Number of passengers .11/3/2
1. The figures for adults, children Adults
and infants must be separated Children
PR
each by an oblique. Infants
2. Destination (element No. 9) and
number of passengers (element .13/1/0
No. 10) must be separated by .0/0/0 *
full stop. * Zeros must be
shown if there is
only deadload for
a destination.
L
11 Nil must be shown if there is no .NIL
IA
traffic load for a destination.
The element must begin with a
full stop.
IC
T
full stop.
IN
passengers per class.
The element must begin with a full
stop followed by the identifier PAX.
15 Remarks .HEA/1/220
PR
Any information and/or remarks .AVI/5
received on an incoming LDM, .BAL/1/200
which are of importance for the next
station(s), must be retransmitted
on the outgoing LDM.
T
.AVI/1/30
-KRN.10/0/0.T50.2/50.PAX/0/0/10
.HEA/2/10
IN
SI UME C 50 M 0 B 200
SI KRN C 50 M 0 B 200
PR
Not applicable.
6.1.14.1 Dispatch
IC
intended landing.
U
Section: 6
Page: 28
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
departure out of its originating station,
boarding point
IN
Part number PART1
PR
(using AIRIMP codes where applicable)
details of each passenger requiring
special handling, such as (but not
necessarily limited to) the following
Wheelchair passengers
L BROWN WCHC OWN
IA
Stretcher passengers JONES MEDA STCR
NOTE: In each case, if the passenger is making an onward transfer, add the connecting
carrier and flight.
T
ROBERTS BLND
ENDPSM
IN
=
HELKKAY HELQMAY HELRMAY
.SINKKAY 241530
PSM
PR
AY098/02JAN SIN PART1
-HEL BLACK/BOB UMNR 2N831/03
GREEN/ROBERT MR BLND
GREEN/MARILYN MRS BLND
ENDPSM
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 6
Page: 30
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 6 MESSAGES
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 1
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
CONTENTS
7
Load Control ............................................................................................................... 5
7.1
Load control................................................................................................................ 5
7.1.1
Purpose of load control ................................................................................................ 5
7.1.2
Load control duties ....................................................................................................... 5
7.1.3
Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ 6
T
7.1.4
Company procedure for load control ............................................................................ 7
7.2
Load planning............................................................................................................. 8
IN
7.2.1
Load planning............................................................................................................... 8
7.2.2
Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ 8
7.2.3
Load conversion figures ............................................................................................... 8
7.2.3.1
General......................................................................................................................... 8
7.2.3.2
Baggage ....................................................................................................................... 8
PR
7.2.3.3
Ballast........................................................................................................................... 8
7.2.3.4
Cargo............................................................................................................................ 8
7.2.3.5
Passengers .................................................................................................................. 9
7.2.3.6
Stowing loss ................................................................................................................. 9
7.2.4
Load distribution ........................................................................................................... 9
7.2.4.1
General Principles ........................................................................................................ 9
7.2.4.2
Planning for Fuel Economy .......................................................................................... 9
7.2.4.3
L
Bulk Load ..................................................................................................................... 9
7.2.4.4
Unit Load Devices ........................................................................................................ 9
IA
7.3
Loading ..................................................................................................................... 10
7.3.1
General....................................................................................................................... 10
7.3.1.1
The loading operation................................................................................................. 11
7.3.1.2
The Unloading Operation ........................................................................................... 12
IC
7.3.3.2
Explanations............................................................................................................... 21
7.3.3.3
Securing load ............................................................................................................. 23
7.3.3.4
Restraint capacity of lashing equipment..................................................................... 24
7.3.3.5
The maximum allowed restraint capacity for lashing equipment's ............................. 24
7.3.3.6
Minimum Number of Ropes and Tie-down Fittings Required..................................... 24
7.3.3.7
Lashing regulations .................................................................................................... 25
7.3.4
Stowing of load in passenger cabin............................................................................ 25
7.3.4.1
General....................................................................................................................... 25
7.3.4.2
Exception.................................................................................................................... 25
7.3.4.3
Cargo.......................................................................................................................... 25
7.3.4.4
Permission.................................................................................................................. 25
Section: 7
Page: 2
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
7.4
Definitions and codes .............................................................................................. 27
7.4.1
Definitions................................................................................................................... 27
7.4.1.1
Other Load Control Abbreviations .............................................................................. 37
IN
7.4.2
Handling/load information codes to be used on load
control documents and traffic messages.................................................................... 38
7.4.2.1
Load Information/Volume Codes................................................................................ 38
7.4.2.2
ULD Load Volume Codes........................................................................................... 38
PR
7.4.3
Codes for loads requiring special attention ................................................................ 39
7.4.3.1
Identification Codes.................................................................................................... 39
7.4.3.2
Table of Format .......................................................................................................... 39
7.5
Standard Weight Values .......................................................................................... 45
7.5.1
Passengers ................................................................................................................ 45
7.5.1.1
Standard mass of Passengers Including Hand Baggage in kg. ................................. 45
7.5.1.2
Standard mass for checked in baggage on aeroplanes with more than 30 seats...... 45
7.5.2
L
Crew ........................................................................................................................... 45
7.5.2.1
Standard Weights for Crew ........................................................................................ 45
7.5.3
Baggage ..................................................................................................................... 45
IA
7.5.3.1
Actual Weight ............................................................................................................. 45
7.5.3.2
Standard Weight of Checked Baggage ...................................................................... 45
7.6
Load priority ............................................................................................................. 47
IC
7.6.1
General....................................................................................................................... 47
7.6.2
Priority list................................................................................................................... 47
7.7
Load Instructions / Report....................................................................................... 48
7.7.1
Loading Instruction / Report SAAB 340...................................................................... 48
FF
T
7.10.12
Outsized and heavy cargo.......................................................................................... 58
7.10.13
Foodstuffs for human consumption (EAT).................................................................. 58
IN
7.10.14
Perishable Cargo (PER)............................................................................................. 59
7.10.14.1
Responsibilities .......................................................................................................... 59
7.10.14.1.1
Shippers responsibilities............................................................................................ 59
7.10.14.1.2
Carriers responsibility ................................................................................................ 59
7.10.14.1.3
Documentation ........................................................................................................... 60
PR
7.10.14.1.3.1
Air Waybill .................................................................................................................. 60
7.10.14.1.4
Packing....................................................................................................................... 60
7.10.14.1.5
Labeling and Marking ................................................................................................. 60
7.10.14.1.6
Provision of information.............................................................................................. 60
7.10.14.2
Fresh Fish, Salted Fish and Seafood (PES) .............................................................. 61
7.10.14.3
Frozen fish and frozen seafood (PES) ....................................................................... 61
7.10.14.4
Fruits and vegetables (PEP) ...................................................................................... 61
7.10.15
L
Human remains (HUM) .............................................................................................. 62
7.10.15.1
Handling of urns ......................................................................................................... 62
IA
7.10.16
Live Animals (AVI)...................................................................................................... 62
7.10.16.1
General....................................................................................................................... 62
7.10.16.2
Handling ..................................................................................................................... 63
7.10.16.2.1
Loading....................................................................................................................... 63
7.10.16.2.2
In-Flight Attention ....................................................................................................... 63
IC
7.10.18.1
General....................................................................................................................... 68
7.10.18.2
NOTOC Form ............................................................................................................. 68
7.11
Baggage reconciliation............................................................................................ 69
7.11.1
Policy.......................................................................................................................... 69
7.11.2
Definition of Unaccompanied/ mishandled hold baggage .......................................... 69
7.11.3
Handling Instruction.................................................................................................... 69
7.11.4
Baggage Reconciliation Procedure ............................................................................ 70
Section: 7
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 5
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7 Load Control
7.1 Load control
7.1.1 Purpose of load control
Load Control is a procedure ensuring that:
weight and balance of the aircraft are correct and within limits;
T
the aircraft is loaded in accordance with carriers regulations in general and the loading
instruction for the flight in particular;
IN
the information on the loadsheet corresponds with the actual load on the aircraft, passengers
and fuel included;
the structural and operational weight limits of the aircraft are not exceeded.
PR
7.1.2 Load control duties
Load control shall be based on three functions:
Function 1
Completion of Loading Instruction Report (LIR) and loadsheet according to relevant instructions in
GOM
Function 2
L
Supervising the loading of the aircraft in accordance with the LIR. Upon completion of loading,
confirmation of an advice of deviations must be passed to the loadsheet agent or load controller
IA
Function 3
Checking of the loadsheet against the LIR and other documents.
IC
It is important to define these functions clearly and assign them to qualified personnel. Any work done
by staff without the necessary experience or training must be supervised by qualified personnel.
Any figures passed verbally in connection with load control work must in written form be confirmed on
FF
7.1.3 Responsibilities
It is important to define the three Load Control functions clearly and assign these functions to qualified
personnel.
For each function, the following procedures should be adhered to:
Function 1
Load Planning:
T
Assemble all data relating to load (originating and en route stations). Plan uplift/discharge load for
ready accessibility. Plan special loads according to restrictions, maximum quantities, separation and
segregation requirements. Consider center of gravity parameters affecting fuel consumption.
IN
Weight and Balance Pre-calculation:
Plan load for total flight ensuring that hold maxima are not exceeded.
PR
Off-loading and loading standard information/instructions. Special instructions, e.g. spreading,
lashing, overhangs, special loads, etc.
Function 2
Obtain LIR.
Ensure that load is properly secured.
Ensure lashing/load spreading is correct.
L
Ensure that special loads are stowed and segregated correctly.
Upon completion of loading, confirm or advice of deviations to the person responsible for function 3.
IA
Function 3
The following shall be confirmed by signing the loadsheet:
Correct dry operating weight and index used according to aircraft type, version, number of crew
and pantry
IC
Correct take-off and trip fuel figures used corresponding with those on fuelling order or
equivalent
Correct entry of transit load data from incoming load message/load sheet; cross checking of the
final loadsheet against passenger close out data and Loading Instruction/Report
FF
It is the responsibility of the loading supervisor to ensure that the loading of an airplane has been
performed and completed according to the Company loading procedures and methods as defined in
T
the GOM and that during any phase of the operation the loading, weight and ground stability of the
airplane complies with the limitations specified in the OM-B.
IN
The person supervising the loading (Function 2) must always confirm to the person responsible for
preparing and/or checking the loadsheet (Function 3) the actual amount and distribution of the load
and that the load has been securely stowed by handing over a written Loading Instruction/Report
form.
PR
Airplane weights and CG shall be calculated using Loadsheet and Balance Table forms. The load
control documentation is normally prepared by the flight crew.
Weight and CG calculations are performed by using the actual weights of baggage, cargo, or by using
the standard baggage weights, as decided by the Commander.
The person responsible for preparing or checking the Loadsheet and Balance Table (normally the
IC
flight crew) is also responsible for ensuring that the amount and distribution of the load is as stated by
the person supervising the loading and in accordance with the Loadsheet and Balance Table.
The final weight and CG documentation must contain details of the disposition of all loaded items,
including fuel (standard/non-standard fuel distribution) and they must indicate whether standard or
FF
actual weight values have been used. The person preparing and/or checking the weight and CG
documentation must be named on the document. This document must be accepted by the
Commander, with his counter signature or equivalent as the sign of this acceptance.
One copy of the Loadsheet and Balance Table (and Loading Instructions/Report if applicable) in
the flight envelope in the cockpit
One copy of the Loadsheet for CC
One copy of Loadsheet and Balance Table (and Loading Instructions/Report if applicable) for
N
T
plan uplift/discharge load for ready accessibility
plan special loads according to restrictions, maximum quantities, separation and segregation
requirements
IN
to consider centre of gravity parameters affecting fuel consumption.
achieve the utmost punctuality taking into account the length of the planned ground stops en
route
PR
7.2.2 Responsibilities
Load planning is generally performed for flights with one or several transit stops. The extent of
the planning activities may vary according to aircraft type, number of transit stops and traffic
volume.
Normally the originating station of a flight will do the planning unless specific circumstances.
L
7.2.3 Load conversion figures
7.2.3.1 General
IA
The figures given below are to be considered as a guide-line for load planning purposes. Wherever
more exact or different conversion factors are available, these shall be applied.
IC
7.2.3.2 Baggage
Volume:
For conversion of weight into volume, 180 kg shall be considered as 1 m3.
FF
Load distribution
For the load distribution, the standard baggage weights in GOM 7.4.3 may be used.
O
7.2.3.3 Ballast
For conversion of weight into volume, the density of 1400 kg/m3 shall be used.
N
7.2.3.4 Cargo
U
Cargo volume shall be planned according to actual dimensions. In case the actual dimensions are not
known, locally established average density figures may be used. If such figures are not available, a
density of 180 kg/m3 shall be applied as a rough average for cargo consisting of different
commodities mixed in roughly even proportions.
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7.2.3.5 Passengers
Adults and children shall be considered separately in all weight calculations using the standard
passenger weights published in GOM 7.4.1.
T
pieces of load in the compartments, actual volume figures must be increased by the "Broken Stowage
Factor". As an average 30% increase over the actual volume figure shall be planned. For low density
cargo, i.e. large pieces causing big gaps, a higher broken stowage factor of up to 50% or more may
IN
be necessary. If a sufficient amount of small soft load is available this can be used to fill gaps
between
large pieces, the stowage loss may be correspondingly reduced.
PR
7.2.4 Load distribution
7.2.4.1 General Principles
When planning the distribution of the onload from one or different station(s) en route, the following
points must be carefully considered:
On all sectors, the balance conditions of the aircraft and the total load in the compartments must
be within limits.
L
On arrival, all stations shall have direct access to their offload. Baggage must be available first,
for immediate delivery.
Where load for different stations is carried in the same compartment, it must be dearly separated
IA
in order to eliminate over carriage of shipments.
Stations shall not be required to reload large amounts of transit load for balance reasons.
The stowing regulations for baggage, dangerous goods, live animals and other special loads
must be strictly observed.
IC
If the cargo load comprises live animals and/or perishable goods, particular attention must be
paid to temperature requirements, loading restrictions and maximum quantities per
compartment.
FF
The possibility of loading errors can be reduced and their detection facilitated by introducing a
standard load distribution or alternatively by stowing each category of load in a different compartment
or compartment section.
7.3 Loading
7.3.1 General
Only qualified personnel shall perform opening and securing of hold doors. Appropriate number of
carts and/or other suitable transport equipment for bulk load shall be available at the parking stand
upon arrival of the flight.
T
The agent in charge of the loading will check that cargo is delivered at aircraft side well in advance
and shall proceed to the aircraft in good time in order to secure a safe and economical handling and
an on-time departure of the flight. Loading, stowing and securing of loads in the aircraft must be
IN
carried out in accordance with IATA regulations (AHM 310, 311 and 330 - 333) and/or GOM.
PR
case of cabin loading.
The quality and condition of the load should always be checked before loading in order to detect
leaking or otherwise damaged items. This concerns particularly live animals, restricted articles and
other exceptional cargo.
L
Leaking items may not be loaded and they must be returned to the cargo warehouse.
(See also GOM 8.1.1.4 )
IA
Necessary protective equipment should be used to avoid damage to the aircraft structure and to
protect the load from moisture and dirt.
IC
To guarantee a good customer service all baggage, cargo must be handled carefully thus
avoiding unnecessary claims for damaged items.
In order to guarantee on-time departures loading / unloading operations shall be planned well in
advance.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 11
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
Ensure that the separation nets are properly secured to subdivide the cargo holds / compartments.
T
Leave access panels and hatches in the compartment ceiling free as required by the regulations.
IN
Also for light fittings in compartments must be left free space to prevent overheating when lights are
on.
PR
b) Place heavier items at the bottom.
c) Stack neatly for maximum stability and maximum use of the available volume.
d) Observe the specific instruction labels.
When unable to comply with the loading instructions, always advise the supervisor.
The number of carry-on baggage shall be reported in writing on LIR before it is being handed over to
the flight deck.
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
Always unload baggage first. Send it as quickly as possible to the terminal building so that
passengers are not delayed waiting for their baggage.
Forward cargo to the warehouse for check against the relevant documents as soon as possible.
T
Report to the supervisor or the agent planning the flight any irregularity in the transit load:
a) Presence of load in compartments that should be empty (Overcarried goods).
IN
b) Misrouted goods.
The supervisor should check that all items for the station have been removed from the holds before
items of boarding load are placed on the aircraft.
PR
NOTE: Observe the ground stability of the aircraft. ( See GOM 9 )
NOTE: When approaching the aircraft at arrival, observe the hazard areas. ( See GOM 9 )
7.3.1.4.1 Baggage
O
area etc.)
Type of bag (material and description of packing)
Name and/or description of substance having caused the soilage.
U
Location of bag
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7.3.1.4.2 Cargo
For leaking cargo packages the following details are to be transmitted:
Flight number and date
AWB number
Description of contents, i.e. technical name of substance (for information refer to AWB).
For dangerous goods: UN number and proper shipping name (for information refer to NOTOC or
Shippers Declaration for Dangerous Goods)
T
Type of packaging used, e.g. cardboard-box, wooden box, textile bag, steel drum, etc.
For dangerous goods: UN specification code of packaging (for information refer to marking on
packaging).
IN
NOTE: For more information refer to Section 5 of IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations.
PR
Location of cargo
limitations. Restrictions are therefore imposed on the loads which may be carried and on the manner
in which these loads are transmitted through the compartment floor into the aircraft structure.
The limitations are as follows:
This is the maximum load per unit of floor area (kg/m2) which may be allowed within a specified
compartment. For applicable maximum floor load, refer to Aircraft Guide.
which may be allowed within a specified compartment or compartment section. For applicable
maximum running load refer to Aircraft Guide.
N
In order to be able to load items which otherwise exceed the maximum area load and/or running load,
such items must be supported by planks or platforms distributing the weight over a larger floor area.
U
Section: 7
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
The floor loading and the running load must always be considered together. A piece may have to be
supported because the actual floor loading or the actual running load or both together exceed the
T
permissible maximum.
IN
PR
L
IA
The piece is in contact with the floor on its entire length, which is therefore the applicable dimension
for establishing the actual running load.
IC
FF
O
N
U
For the same reason given for the floor loading, only the length measured over the outer two battens
(marked X) can be considered for the actual running load.
NOTE: To minimize the spreading requirement, the heavy item should be placed, if possible, in
such a way that its side of greatest area is in contact with the compartment floor.
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
7.3.2.3.1 Minimum required floor contact area
IN
Weight of item (kg)
= Min. required lenght of floor contact area (m)
Max. running load (kg/m)
PR
7.3.2.3.2 Minimum required /length of floor contact area
Min. requred floor contact area (m2)
= Width of floor contact area (m)
Min. required lenght of floor contact area (m)
The minimum required floor contact area and length are only applicable if no other load is stowed on
top of and/or alongside the item.
When working out the required floor contact area, bear in mind that any load which is placed on top of
L
and/or alongside of the heavy item increases the floor load and the running load and must therefore
be accounted for. The number and length of the supporting planks must therefore be selected so that
IA
they cover an area which is slightly larger than the minimum required according to the calculations.
After having worked out the minimum required floor contact area and length, determine now whether
the item concerned must be supported so as to distribute its weight over a greater area and/or length.
Load spreading is always required if either the actual floor contact area or the length over which the
item is in contact with the floor is smaller than what is required according to GOM 8.1.2.3.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 16
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
In case the calculated width of the contact area exceeds the width of the item or is even greater than
the space available between the compartment floor tracks, it is permissible to reduce the width of the
area by increasing its length:
IN
Min. required floor contact area (m2)
= Lenght of floor contact area (m)
Width of item (m)
PR
In order to avoid having to use transversal planks, the width of the contact area can be limited to the
width of the heavy item.
The length of the contact area is calculated using the following formula:
Note that the above is not applicable to the length of the floor contact area. The required length
L
calculated according to GOM 8.1.2.3 above cannot be reduced by increasing the width of the contact
area.
IA
When establishing the width of the contact area, the dimensions of the planks available must be taken
into account too. The width should be such that a whole number of planks can be accommodated
within the given width of the contact area.
IC
A) THE CALCULATED WIDTH OF THE CONTACT AREA IS SMALLER THAN THE WIDTH OF
THE ITEM.
T
IN
PR
The required number of planks above must be equally distributed over the entire width of the item in
order
to prevent it from tilting.
L
B) THE CALCULATED WIDTH OF THE FLOOR CONTACT AREA IS EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF
IA
THE ITEM.
IC
FF
O
The planks must be placed adjacent to each other. Their total width must be equal to the width of the
item.
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
THE CALCULATED WIDTH OF THE FLOOR CONTACT AREA EXCEEDS THE WIDTH OF THE
ITEM.
T
IN
PR
Longitudinal planks
Transversal planks (if more than two are required, space inter mediate planks equally between
the outer two)
The longitudinal planks are to be placed adjacent to each other. Their total width must be equal to the
required width of the floor contact area. In order to distribute the weight of the item over the whole
floor' contact area. transversal planks must be put on top of the longitudinal' planks as shown above.
L
The number required depends on the chosen thickness and the total protruding length.
IA
Note: All planks used for load spreading must be continuous lengthwise.
Method 1 Method 2
U
E) PROTRUDING LENGTH
To distribute the weight of an item effectively over the required floor contact area, it is obvious that the
planks must be sufficiently stiff to accomplish the load transfer. The degree of stiffness is a function of
the ratio between width and thickness of the plank. For a given width, the required thickness depends
on the weight of the item, the number of planks, and primarily on the length of plank projecting beyond
each side of the actual length or width of the item (protruding length).
T
IN
PR
Longitudinal planks Transversal planks
A. actual length of piece A. protruding length
B. protruding length B. actual width of piece
L
F) EXAMPLE
The following example illustrates how the instructions given in the preceding paragraphs are to be
IA
applied.
T
250 kg / 428 kg/m = 0,58 m
IN
m2) and length (0,90 m) with those required
(0,34 m2, 0,58 m), reveals that the item must be
supported in order to distribute its weight over a
greater area.
PR
Step 5: Width of floor contact area:
0,34 m2 / 0,9 m = 0,38 m
(2 x 0,15 m = 0,30 m)
7.3.3.1 General
Purpose of load securing
All load must be secured in such a way that: In flight, it cannot work loose and cause hazardous
displacement of the centre of gravity of the aircraft, injure passengers or crew members or damage
the aircraft's interior. In case of forced landings, it cannot injure passengers or crew members.
T
IN
7.3.3.2 Explanations
FORCES ACTING ON THE LOAD
In order to prevent shifting during take-off, landing or in flight, load must be restrained against the
forces shown in the following drawing.
PR
L
IA
IC
LOAD FACTOR
Any load carried on board an aircraft is subjected to inertia forces (G-forces) resulting from
FF
acceleration or deceleration. These forces can cause displacement of the load unless it is properly
restraint. In order to take inertia forces into account, load factors, expressed in units of "G", have to be
applied for the calculation of restraint requirements. For example, a tie-down against 3 G must be
able to restrain an item, without breaking, against a force equal to 3 times its weight.
The following formula may be used to calculate the minimum number of lashings required to restrain
an item:
N
NOTE: For restraint capacities of lashing equipment refer to table in GOM 8.1.3.6
U
Section: 7
Page: 22
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
DEFINITION OF A LASHING
T
IN
PR
A. Tie-down fitting
B. Rope or strap
A. Tie-down fitting
O
B. Rope or strap
C. Force direction
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 23
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
NOTE: Tying down individual items to the tie-down tracks of the compartment by means
IN
of tie-down fittings and ropes or straps.
ITEMS TO BE SECURED
Lashing is always required for:
Items weighing 150 kg or more, irrespective whether the compartment or net section is
PR
volumetrically full or not.
Items with an individual weight between 50 kg and 150 kg provided the compartment is not
volumetrically full:
Items with an individual weight of less than 50 kg but having a density of more than 240 kg/m3
(high density load), such as pieces of machinery, metal bars, etc. Lashing is not required
provided the compartment or net section is loaded to its volumetric capacity and remains full up
to point of unloading of these items.
L
Dangerous goods:
A dangerous goods package must be tied down or effectively blocked and secured by other loads in
IA
every direction.
This rule applies in all circumstances.
Specially check that:
small packages cannot pass through pallet net mesh
IC
Load factors:
Load put in the lower compartments must be restrained to withstand the load factors given in the table
below:
U
T
if the angle between the actual force direction and the strap is 0. The greater this angle is, the
greater the reduction in restraint capacity. When tying down an item care should therefore be taken
that the angle between actual force direction and strap is not greater than 45.
IN
PR
L
IA
A. strap or rope
B. maximum restraint capacity of strap or rope
C. restraint capacity of strap or rope in horizontal direction.
IC
up to 199 1 2 1 2
200 - 399 2 2 1 2
400 - 599 3 2 2 2
U
600 - 799 4 4 2 2
800 - 999 5 4 3 2
*) Light-weight ( 2000 lbs. ) fittings only
NOTE: Table valid only for lashing around the load from one fitting to another
NOTE: Wet lashing material shall not be used, as tautness will slacken when material dry out. It is
not permitted to use other lashing equipment as mentioned in GOM 8.1.3.6, unless the rated
strength of such equipment is known to fulfil the requirements.
T
IN
7.3.4 Stowing of load in passenger cabin
7.3.4.1 General
Except as provided in GOM 8.1.4.2 the carriage of checked baggage, cargo (deadload (Note 1)) in
PR
the passenger cabin of an aircraft (scheduled or charter flight) is not permitted.
NOTES:
1. The term deadload is used in these instructions as collective name for checked baggage, cargo.
2. The regulations contained in this subsection do not apply to pieces of checked baggage
accepted in accordance with the regulations laid down in GOM 5.10.5.7 as well as to pets and
"assistance dogs". GOM 5.10.5.1.
L
7.3.4.2 Exception
IA
Exceptions are only permissible for items which due to their nature, are best carried in the passenger
cabin, e.g. temperature sensitive items, fragile items, etc.
IC
7.3.4.3 Cargo
The carriage of cargo in the cabin on Nextjet flights is not permitted.
FF
7.3.4.4 Permission
If stowing of deadload in the passenger cabin should become necessary prior permission must be
obtained well in advance from the Director of Ground Operations.
O
Deadload may only be accommodated in the passenger cabin if stowed in seat containers. The
carriage of such load in the cabin without using seat containers is not permitted.
U
7.3.4.6 Documentation
7.3.4.6.1 Loadsheet
T
The weight of deadload carried in the passenger cabin is to be shown on the loadsheet as load in
compartment 0. In addition such load is to be indicated in traffic documents and messages with the 3-
letter code SOC.
IN
7.3.4.6.2 Balance Calculation
For balance calculation purposes the total weight of the load stowed on passenger seats is to be
PR
converted into an equivalent number of passengers using the standard passenger weight. The
number thus obtained is to be added to the number of Y-class passengers to be considered in the
balance calculation.
Side 2,0
Up 3,5
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 27
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
AGENT - RAMP A person who supervises and co-ordinates on the ramp the tasks of
ground handling for an aircraft departure or arrival.
T
AIRCRAFT
CONFIGURATION Planned utilization layout of aircraft interior space.
IN
AIRCRAFT -
CONTAINERISED An aircraft of which the cargo compartments are equipped with a
unit load devices conveyance and restraint system, in order to
PR
accommodate aircraft containers or pallets. This may be either a
wide-body or a narrow- body aircraft.
AIRCRAFT -
HIGH CAPACITY (sometimes referred to Wide-Body) designates aircraft types with
two aisles in the passenger cabin.
AIRCRAFT-
SMALL CAPACITY
L
Any type of passenger aircraft with 6 seats abreast or less and a
single aisle in the passenger cabin.
IA
AIRPORT - ALTERNATE Planned alternative en route and destination airport(s) for a flight.
AIRPORT - DEPARTURE The Airport from which the aircraft last departed, using the same
IC
Flight Number.
AIR WAYBILL The document entitled Air Waybill/Air Consignment Note made out
by or on behalf of the shipper which evidences the contract between
O
the shipper and carrier(s) for carriage of goods over routes of the
carrier(s).
N
ALLOWED TRAFFIC
LOAD The load which can be carried on the aircraft on any one sector and
is the difference between the allowed weight for take-off and the
operating weight.
U
ATTENDANT - CARGO Person travelling for the specific purpose of supervising cargo
needing special attention.
AUTOMATED LOAD
PLANNING Load planning performed by an EDP system.
Section: 7
Page: 28
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
BAGGAGE which is equivalent to the term Luggage. Such articles, effects and
other personal property of a passenger as are necessary or
appropriate for wear, use, comfort, or convenience in connection
with his trip. Unless otherwise specified, it includes both checked
and unchecked baggage.
BAGGAGE - CABIN Baggage of which the passenger retains custody (also known as
Hand and/or Unchecked).
T
BAGGAGE - CHECKED (also known as Registered). Is equivalent to Registered Luggage
means baggage of which the carrier takes sole custody and for
IN
which carrier has issued a baggage check.
BAGGAGE - CREW Baggage which is the property of operating crew and which is
separately identified.
PR
BAGGAGE - TRANSFER Baggage arriving at a point on one flight and continuing its journey
there from on another flight within a defined time limit.
BALANCE LIMITS The end points forward and aft of the range thin which the centre of
gravity must lie for safe flight.
L
BALLAST Dead load weight carried to achieve a particular balance condition.
IA
BASIC INDEX A numerical expression of the centre of gravity of the aircraft at its
basic weight.
BREAKING STRENGTH The breaking strength quoted for a lashing or tie-down fitting
represents the maximum load which an item of equipment (lashing
or lashing point) can sustain without: loss in strength due to
deformation under repeated application of load during normal flight
O
BULKHEAD - STRESSED A bulkhead which in combination with the aircraft structure has been
U
CARGO Any goods carried on an aircraft which are covered by an air waybill
CARRIERS The air carrier issuing the ticket (or air waybill) and all air carriers
that carry or undertake to carry the passenger and/or his baggage
(or the cargo) there under or to perform any other services related to
such air carriage.
CENTRE OF GRAVITY
T
(C of G) The C of G of an aircraft, is the point at which its total weight may be
considered to act as a concentrated force.
IN
CLASS Segregation of passengers according to the facilities and services
offered.
COCKPIT That part of an aircraft from which the crew control the aircraft.
PR
COMPANY - HANDLING A company/organization appointed by an airline to perform ground
handling functions.
CONSIGNMENT
L
which is equivalent to the term Shipment. One or more pieces of
goods accepted by the carrier from one shipper at one time and at
IA
one address, receipted for in one lot and moving on one air waybill
to one consignee at one destination address.
CREW - CABIN Persons performing duties on the flight other than in the cockpit.
FF
DANGEROUS GOODS Dangerous goods are articles and substances which are capable of
posing a risk to health, safety, property or the environment and
O
DECK A structural floor level. For aircraft having one structural level only,
this floor level shall be referred to as the main deck. For aircraft
having more than one structural floor level, the different floor levels
shall be referred to as lower deck, main deck and upper deck,
starting from bottom to top.
DEPARTURE CONTROL
SYSTEM (DCS) An automated method of performing check-in, capacity and load
control and dispatch of flights.
EDP SYSTEM Electronic data processing system, i.e. electronic computer system.
T
EMBARKATION See Boarding.
IN
departure and point of destination.
EQUIPMENT IN
COMPARTMENT (EIC) Equipment which is carried on the aircraft but which is not
manifested and which is not elsewhere included in the weight
PR
composition, such as additional flight kit.
FACILITATION (FAL) A general term reflecting the action being taken within the airline
industry with governments and other bodies to reduce costs,
simplify procedures and improve formalities.
FLOATING PALLET A unit load device (ULD), including its load, which is positioned over
at least two pallet positions, and is not secured by the pallet locking
devices of the ULD restraint system, but is restrained to the aircraft
IC
FUEL - BALLAST An adjustment to DOW, which will then be included in ZFW. Must
not be part of flight plan fuel and must remain in the tanks.
FF
FUEL - BLOCK Weight of total amount of fuel on board before starting engines. The
official amount of fuel on board is the amount indicated by the Fuel
Quantity Indication System of the aircraft.
O
FUEL - TAKE-OFF (TOF) The amount of fuel on board less the fuel consumed before the
take-off run.
N
FUEL - TRIP (TIF) The amount of fuel planned to be consumed from take-off to the
station of first intended landing.
FUELLING Fuelling and defueling, aircraft fuel tank calibration, aircraft fuel flow
tests and the draining of aircraft tanks.
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 31
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
GALLEY The integral part of the aircraft where pantry/ catering material is
stored.
T
GENERAL A standard document giving certain details about a flight required
DECLARATION for aircraft clearance by government authorities in certain countries.
IN
(GEN DEC)
PR
HOLD A space confined by ceiling, floor, walls, and bulkhead, used for
carrying load.
IGLOO -
NON-STRUCTURAL A bottomless rigid shell made of fiberglass, metal or other suitable
material. Its shape conforms to the contours of cargo aircraft
envelopes. It covers the maximum usable area of an aircraft pallet
to which it is secured during flight. This shell used in combination
L
with an aircraft pallet and net assembly is known as a non-structural
igloo.
IA
INDEX UNIT An expression of moment, i.e. weight x lever arm caused by weight
added to the aircraft, in order to establish the C of G.
IC
INJECTION WATER Fluid carried on an aircraft to improve the performance of the aircraft
during take-off under certain ambient conditions.
carriers.
LOAD Any item carried in an aircraft other than is included in the basic
operating weight.
LOAD CONTROL A function to ensure the optimum utilization of the aircraft capacity
and distribution of load as dictated by safety and operational
requirements.
T
LOAD PLANNING A part of load control.
IN
LOAD SECURING
EQUIPMENT See Tie-Down Equipment.
PR
any non-revenue load, such as ballast, flight kit, empty ULDs etc.
nets and bags, kennels for live animals and covers of any kind.
NOTE: Unit load devices are not loading accessories.
LOADING REPORT Signed loading instruction, with any deviations recorded, passed
back to Load Control for action as required.
O
MANIFEST - CARGO A traffic document listing the details of the cargo to be carried on a
flight.
T
in the ULD.
IN
NET WEIGHT The difference between total weight and the tare weight.
PR
system.
PASSENGER CLOSE The time after which further passengers will not be accepted for
OUT TIME carriage on that flight.
PAYLOAD The weight of passengers, baggage, cargo and mail and includes
FF
REALTIME A computer system which processes the input and gives a response
immediately or within seconds.
O
REGISTRATION
AIRCRAFT A unique alpha/numeric designation for an aircraft.
N
SECTION CABIN A division of the cabin into zones for the purpose of balance.
T
SHIPMENT See Consignment.
SPECIAL LOAD A load which, owing to its nature or value, requires special
IN
attention and treatment during the process of acceptance, storage,
transportation, loading and unloading.
SPREADER Devices, usually boards, on which items of dead load are placed to
distribute the weight of the load over a greater area to ensure that
PR
maximum floor loading limitations are not exceeded.
TIE-DOWN EQUIPMENT May comprise any or all of the following items which have been
authorized for use: tie-down/lashing rings, straps, webbing, nets,
ropes, cable and chains.
TIE-DOWN POINTS Attachment points for the tie-down equipment to secure load on
O
TRANSFER Traffic which arrives on a flight and continues on another flight of the
same airline or another airline within a defined time limit.
TRANSIT Traffic which arrives on a flight and continues on the same flight.
UNDERLOAD The difference between the allowed traffic load and the payload
T
(total traffic load).
UNIT LOAD DEVICE (ULD) A unit in which dead load is bulk loaded and subsequently loaded as
IN
a unit into the aircraft.
PR
VERSION The designator used to indicate the aircraft configuration together
with the details of the equipment carried.
WEIGHT The term weight is used herein in lieu of the correct technical term
mass, in order to conform to standard industry terminology.
WEIGHT - BASIC (BW) The Basic Empty Weight or Fleet Empty Weight and includes all
fixed equipment, system fluids, unusable fuel and configuration
L
equipment including galley structure.
IA
WEIGHT CATERING Equipment and supplies for in-flight distribution to passengers and
crew.
WEIGHT -
IC
DRY OPERATING (DOW) The Basic Weight plus Operational Items, e.g. crew, crew baggage,
flight equipment and pantry, as per company specification and is
equal to Operational Empty Weight.
(LAW)
(WEIGHTS) authorities for weight and balance purposes for items of load
regularly carried.
WEIGHT - TAXI (TW) Actual take-off weight plus taxi fuel i.e. weight of loaded aircraft
before ground maneuvers.
Section: 7
Page: 36
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
WEIGHT MAXIMUM Maximum gross weight for ground maneuvers. May under
TAXI (MTW) no circumstances be exceeded.
WEIGHT
MAXIMUM TAKEOFF
(MTOW) The maximum permissible total aircraft weight at the start of the
takeoff run limited by structural or operational requirements.
T
WEIGHT -
ZERO FUEL (ZFW) Total traffic load plus the dry operating weight.
IN
WEIGHT - MAXIMUM
ZERO FUEL (MZFW) The weight limit imposed beyond which an increase in load must
consist entirely of usable fuel and any other consumable fuel, e.g.
injection water.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 37
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
BI Basic Index
BLKD Blocked Seats
BW Basic Weight
IN
CG Center of Gravity
CL Class
CPT Compartment (hold)
CPM Container/Pallet Message
PR
CSU Catering Supply Unit
DCS Departure Control System
DHC Dead Head Crew
DL Dead load
DLI Dead load Index
DOI Dry Operating Index
DOW Dry Operating Weight
EIC Equipment In Compartment
EMACZFW
L
Estimated Mean Aerodynamic Chord Zero Fuel Weight
EZFW Estimated Zero Fuel Weight
IA
FKT Flight Kit
FWD Forward
LDM Load Message
LI Loaded Index
IC
MID Middle
MOB Meals On Board
NOTOC Notification To Captain
OHG Overhang (BIG)
PAD Passenger Available for Disembarkation
O
7.4.2 Handling/load information codes to be used on load control documents and traffic
messages
7.4.2.1 Load Information/Volume Codes
The codes listed below shall be used on all load control documents and traffic messages.
B Local baggage
BT Transfer baggage
T
EXP Expedite baggage (Rush)
C Cargo
M Mail
IN
D Crew baggage
EIC Equipment in compartment (e.g. load support material, straps, etc.)
NIL No items loaded (empty compartment)
PR
7.4.2.2 ULD Load Volume Codes
Not applicable.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 39
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
cargo aircraft in the SI box preceded by the destination code in case of multi-sector flights. The
destination code must be preceded by a full stop
IN
each code must be preceded by a full stop. The code is followed by an oblique (/) if further loading
details are to be shown.
for dangerous goods, if restrictions based on total quantity apply, quantity may be shown in the SI
box together with the Cargo-lMP code, when necessary.
PR
7.4.3.2 Table of Format
Code Description
AOG Spare Parts required for Aircraft on Ground. 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the
loading position. Example: .AOG/1
BIG An item loaded on two or more pallets or which, due to its size or weight, requires
special handling/ equipment for loading and off-loading. 1-3 alpha-numerics to
indicate the forward position and 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the rear position of
O
the pallet bays over which the piece is loaded, followed by an oblique and 2-5
numerics to indicate its weight in kilograms.
Example: .BIG/11P12P/567
N
CAO Dangerous Goods Cargo Aircraft Only (labeled). 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the
loading position followed by an oblique and 1-4 numerics to indicate the weight.
Example: .CAO/A/58
CSU Catering equipment and food supply not used on flight (Unmanifested).
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position followed by an oblique and 2-4
numerics to indicate the weight.
T
Example: .CSU/1/180
DHC Crew positioning to/from duty not directly involved in the operation of the flight, who
IN
are occupying passenger seats.
Example: .DHC/0/2/16
NOTE: DHC are included in passenger figures.
PR
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position followed by an oblique and 1-2
numerics to indicate the number of bags.
Example: .DIP/4/2
EAT Foodstuffs for human consumption other than meat and fish/seafood as specific
handling codes are designated for such codes. 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the
loading position.
Example: .EAT/2
L
IA
EIC Equipment in Compartment (Unmanifested).
Miscellaneous items not included in the Dry Operating Weight/Index but not including
BAL, BED, COM, CSU, FKT and BEH e.g. pre-orders. 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate
the loading position followed by an oblique and 1-4 numerics to indicate the weight.
Example: .EIC/4/50
IC
Example: .ELD/32/L425
Operating Weight/Index).
Example: .FKT/42R/450
U
T
NOTE: The code HUM is not required for funeral urns
IN
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .ICE/21L
PR
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .LHO/2
MOS Miscellaneous Operational staff other than crew, who perform functions relating to the
flight and occupy passenger seats.
Example: .MOS/0/0/2
L
NOTE: MOS are included in passenger figures.
IA
NIL No items loaded or manifested.
OHG An item loaded on one or more pallets that overhangs positions other than those on
which it is loaded. 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the forward position and 1-3 alpha-
FF
numerics to indicate the rear position of the pallet bays on which the item is loaded,
followed by an oblique, 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the position of the pallet bay
overhung by the load and 1-3 numerics to indicate the length of the overhang in
centimeters. The overhang information is to be repeated, if required.
Example:
O
.OHG/EF/G100
.OHG/DR/CR100/ER80
PAD Passengers not entitled to a firm booking who may be off-loaded at a station en route
N
PEF Flowers.
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .PEF/1
PEM Meat.
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .PEM/4 .PEM/11P
Section: 7
Page: 42
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
PER All perishable cargoes other than flowers, meat and fish/seafood as individual
handling codes are designated for such codes.
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .PER/2
T
PES Seafood/Fish for human consumption.
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
IN
Example: .PES/2
PR
RCM Corrosive (labeled).
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: RCM/2
Example: .RFS/2
Example: .RFW/21P
T
ROX Oxidizer (labeled).
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .ROX/2
IN
RPB Toxic (labeled).
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .RPB/2
PR
RPG Toxic Gas (labeled).
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .RPG/A
RRY
L
Radioactive Categories II and III - Yellow (labeled).
1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position followed by an oblique and 1-3
IA
numerics to indicate the sum of transport indexes. If decimals are shown this must be
separated by the abbreviation PT.
Example: .RRY/1/6PT4 .RRY/D/25
IC
T
SOC Seats occupied by baggage, cargo and/or mail.
1-3 numerics to indicate the number of seats occupied in each class separated by an
oblique.
IN
Example: .SOC/11/32 .SOC/0/140 .SOC/32/44
PR
WET Shipments of wet materials not packed in watertight containers, e.g. fish packed in
wet ice. 1-3 alpha-numerics to indicate the loading position.
Example: .WET/52
T
Scheduled flights 88kg 70kg 84kg
Charter flights 83kg 69kg 76kg
Children 35kg
IN
NOTE: The above figures include 6 kg of handbaggage. Any additional baggage must be
taken into account.
PR
7.5.1.2 Standard mass for checked in baggage on aeroplanes with more than 30 seats
Type of flight Standard mass for baggage
Domestic 11 kg
European flights 13 kg
Intercontinental flights 15 kg
Other flights 13 kg
L
IA
7.5.2 Crew
7.5.2.1 Standard Weights for Crew
FLIGHT CREW 85 kg Including hand baggage
CABIN CREW 75 kg Including hand baggage
IC
7.5.3 Baggage
FF
Domestic: 11kg
International: 13kg
U
The average weight of bags and passenger does not apply to special groups, such as sports teams or
groups carrying exceptional quantities of baggage.
When several pieces of baggage exceed the average bag weight, this difference must be informed to
the Load planner as well as individual pieces weighing more than 30 kg. Respective amendment must
be added to weight and balance calculations of mentioned flight.
NOTE: Before using standard weight the Captain of the flight should be consulted.
Section: 7
Page: 46
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 47
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
7.6.2 Priority list
A- Top Priority Load
IN
A1 AOG (Urgently needed spare parts for NextJet aircraft on ground)
A2 Urgently needed medicines and organ transplants intended to save human lives.
A3 See GOM 5.3.1, upper part of Passenger Priority List, rows 1 - 2
A4 LC-mail (letters, postcards, valuable post shipments)
PR
B- Booked Load
B1 See GOM 5.3.1, upper part of Passenger Priority List, rows 3 - 7
B2 Mishandled baggage of passengers
B3 AO-mail (printed matter, samples, newspapers, etc.)
B4 CP-mail (parcel mail)
B5 Booked revenue cargo as follows:
22.1 Live animals
22.2 Human remains
L
22.3 Other cargo
IA
C- Unbooked Load and Booked ID Load
C1 See GOM 5.3.1, upper part of Passenger Priority List, row 8
C2 Unbooked revenue cargo.
IC
D- Stand-by load
D1 See GOM 5.3.1, lower part of Passenger Priority List, rows 1 - 11
FF
Notes:
1. Transit passengers on the same flight have always priority to joining passengers.
1. NextJet,
2. Westair and code share partners,
3. Other co-operational partners,
N
4. Others.
U
Section: 7
Page: 48
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
In case of C.G limit problems and decision has been made to load the compartments from i.e. aft to
fwd, this shall be clearly indicated on the form.
Terms like BAG for baggage, CGO for cargo and other standard load abbreviations shall be used to
indicate type of load.
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 49
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
In case of C.G limit problems and decision has been made to load the compartments from i.e. aft to
fwd, this shall be clearly indicated on the form.
Terms like BAG for baggage, CGO for cargo and other standard load abbreviations shall be used to
indicate type of load.
Section: 7
Page: 50
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
If
applicable
collect
all
necessary
information
regarding
special
load
and/or
dangerous
goods.
T
Issue
LIR
in
accordance
with
standard
loading
instructions
and
hand
over
to
loading
supervisor
performing
function
2.
IN
Load
the
aircraft
in
accordance
with
the
loading
instructions.
Function
2
PR
Make
sure
all
load
is
handled,
loaded
and
secured
in
accordance
with
applicable
company
procedures.
Report
the
actual
load
written
on
LIR.
Hand
over
the
signed
LIR
to
3light
deck
performing
function
3.
L
Complete
loadsheet
and
weight
&
balance
calculations
based
on
the
information
Function
3
Hand
over
a
copy
of
the
LIR
to
the
loading
supervisor
performing
function
2.
The
copy
that
has
been
handed
over
shall
then
be
stored
in
the
3light
3ile
at
the
departing
station.
FF
1) Cargo Advising
Cargo handler has to advice Handling company by faxing actual NOTOC , cargo manifest and freight
weight at least 45 min before ETD of flight.
2) Loadplanning advising
Before loading Load planner advice PIC about dangerous goods and loadplanning
O
3) The following Dangerous Goods documents shall be filed at the station for departure:
A copy of the Air Waybill (when applicable);
Shippers Declaration for Dangerous Goods;
A copy of the Acceptance Checklist; and NOTOC.
N
In addition all dangerous goods occurrence, incident or accident reports shall be filed for a minimum
period of five (5) years.
U
T
Load from AAA:
IN
Checked in to CCC is 500kg of bags Load in cpt6
Checked in to BBB is 200kgof bags load in cpt5 and 6
PR
Exemple LIR Report flight 123
Report
Cpt5 Cpt6
CCC/B/500kg
BBB/B/100kg
BBB/B/100kg
Max cpt5 = 766 kg Max cpt6 = 1055kg
L
Ex.Flight 123 from Transfer/transit dest
IA
Flight 123
Leg AAA-BBB-CCC ( BBB is transit/transfer destination)
TRA
NIL
CCC/B/50kg
Max cpt5 = 766 kg Max cpt6 = 1055kg
O
NOTE: cpt5 shall be visually checked to verify NIL (No Items Loaded) Cpt6 TRA means
transitload (loader at BBB can not verify weight and report only the load he can verify
weight on LIR ( if TRA load has to be alternated ,load will be standard weight(11kg/bag)
N
T
All load shall be verified at the Load instruction that will be signed and handed over to PIC
By Loaders before depature.
IN
Ex . Communication Flight 123 from Transfer/transit dest
50kg of bags loaded in compartment 6
7.8 Loadsheet
PR
7.8.1 System for calculation
The centre of gravity is calculated by using an Index System where each individual airplane has a Dry
Operating Index. The Loaded Index Zero Fuel Weight (LIZFW) and the Loaded Index Takeoff Weight
(LITOW) are calculated by adding the payload and takeoff fuel. The Company Loadsheet and
Balance form shall be used. Both the Loaded Index Zero Fuel Weight (LIZFW) and the Loaded Index
Takeoff Weight (LITOW) must be within the envelope on the loadsheet and balance chart.
L
7.8.2 Load sheet
IA
The Company uses a standard IATA loadsheet and Company balance charts which are designed in
accordance with the standards of IATA in order to simplify the contacts with handling agents and
other airlines.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 53
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 54
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 55
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
For aircraft specific LMC procedures refer to OM-A 8.1 and/or applicable OM-B.
T
When checking the loadsheet the Commander shall ensure that fuel on board is sufficient to cover
also LMC.
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 56
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7.10.1.1 General
On occasion, ballast is required to bring the centre of gravity within operational limits.
T
7.10.1.2 Definition of ballast
IN
There are two methods of carrying ballast:
Ballast (hold loaded)
(Standard weight for ballast sack is 25 kg )
Ballast fuel.
PR
7.10.1.3 Loadsheet procedure
Ballast (hold loaded)
The information for handling ballast (hold loaded)
See GOM 7
Ballast Fuel
L
Ballast fuel must be shown as an adjustment to the dry
operating weight which will then be included in the ZFW.
IA
NOTE: Ballast fuel must not be part of the flight plan fuel and must remain in the tanks for the
duration of the relevant sector of the flight. Any fuel jettisoned or used in flight could cause
balance problems and jeopardize the safety of the aircraft.
IC
NOTE: If ballast fuel is carried over a sector where it is not required, it must be considered either as
further ballast or usable fuel and included appropriately in the loadsheet.
NOTE: When ballast fuel is carried, it must be shown in the supplementary information (SI) of the
load message as information to the next station.
FF
T
7.10.5 Crew baggage
Specially tagged crew baggage shall be loaded last as close to the compartment door as possible.
IN
7.10.6 Diplomatic consignments with DIP AWB
Not applicable.
PR
7.10.7 Diplomatic cargo with IATA AWB
Not applicable.
7.10.8.1 Limitations
L
See GOM Chapter 9.
IA
CAUTION: No live animals may be loaded in the same compartment as dry ice.
If more than 5 kg dry ice has been transported, the hold door must be left open for a minimum 2
minutes before anyone enters the hold. This reason is to allow any carbon dioxide gas to be vented
out.
FF
T
special attention should be paid to cargo marked with FRAGILE label or otherwise characterized as
fragile. Packages with the ARROW labels affixed shall be placed in an upright Position, i.e. the arrows
shall point upwards. See special instructions, if any, in the Air Waybill.
IN
7.10.12 Outsized and heavy cargo
Oversized or heavy cargo should first be visualized as whole to be able to plan the loading procedure.
PR
Heavy items shall if possible loaded on or as close to the hold floor as possible. Heavy items can be
subject to lashing and or supporting. When loading heavy items consideration to Maximum Area Load
or Maximum Running load shall be taken in accordance with GOM 7.3.2.
NOTE: PES and PEM shipments must be treated as wet cargo. For instructions refer to GOM
8.2.1.13.
FF
ULD compartments:
Not applicable.
TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS
N
Whenever possible, EAT shipments must be loaded in compartments where low temperatures can be
set.
U
T
7.10.14.1 Responsibilities
IN
7.10.14.1.1 Shippers responsibilities
The shipper must provide such information to his employees as will enable them to carry out their
responsibilities with regard to the transport of perishable goods. The shippers responsibilities
PR
includes, but are not limited to the following items.
The shipper has arranged for appropriate government permits or any other document
The shipper has provided all relevant information as it related to the shipments content or need
and these have been agreed to
All cargo security measures have been adhered to
Alternative procedures are in place for handling such cargoes in the event of delay, rerouting or
cancellation of flight
O
Reference: See IATA PCM 1.3 for more information regarding the carriers responsibilities for air
transport of perishable goods.
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 60
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7.10.14.1.3 Documentation
T
Information box of the air waybill and the document should be firmly attached to the air waybill.
Reference: See IATA PCM 7.1 for more instructions regarding Air waybill in relation to perishable
IN
shipments and IATA CSC Resolution Manual 600 for more detailed instructions regarding Air
Waybills.
PR
7.10.14.1.4 Packing
Packing must be of a standard that will help maintain the condition of the contents and minimize the
effects of transportation time and environmental change (temperature, humidity, etc.). The packing
must also provide adequate protection of its contents and prevent contamination of other load or
spillage or leakage over the entire period of transportation. If perishable arrive at destination on time
but in a spoiled condition, the packing must be treated as suspect and its suitability evaluated. The
same vigilance must be maintained in the case of wet cargo. Any instance of spillage or leakage
L
should be investigated and immediate action taken to prevent a recurrence.
Reference: See IATA PCM 6.3 for more information and instructions on how to pack different goods.
IA
7.10.14.1.5 Labeling and Marking
All perishable shipments should be labeled with the standard IATA PERISHABLE label and where
IC
appropriate package and containers of perishable goods should also be labeled with the standard
IATA package orientation THIS WAY UP label.
Reference: See IATA PCM 7.6 for more instructions regarding labeling of perishable goods.
FF
All the packages should, at least, be marked with the name, address and telephone number of the
consignee and with any special information on the nature of the contents.
Reference: See IATA PCM 7.7 for more instructions regarding labeling of perishable goods.
O
(NOTOC).
Reference: See IATA AHM 381 for detailed instructions regarding the document form to be used.
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 61
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
SEGREGATION FROM OTHER LOAD
For instructions regarding of fresh fish, salted fish and seafood shipments from other load see GOM
IN
8.2.1.11.
PR
7.10.14.3 Frozen fish and frozen seafood (PES)
PREVENTION OF COMPARTMENT SOILAGE
Frozen fish and frozen seafood packages normally contain dry ice to keep the goods frozen during
transportation.
Precautionary measures to prevent spillage of liquid are therefore not required.
L
SEGREGATION FROM OTHER LOAD
IA
Adequate segregation from live animals (AVI) and hatching eggs (HEG) is essential. For further
instructions refer to GOM 8.2.1.11.
Frozen fish and frozen seafood shipments shall be indicated in traffic documents with the 3-leper
code PES.
If dry ice is used as refrigerant, the 3-leper code ICE is to be shown in the CPM and LDM, in addition
to the code PES.
FF
TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS
For instructions refer to GOM 8.2.1.11
N
T
Cremated remains must be shipped in funeralurns which are efficiently cushioned by suitable
packaging,against breakage. If urns will be transported as hand baggage it has to be placed under
the seat during transport in cabin and not exceed the criteria of approved handbag i.e. 45x35x20 cm
IN
and 6kg.
PR
7.10.16.1 General
The following general principles apply when loading live animals, carried as cargo or passengers'
checked baggage. Animals are to be transported in accordance with the IATA Live Animals
Regulations and Live Animals Acceptance checklist. Live animals shall only be loaded into suitable
aircraft compartments authorized by the carrier, taking into account the needs of the animals.
L
When carrying any type of live animals, the basic environmental requirements shall be ascertained
from the shipper or passenger and/or the IATA Live Animals Regulations, considering in-flight
IA
conditions (temperature range and oxygen needs) and possible climatic effects on ground during
transit stops. For loading, the orientation of the animal in relation to the longitudinal or lateral axis of
the aircraft should be checked with the shipper/passenger. At the same time, the shipper/passenger
should provide feeding, ventilation and temperature requirements. Those requirements should appear
IC
on the container. Company regulations shall also be checked to make sure that conditions in the
planned cargo compartment can be adjusted to meet these requirements. The flight crew shall be
notified on the form "Special Load Notification to Captain" of any live animals load and the required
action on hold heating/ ventilation controls.
FF
Live animals shipments shall be treated as wet shipments, and must be manifested in all documents
as AVI. Where appropriate, the floor of the container shall be covered with absorbent material, e.g.
wood shavings, peat or sawdust. The use of hay or straw shall be avoided due to combustibility and
quarantine regulations by some countries.
O
Laboratory animals, carrying infectious diseases communicable to humans, shall only be carried by
special arrangement with the carriers and authorities concerned. For full aircraft loads of live animals,
air conditioning units shall be used at loading and transit and be connected immediately upon arrival
at destination. Loading and unloading of the animals into or out of the container should be carried out
N
by the shipper/ passenger, the consignee or, when agreed, by qualified handling staff.
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 63
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7.10.16.2 Handling
Ground transportation and loading/unloading should be performed smoothly in order not to startle the
animals. Animal shipments should not be left standing unnecessarily in the open, nor on standing
aircraft when the departure is delayed.
7.10.16.2.1 Loading
T
Live animals shall only be loaded into suitable aircraft compartments authorized by the carrier, taking
into account the needs of the animals. . For loading, the orientation of the animal in relation to the
IN
longitudinal or lateral axis of the aircraft should be checked with the shipper/passenger. At the same
time, the shipper/passenger should provide feeding, ventilation and temperature requirements. Those
requirements should appear on the container. Company regulations shall also be checked to make
sure that conditions in the planned cargo compartment can be adjusted to meet these requirements.
The flight crew shall be notified on the form "Special Load Notification to Captain" of any live
PR
animals load and the required action on hold heating/ ventilation controls. Live animals shipments
shall be treated as wet shipments, and must be manifested in all documents as AVI. Where
appropriate, the floor of the container shall be covered with absorbent material, e.g. wood shavings,
peat or sawdust. The use of hay or straw shall be avoided due to combustibility and quarantine
regulations by some countries. Laboratory animals, carrying infectious diseases communicable to
humans, shall only be carried by special arrangement with the carriers and authorities concerned. For
full aircraft loads of live animals, air conditioning units shall be used at loading and transit and be
L
connected immediately upon arrival at destination. Loading and unloading of the animals into or out of
the container should be carried out by the shipper/ passenger, the consignee or, when agreed, by
IA
qualified handling staff.
When carrying any type of live animals, the basic environmental requirements shall be ascertained
from the shipper or passenger and/or the IATA Live Animals Regulations, considering in-flight
conditions (temperature range and oxygen needs) and possible climatic effects on ground during
transit stops more information see GOM 9.11.3.1 sepaeration of dangerous Goods and Other Load.
FF
It is recommended that no equipment, with which animals will come into direct contact, be replaced in
the aircraft until it has been disinfected, and then washed with clean water to remove any traces of
N
When feasible, arrange for injured animals, or those which have apparently become ill during
U
When feasible, arrange for the removal of sick or dead animals from containers. Such action should
only be taken in consultation with the best expert advice available at short notice. When, for whatever
reason, such action cannot be carried out, the next en-route station(s) and destination station should
be informed. After off-loading the containers, the relevant aircraft holds shall be inspected and
cleaned in case of leakage or spillage.
Section: 7
Page: 64
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
7.10.16.2.5 Special Procedures
RELEASED COMPARTMENTS FOR LIVE ANIMALS:
IN
BAE ATP CPT 6
S340 CPT 1
PR
7.10.16.2.5.1 AVI on pallets
Only leak-proof containers are acceptable. The pallet floor must be protected against urine spillage by
means of tarpaulins, plastic covers or similar suitable equipment. To prevent suffocation, crates must
be loaded either on top of the pallet or with the ventilation holes next to the net. No plastic sheet must
cover the part of the pallet where live animals have been loaded. Day-old chickens, ducklings and
turkey poults must be stowed in such a manner that sufficient air ventilation around all boxes is
granted during transportation, i.e. a minimum of 10 cm around each stack and at least 20 cm
L
separation between other load. Boxes may only be stowed 4 high.
IA
7.10.16.2.5.2 Tropical fish
Tropical fish shall be carried in the fish muffs provided for this purpose. The Commander must be
notified of the fish by means of NOTOC to set the appropriate temperature.
IC
1.20 meters.
NOTE: In case radioactive materials are carried on the same aircraft, see under "Radioactive
material" for released pallet positions/compartment and required separation distances.
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 65
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
NOTE: Always use the current version of the IATA Animal acceptance checklist found in the latest
IATA-LAR revision.
Section: 7
Page: 66
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
S340 compartment C1
IN
pieces weighing more than 300 kg
assemblies or single pieces weighing more than 150 kg and measuring more than 200 cm in
length.
PR
7.10.16.4 Radioactive materials (RRW/RRY)
NOTE: NextJet is not allowed to carry radioactive materials.
not subject to the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations, are designated as 'Wet Cargo'. Special
precautions are to be taken since spillage or leakage during damage by air could lead to corrosion or
other damage to the aircraft structure or its components, or damage to other load.
NOTE: Leaking or otherwise damaged or evidently weak packages, kegs or tins, etc., must not be
FF
loaded.
7.10.16.6.1 Classification
The following types of cargo are to be considered as wet cargo:
O
7.10.16.6.2 Stowing
It should be noted that when they are wet or damp, the strength of some packaging can be
considerably reduced. Special care must be taken to avoid crushing of the packages when stacked
several levels high.
Due to a specific demand from the Swedish authorities NextJet is required to handle UN3373,
biological substances, as dangerous goods according to a simplified checklist. This checklist must be
completed before acceptance by handling personnel and a NOTOC must be completed and
T
presented to the commander of the aircraft.
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 68
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7.10.18.1 General
If any special loads are transported as cargo or as checked baggage, the Handling Company or
relevant ground staff shall notify the Commander about this by means of the Special Load
Notification to Captain (NOTOC). It is the responsibility of the Handling Company to present this to
the Commander.
T
The NOTOC should be presented to the Commander as soon as possible before departure. NOTOC
shall be readily available to the Commander during the entire flight.
IN
A NOTOC shall always be used when dangerous goods are transported. For more information on
handling of dangerous goods see GOM Chapter 9.
PR
7.10.18.2 NOTOC Form
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Ground Operations Page: 69
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
7.11.1 Policy
Customer and checked baggage must always be transported on the same aircraft.
Mandatory to offload the cabin and hold baggage of any passanger who disembarks earlier than the
station of arrival.
T
7.11.2 Definition of Unaccompanied/ mishandled hold baggage
Unacompanied bag:
IN
The bag is regarded as unaccompanied baggage provided that it shall be transported by air.
Mishandled hold baggage :
Baggage that is not accompanied by their "owner" and that at no time left airside
PR
7.11.3 Handling Instruction
Unaccompanied baggage to be transported by air shall be x-rayed in two (2) different angels, or with
an EDS x-ray, according to the authoritys regulation.
This has to be done before the bag will be sent by air as "rush" to final destination.
The agent designated by the airport authorities must perform x-ray and the designated handling agent
[loading supervisor or gate agent] must ensure that unaccompanied luggage is x-rayed according to
L
the above instruction before loaded in to the hold (compartment).
It has to be indicated on the "forward messages" or by other equivalent methods that the baggage has
been x-rayed according to above-mentioned instruction.
IA
.
In any doubt that the baggage(s) has not been handled according to the instruction, the bag must
undergo the above instruction.
Transfer bag(s)/ inbound bag(s) has to be 100% x-rayed if re-entered to airside.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 7
Page: 70
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 7 LOADING & LOAD CONTROL
T
this to secure that the bag(s) has an owner onboard the aircraft/ flight.
If passenger is no show [passenger that do not show up at the gate during boarding time and
who will miss their flight] and have a checked in bag, off-load the bag(s) from aircraft, inform the
IN
gate agent and CMD that the bag(s) have been off-loaded and matched with the baggage
manifest. The off-loaded bag(s) must be handled no later than after departure by dedicated staff
[e.g. ticket office personnel or gate agent]. The loading supervisor is responsible to return the
bag(s) to land side if needed.
Hand/ cabin and crew bag(s) require a DAA (Delivery At Aircraft) tag for passengers and a Crew
PR
Bag tag for crew before the loading supervisor can accept to load the bag(s) in to the hold. A
receipt of the DAA tag must be given to the owner (passenger) when the DAA tag in placed on
the bag. If a passenger disembark during and/ or after boarding the loading supervisor must
perform a DAA baggage reconciliation by matching the DAA tag number(s) in the hold
compartment with the tag number receipt(s) possessed by the passenger(s) onboard the aircraft.
NOTE: Outgoing (loaded) rush bag(s) must be reported in the DCS departure system and
L
included on the baggage manifest, this must be performed by the gate agent in
cooperation with the loading supervisor. Rush bag(s) as any other load must
IA
always be reported on the LIR (Loading Instruction). The rush bag must have a
rush-identification tag clearly visible, this must be controlled by the loading
supervisor.
NOTE: Baggage manifest must always be used to match the bag(s) to an owner. A
IC
CONTENTS
8
Cargo Operations ....................................................................................................... 3
8.1
General ........................................................................................................................ 3
8.2
Introduction ................................................................................................................ 3
8.2.1
Management Duties ..................................................................................................... 3
T
8.3
Components In Cargo Operation.............................................................................. 4
8.3.1
Local Instructions ......................................................................................................... 4
IN
8.4
Cargo Handling Requirements.................................................................................. 5
8.4.1
Introduction................................................................................................................... 5
8.4.2
Definition ...................................................................................................................... 5
8.4.3
Regulations .................................................................................................................. 5
8.4.4
Requirements ............................................................................................................... 6
PR
8.4.4.1
Equipment .................................................................................................................... 6
8.4.4.2
Acceptance................................................................................................................... 7
8.4.4.3
Loading and Unloading ................................................................................................ 7
8.4.4.4
Compliance monitoring and Control ............................................................................. 7
8.4.4.5
Security ........................................................................................................................ 7
8.4.4.6
Occurrence Reporting .................................................................................................. 8
8.4.4.7
Procedure Manuals ...................................................................................................... 8
8.4.4.8
L
Qualification Requirements .......................................................................................... 8
8.4.4.8.1
Personnel Engaged In Cargo Handling Activities, That Affects
Safety Or Security ........................................................................................................ 8
IA
8.4.4.8.2
Dangerous Goods Training For Acceptance Personnel............................................... 9
8.4.4.8.3
Personnel Assigned The Responsibility for Accepting or Handling of Cargo............... 9
8.4.4.8.4
Personnel Assigned the Responsibility for Handling, Storing or Loading
Such Cargo on or Into Unit Load Devices (ULDs) or Onto the Aircraft. ....................... 9
IC
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 8
Ground Operations Page: 3
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
8 Cargo Operations
8.1 General
This manual complies with the Cargo regulations published by the Swedish CAA, EU-OPS and
applicable standards published by IATA: DGR, LAR, PCR and AHM which is applicable for the
T
handling and acceptance of Cargo. This manual also complies with the aircraft manufacturers loading
instructions, i.e. Saab Aircraft and ATP.
It is the responsibility of all employees and sub contractors to adhere to the policies, procedures,
IN
processes and regulations published in this manual and associated documentation.
8.2 Introduction
Within the ground operation set up, certain work is done within a cargo unit and goods are delivered
PR
to NextJet aircraft for transportation. NPH Gound Operations therefore has demands on such cargo
units to apply a cargo operation control.
This Chapter describes the demands as specified duties and responsibilities in a cargo operation (i.e.
revenue and non-revenue). In addition the following specific areas are described in various chapters
of NextJets manuals. The table below shall be used as reference in where these areas are described.
Each cargo unit delivering goods for transportation by air on NextJet aircraft shall have a recognized
unit management led and monitored by a responsible manager.
U
T
Accuracy of scales and weighing equipment.
Procedures for giving load weights and NOTOC info to load control office.
IN
Security.
Quality assurance.
Handling of occurrences.
Local Emergency Response procedures.
Local instructions.
PR
Training.
8.4.1 Introduction
NextJet only performs transportation of cargo. The company has no own cargo handling facilities or
personnel employed to handle or load such goods. All such activities are
subcontracted and shall be governed by a contract stipulating responsibilities, duties, requirements
T
and regulations to be adhered to.
NextJet is approved to transport Dangerous Goods,
IN
NOTE: NextJet does not operate with all cargo aircrafts. Therefore it is prohibited to load
packages/overpacks bearing Cargo Aircraft Only labels onboard any NextJet aircraft.
PR
8.4.2 Definition
Cargo handling includes, but is not limited to, the following activities:
Acceptance and storage.
Identification, acceptance, storage, delivery to aircraft and loading/unloading.
Proper documentation as required for the goods intended for transportation.
Inspection for damage and leakage.
Security.
L
Emergency procedures
IA
Handling of occurrences.
Maintenance and control of ground support equipment including accuracy of scales.
Local instructions.
Quality assurance and control.
Training.
IC
8.4.3 Regulations
Cargo handling activities are regulated by this GOM, CAA regulations as well as IATAAHM, -LAR, -
FF
DGR and PCR. In addition any local regulations shall be adhered to.
O
N
U
Section: 8
Page: 6
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
8.4.4 Requirements
A unit, responsible and contracted by NextJet to handle and deliver cargo, shall ensure that the
following are in place (GOM Chapter 8.3.4.4 and subchapters):
GENERAL
Procedures and instructions shall be available for the personnel involved at all levels. They shall
contain information that is clear, legible and accurately represented. They should be presented in a
T
usable format that meets the requirement of the cargo operational personnel. If required approved by
the Authority and acceptable to NextJet.
IN
Facilities for acceptance and storage shall be suitable for the goods intended to be carried. Cargo
terminals shall be equipped with specifically configured facilities appropriate for storage of dangerous
goods, radioactive material and other special cargo, such as human remains, live animals,
perishables, valuable cargo and fragile goods.
PR
A copy of the current edition of the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations (DGR) or the ICAO Technical
Instructions (TI) for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (Technical Instructions),
Perishable Cargo Regulations (PCR), Live Animal Regulation (LAR) and applicable NextJet
instructions, including addendum as appropriate, shall be available at each location where revenue or
non-revenue cargo operations are conducted.
Notices providing information about Dangerous Goods shall be prominently displayed at the cargo
acceptance point.
L
IA
When dangerous goods hazard and handling labels are discovered to be lost, illegible or detached
from shipments subsequent to the time of acceptance, such labels shall be replaced in accordance
with the information provided on the Shippers Declaration for Dangerous Goods. Such requirement
for the replacement of labels is not applicable where labels are found to be missing or illegible at the
time of acceptance.
IC
8.4.4.1 Equipment
FF
Products and equipment, which directly affects safety and security, shall meet required technical
specifications.
Weighting facilities shall be periodically checked and calibrated. Such actions are recorded and
retained in accordance with applicable regulation.
O
No ULD, loaded or empty, shall be loaded on a NextJet aircraft unless it has inspected to be airworthy
and serviceable. If any damage or irregularity is discovered shall this immediately be reported to
NextJet.
N
A process shall be in place to ensure that cargo operations personnel assigned to operate equipment
in the performance of their duties in cargo operations are trained and qualified to operate the
equipment associated with those duties.
U
Section: 8
Ground Operations Page: 7
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
8.4.4.2 Acceptance
All revenue and/or non-revenue cargo which is transported on Next Jet aircraft must be accepted and
stored in accordance with the cargo chapter requirements in order to ensure that all standards are
complied with.
Procedures and regulations for acceptance by handling and storage of cargo shall be documented
and acceptable to NextJet and fulfill requirements of applicable authorities (if Interline cargo,
requirements in IATA Interline cargo manual applies). The procedures shall ensure and verify that the
T
cargo has been packed in a manner:
For safe transport with ordinary care in handling;
IN
To prevent and preclude injury or damage to any person, cargo or property.
No goods shall be accepted and delivered to an aircraft unless it is made certain it can reach its
destination in good shape.
An acceptance checklist shall be utilized when handling special cargo as required in applicable
International-, IATA- or local-regulations. See GOM 8.1.8.4.
PR
8.4.4.3 Loading and Unloading
Prior to loading the goods shall be inspected for damage or leakage. If any sign of this is to be
discovered the shipment shall be retained on ground and reported to the Commander and the local
authorities.
Any package, overpack, freight container, or ULD containing dangerous goods shall be inspected and
is not accepted, unless:
L
Properly marked and labeled;
IA
There is no leakage;
Its integrity has not been compromised.
It shall be ensured that ULDs containing dangerous goods have a dangerous goods tag that:
IC
NOTE: NextJet does not operate with all cargo aircrafts. Therefore it is prohibited to load ULDs
FF
bearing Cargo Aircraft Only or CAO labels onboard any NextJet aircraft.
A well documented system for compliance monitoring and control shall be in force and acceptable to
NextJet. Any non-conformity or concerns affecting the handling of NextJet goods or aircraft shall
immediately be submitted to the NPH Ground Operations.
NextJet shall have the right to perform Audits and inspection when deemed necessary, any
N
8.4.4.5 Security
The security procedures stipulated in NextJet Security Program as well as local procedures shall be
adhered to.
Section: 8
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
T
8.4.4.7 Procedure Manuals
IN
Standard operating procedures for Ramp Handling and loading/unloading are described in GOM
Chapter Ramp.
PR
8.4.4.8 Qualification Requirements
GENERAL
No person shall work unsupervised until the initial training is finished and applicable tests are
approved.
In order to stay qualified, recurrent training shall be completed on a frequency in accordance with
requirements of the regulatory authority, but not less than once during every 36-month period,
L
dangerous goods recurrent training shall be attended as required by IATA-DGR Table 1.5A.
Initial and recurrent training shall be tested or evaluated by written, oral or practical means, as
IA
applicable, to satisfy the requirement for operational personnel to demonstrate adequate knowledge,
competency or proficiency to perform duties, execute procedures or operate equipment.
The minimum performance level is 80%. Results of tests or evaluations shall be recorded and
retained.
IC
8.4.4.8.1 Personnel Engaged In Cargo Handling Activities, That Affects Safety Or Security
Personnel engaged in cargo handling activities that affects safety or security shall have appropriate
knowledge, skills training and experience appropriate to the position.
Personnel who perform duties in functions within the scope of cargo operations shall complete initial
O
The training structure and content shall be reviewed and updated to remain relevant and provide the
U
knowledge necessary to perform duties, execute procedures and operate equipment associated with
specific cargo operations functions and responsibilities, to include:
Familiarization training on general provisions and regulations.
In-depth training on requirements, including policies, procedures and operating practices.
Safety training and associated operational hazards.
Training in human factors principles.
Section: 8
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
T
Limitations;
General requirements for shippers;
Classification;
IN
List of dangerous goods;
General packing requirements;
Packing instructions;
Labeling and marking;
PR
Shippers declaration and other relevant documentation;
Acceptance procedures;
Recognition of undeclared dangerous goods;
Documentation;
Recognition of undeclared dangerous goods;
Provisions for passengers and/or crew;
Emergency procedures.
FF
8.4.4.8.4 Personnel Assigned the Responsibility for Handling, Storing or Loading Such Cargo
on or Into Unit Load Devices (ULDs) or Onto the Aircraft.
Personnel assigned the responsibility for handling, storing or loading such cargo on or into Unit Load
O
Devices (ULDs) or onto the aircraft shall receive dangerous goods training on a frequency in
accordance with requirements of the authority, but not less than once within 24 months of previous
training in dangerous goods. Such training shall address as a minimum:
General philosophy;
N
Limitations
Labeling and marking;
Recognition of undeclared dangerous goods;
U
Section: 8
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
T
NextJet shall use collection trolleys for the carriage of small items of load from one point of loading to
another point of unloading.
IN
As the trolleys may contain urgent cargo they shall be emptied immediately on arrival of the aircraft
and the contents tallied in by the Post Authorities.
PR
8.5.3 Restraint of Items in The Hold and Unit Load Devices
All individual items of load, which by their nature, shape or density may constitute a hazard, shall be
restrained. Restraint can be achieved by filling the compartment, net section, or by tie-down.
Compartments and net sections, which are filled up to three-quarters of their heights, are considered
to be volumetrically full.
NextJet uses lashings for strap-down and nets placed between each section.
The straps hold 650 kg.
L
The nets are made to hold the horizontal force of 9G.
The vertical force on the equipment can be no greater than 3G.
IA
8.5.3.1 Securing of ULDs
Loads onboard have to be properly secured during the flight to prevent the load from break loose and
therefore cause hazardous displacement to the centre of gravity of the aircraft, injure crew or the
IC
aircrafts interior. It is very important that in case of forced landing it will not injure crewmembers or
other loads.
The bulk load shall be restrained and/or secured during the entire flight in order to prevent the load
from braking loose.
FF
it. Only equipment for which a definite breaking strength has been ascertained should be used.
NOTE: Lashing material that is wet shall never be used since the tautness will slacken when dried
U
up.
Section: 8
Ground Operations Page: 11
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
T
The NOTOC should be completed on the intended form, but alternative documents are acceptable if
they, at least, contain the following applicable information:
Air Waybill number, or other applicable reference number.
IN
UN/ID-number (only for dangerous goods).
Proper shipping names, supplemented with the technical name(s), where required
(only for dangerous goods).
Class or division, any identified subsidiary risk. For explosives also the compatibility group
(only for dangerous goods).
PR
Packing group (where applicable) (only for dangerous goods).
For non-radioactive material, the number of packages, the net quantity or gross weight, if
applicable, of each package, except for UN 1845: carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) only the UN
number, proper shipping name, class, total quantity in each hold on the aircraft and the airport of
unloading need be shown (only for dangerous goods).
For radioactive material, the number and category of packages, overpacks or freight containers
and the transport index and dimensions for each, if applicable (only for dangerous goods).
L
Cargo Aircraft Only (if applicable) (only for dangerous goods).
IMP-Code (only for dangerous goods).
IA
Loading location.
Station of loading.
Station of unloading (for each shipment on the NOTOC).
Indication that the goods carried under state exemption (if applicable) (only for dangerous goods).
Drill Code letter (ERG-code) (only for dangerous goods).
IC
The NOTOC shall be written in duplicate, the Commander shall sign both copies. By this the
Commander accepts the load to be loaded onboard the aircraft. One of these copies shall be filed
according to GOM Chapter 1.6.
FF
O
N
U
Section: 8
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 8
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 8 CARGO OPERATION
T
Record details of the damage so that proper notification can be given to the Commander.
Inform NextJet Operations Control Department by telephone immediately.
IN
8.8.1 Damaged Cargo Fit For Journey
If damaged cargo is nevertheless considered fit to continue its journey ensure that all details of the
extent of the damage, time, location and other important information is recorded on the Damage
Report, Loading Instruction Report and other applicable reports. Notify by message the en route and
PR
destination stations of the fact that damage has been recorded and if necessary give any instructions
for the safe handling of the items.
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 1
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
CONTENTS
9
Dangerous Goods ...................................................................................................... 3
9.0
Definition..................................................................................................................... 3
9.0.1
Policy on Transport of Dangerous Goods .................................................................... 3
9.0.2
Information, Instructions and General Guidance.......................................................... 3
9.0.2.1
General Instructions for Staff Involved ......................................................................... 4
T
9.0.3
Instructions on the Carriage of Operator Employees ................................................... 4
9.1
DGR Regulations........................................................................................................ 4
IN
9.1.1
State and Operator Variations...................................................................................... 4
9.1.2
Terminology.................................................................................................................. 5
9.2
Responsibilities.......................................................................................................... 8
9.2.1
The Shipper is responsible for:..................................................................................... 8
PR
9.2.2
The Operator is responsible for:................................................................................... 8
9.3
Approval For Transportation Of DGR....................................................................... 9
9.3.1
Restrictions on Transport of Dangerous Goods ........................................................... 9
9.4
Dangerous Goods In Operators Property ............................................................. 10
9.5
Dangerous Goods Carried By Passengers Or Crew............................................. 11
9.5.1
Dangerous Goods for medical aid to a patient ........................................................... 11
9.5.2
L
Wheelchairs/Mobility aids........................................................................................... 12
9.5.2.1
Wheelchairs and other mobility devices with spillable batteries................................. 12
9.5.2.2
IA
Wheelchairs/Mobility aids with non-spillable wet batteries or with batteries
which comply with IATA-DGR special provision A123 or A199.................................. 13
9.5.2.3
Wheelchairs/Mobility Aids with Lithium Batteries ....................................................... 14
9.5.3
Approved veterinary dangerous goods. ..................................................................... 15
9.5.4
Provision of Information to Passengers...................................................................... 15
IC
T
9.11.2
Securing of Dangerous Goods ................................................................................... 29
9.11.3
Separation of Incompatibel Dangerous Goods .......................................................... 30
9.11.3.1
Separation of Dangerous Goods and Other Load...................................................... 31
IN
9.11.3.1.1
Living Human Organs/Blood ...................................................................................... 31
9.11.4
Loading of Radioactive Materials ............................................................................... 32
9.11.4.1
Separation of Radioactive Materials........................................................................... 33
9.11.4.2
Separation of Radioactive Materials vs Photographic Film and Plates ...................... 34
PR
9.11.5
Damaged and Leaking Dangerous Goods ................................................................. 35
9.12
Notification To Commander .................................................................................... 36
9.12.1
Submission of NOTOC Information............................................................................ 37
9.13
Emergency Procedures ........................................................................................... 39
9.13.1
Commanders Responsibilities ................................................................................... 39
9.13.2
Treatment of Dangerous Goods in the Cabin............................................................. 39
9.13.3
Dangerous Goods Incident and Accident Reports ..................................................... 40
L
9.13.4
Damaged or Leaking Dangerous Goods.................................................................... 41
9.14
Training ..................................................................................................................... 42
IA
9.15
Conditions Under Which Weapons, Munitions Of War And Sporting
Weapons May Be Carried ........................................................................................ 43
9.15.1
Carrying of Weapons of War and Munitions of War ................................................... 43
IC
9.15.2
Exemptions................................................................................................................. 43
9.15.3
Notifying of the PIC .................................................................................................... 43
9.15.4
Sporting Weapons...................................................................................................... 43
9.15.5
Ammunition for sporting purposes.............................................................................. 43
FF
9 Dangerous Goods
9.0 Definition
Dangerous goods are articles or substances that are capable of posing a significant risk to health,
safety, property and the environment when transported by air.
T
Dangerous goods may be divided into four categories:
DG acceptable for transport by air as cargo, provided that all the provisions of the IATA
IN
Dangerous Goods Regulations are complied with.
DG forbidden for transport by air under any circumstances.
DG forbidden for transport by air unless exempted by the states concerned.
DG excepted from the provisions of the IATA DGR.
PR
9.0.1 Policy on Transport of Dangerous Goods
NextJet shall conduct transport of dangerous goods in accordance with Annex18 to the Chicago
Convention as last amended and amplified by the `Technical instructions for tha safe transport of
dangerous goods by air (ICAO DOC 9284-AN/905), including its supplements and any other
addenda or corrigenda.
9.0.2
L
Information, Instructions and General Guidance
Except on routes with a Dangerous Goods agreement* approval must be obtained from Flight
IA
Operations Department. All applications, requests and inquiries regarding dangerous goods for which
an approval from NextJet is required must always be sent to NextJet Ground Operations
groundoperations@nextjet.se - prior to departure. This applies to all dangerous goods even those
permitted for carriage as per Appendix 9.1 but where approval from the operator is required.
IC
To prevent Dangerous Goods from inadvertently being accepted for transport, notices on limitations
and restrictions as per IATA DGR, sufficient in number must be prominently displayed at each of the
places at an airport where:
2. passengers check in
3. passengers board the aircraft
4. passengers claim their baggage
5. cargo is checked in
O
NextJet Ground Handling personnel or contracted Ground Handling Company is responsible for the
acceptance, inspection and storage, loading and issue of information of the dangerous articles to the
affected personnel and crew.
N
The Dangerous Goods Coordinator (Director Ground Operations) must ensure that all contracted
parties and customers are aware of NextJets procedures and restrictions.
U
* Dangerous Goods agreement means routes where local agreements have been made and the
involved parties (handing agents etc.) have been audited as opposed to an ad-hoc flight or and ad-
hoc shipment). See also 9.7.1.
For information about provision of dangerous goods information to passengers refer to GOM 9.5.4.
Section: 9
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
In general, the duties of all personnel involved are to ensure that:
Dangerous goods are not be carried onboard the aircraft unless permitted in accordance with 9.4
IN
9.5 and/or IATA DGR/ICAO TI taking into account the company restrictions in 9.3.1;
Dangerous goods, which are approved for carriage are loaded, segregated, stowed and secured
on an aeroplane in accordance with the IATA DGR/ICAO TI;
The commander of the aeroplane is informed about approved dangerous goods on board;
PR
If an in-flight emergency occurs and the situation permits, information is passed to the appropriate
ATS;
If there is an aircraft incident or accident, information is passed to the State where the incident or
accident occurred, as required by the IATA DGR/ICAO TI (see 9.13.1, 9.13.3 and OM-A Section
11);
If there is a dangerous goods incident or accident a report is made to the appropriate Authority
(see 9.13.1, 9.13.3).
L
9.0.3 Instructions on the Carriage of Operator Employees
IA
There is no restriction of the carriage of employees on an aircraft carrying dangerous goods which are
permitted on a passenger aircraft, providing the requirements of the IATA DGR/ICAO TI are complied
with. Should Cargo Aircraft Only (CAO not acceptable to NextJet at the moment see 9.3.1) be
carried, crew member, an operators employee, an authorised representative of an authority and/or a
person with duties in respect of a particular shipment of dangerous goods or other cargo on board,
IC
The legal requirements, required by EASA OPS are based on the ICAO Technical Instructions for the
Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air, abbreviated ICAO TI, but in everyday life amongst airlines
and forwarders the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations is used, which fully comply with the ICAO TI.
In some cased the IATA DGR is even more restrictive.
These regulations apply irrespective of whether the flight is wholly or partly within or outside the
Swedish territory.
O
Governments require that prior authorisation is obtained before certain dangerous goods may be
shipped to, from, through and/or over their country. There can also be restrictions on the use of
certain packaging. (Some operators have similar restrictions). The same applies to dangerous goods
U
that are normally forbidden but where national approvals may be obtained (see 9.7).
NOTE: If in doubt: Check the applicable Government or Operator variations in the IATA DGR 2.9
to ensure compliance. See also Appendix 9.10.
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 5
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
9.1.2 Terminology
Acceptance Check
A procedure used to assist in carrying out a check on the external appearance of packages of
dangerous goods and their associated documents to determine that all appropriate requirements have
been met including to ensure that forbidden dangerous goods under any circumstances are not
accepted for transport and that all necessary approvals for normally forbidden dangerous goods and
T
state variations as per IATA DGR 2.9 have been obtained.
IN
Acceptance Check List
A document used to assist in carrying out the acceptance check.
Approval
An authorisation by the STA (Swedish Transport Agency) for the operator to carry dangerous goods.
PR
An authorisation from NextJet to customers to carry dangerous goods that requires an approval from
the operator.
Cargo Aircraft
Any aircraft which is carrying goods or property but not passengers. In this context the following are
not considered to be passengers:
1. A crew member.
L
2. An operators employee permitted by, and carried in accordance with, the instructions contained in
the Operations Manual.
IA
3. An authorised representative of an authority; or a person with duties in respect of a particular
shipment on board.
Dangerous Goods
Articles and substances which are capable of imposing a significant risk to health, safety, property
FF
and environment when transported by air and which are classified according to section 3 of the IATA
Dangerous Goods Regulations.
dangerous goods by air, not necessarily occurring on board an aircraft, which results in injury to a
person or persons, property damage, fire, breakage, spillage, leakage of fluid or radiation or other
evidence that the integrity of the packaging has not been maintained. Any occurrence relating to the
U
transport of dangerous goods which seriously jeopardises the aircraft or its occupant is also deemed
to constitute a dangerous goods incident.
Exemption
T
An approval from states concerned regarding transportation of normally forbidden dangerous goods
to be flown from, to over or in transit where such state agrees to an exemption from the certain
provisions of the IATA DGR. Exemptions may also concern other parts of the regulations.
IN
Excepted quantities
Very small quantities of dangerous goods as cargo, which except them from the usual provisions for
dangerous goods such as documentation, hazard labels and packagings, see IATA DGR 2.6
PR
Freight container
A freight container is an article of transport equipment for radioactive material designed to facilitate
the transport of such material, either packed or unpacked, by one or modes of transport.
Handling Agent
An agency which performs on behalf of the Company some or all of the latters function including
receiving, loading. unloading. transferring or other processing of passengers or cargo.
L
High Consequence Dangerous Goods
IA
DG for which Security Plans according to IATA DGR 1.6 need to be applied (see 9.3.1 mom 2).
ID-number
A temporary identification number for dangerous goods (starting with 8) for which a UN-number has
not yet been allocated.
IC
Overpack
An enclosure used by a single shipper to contain one or more packages and to form one handling unit
for convenience of handling and stowage. Dangerous goods packages contained in the overpack
FF
must be properly packed, marked, labelled, and in proper condition as required by the IATA-
Dangerous goods Regulations.
Package
The complete product of the packing operation consisting of the packaging and the contents prepared
O
for transport.
Packing Groups
An indication of the relative degree of danger presented by various articles and substances within a
N
class or division. Roman numerals, I, II, III are used to represent "high danger", "minimum danger"
and "minor danger". The following substances have been assigned Packing Groups: Classes 3, 4, 8,
9 and division 5.1 and 6.1.
U
Safety Advisor
The person responsible for monitoring compliance with the rules governing the transport of dangerous
goods and other practices and procedures.
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 7
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
Serious Injury
An injury which is sustained by a person in an accident and which:
1. Requires hospitalisation for more than 48 hours, commencing within seven days from the date the
injury was received, or
2. Results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures), or
3. Involves lacerations which cause severe haemorrhage, nerve, muscle or tendon damage, or
4. Involves injury to any internal organ, or
5. Involves second or third degree burns affecting more than 5% of the body surface, or
T
6. Involves verified exposure to infectious substances or injurious radiation.
State of Origin
IN
The state in whose territory the dangerous goods were first loaded on an aircraft.
PR
(Doc 9284-AN/905), including the Supplement and any Addendum, approved and published by
decision of council of the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO).
UN number
The four digit number assigned by the United Nations Committee of Experts on the Transport of
Dangerous Goods to identify a substance or a particular group of substances.
9.2 Responsibilities
Everybody involved in the transport chain of dangerous goods have to be properly trained in order to
maintain safety and adherence to the regulations.
T
2. That the substance/item is not forbidden for transport by air.
3. That the substance/item is properly classified, packed, marked and labelled and documented.
4. That special arrangements are made as applicable.
IN
5. Shippers is responsible for training of own personnel.
PR
accordance with the IATA DGR and/or ICAO TI.
2. Storage, loading, inspection, information, reporting and training (including retention of records).
NOTE: Within NextJet the Ground Operations Manager has the overall responsibility for
Dangerous Goods.
Basic requirement for transportation of dangerous goods is the permanent approval held by NextJet
which requires that following are satisfied:
L
IA
1. All relevant documents for ground handling, aircraft handling and training containing information
and instructions on dangerous goods.
2. Procedures must be at hand to ensure the safe handling of dangerous goods at all stages of air
transportation.
3. Adequate training must have been given to all staff who is either engaged in the transport of
IC
dangerous goods or who may come into contact with them during their duties.
4. The Company is responsible that only those dangerous goods will be transported which are
labelled and marked according to the IATA/ICAO regulations.
FF
NOTE: All documents concerning Dangerous Goods shall after the flight be stored in the flight
envelope to be kept minimum 3 months. Responsible OP
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
NOTE: Some states requires that an approval is obtained from the national authorities in spite of
that NextJet holds a permanent approval to carry dangerous goods. See Appendix 9.10
T
for details.
NOTE: For dangerous goods that is normally are forbidden for transport exemptions/approval
IN
from states concerned must be present (see 9.7)
Ground Operations Manager is responsible for operational coordination of dangerous goods within
NextJet. The Commander is in all cases responsible for goods taken on board.
PR
All documents concerning Dangerous Goods shall after flight be stored in NextJet Flight Envelope
for a minimum of 3 months. Responsible OP.
3251, 3317, 3319, 3344, 3364, 3365, 3366, 3367, 3368, 3369, 3370, 3376, 3380 and 3474
i) Division 6.1 Toxic Substances of Packing Group I except when carried as Excepted Quantities
according to IATA DGR 2.7.
j) Division 6.2 Infectious Substances of Category A (UN2814 and UN2900) and
k) Class 7 Radioactive Material in quantities greater than 3000 A1 (special form) or 3000 A2 as
applicable in Type B and Type C packages.*
O
NOTE: Item k just listed as definition reference as NextJet do not normally carry ANY Category II
and/or III packages.
N
3. Substances in Division 4.1, Flammable Solids, and Division 5.2, Organic Peroxide, for which the
Keep Away From Heat-label is required.
4. Cargo Aircraft Only shipments/packages.
U
Section: 9
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
4. Portable Oxygen Supply
5. Life Saving Appliances
IN
6. Air fresheners and insecticides
7. Catering and cabin service supplies
NOTE: Articles intended as replacements for those referred to above must be transported as
dangerous goods in accordance with the provisions of the dangerous goods regulations.
PR
An approval is not required for dangerous goods that are carried for use in flight as a veterinary aid or
as a humane killer for an animal.
An approval is not required for Dangerous Goods which are carried in flight for medical aid for a
patient, such as gas cylinders, drugs, medicines, other medical material (e.g. sterilising wipes) and
wet cell or lithium batteries, providing:
L
a) the gas cylinders have been manufactured specifically for the purpose of containing and
transporting that particular gas;
IA
b) the drugs and medicines and other medical matter are under the control of trained personnel
during the time when they are in use;
c) the equipment containing wet cell batteries is kept, and, when necessary secured, in an upright
position to prevent spillage of the electrolyte; and
IC
d) proper provision is made to stow and secure all the equipment during take-off and landing and at
all other times when deemed necessary by the commander in the interests of safety.
These Dangerous Goods may also be carried on a flight made by the same aircraft to collect a patient
FF
or after that patient has been delivered when it is impracticable to load or unload the goods at the time
of the flight on which the patient is carried.
NOTE: The Dangerous Goods carried may differ from those identified above due to the needs of
the patient. They are not those that are a part of the normal equipment of the aircraft.
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 11
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
For items shown in Appendix 9.1 where "Approval of the Operator" is required, a request shall be sent
to operations@nextjet.se, preferably 14 days prior to departure.
IN
Baggage containing dangerous goods carried by passengers and/or crew members in accordance
with the IACO TI and/or IATA DGR or which has been separated from its owner during transfer/transit
(lost baggage/improperly routed) are excluded from the ICAO TI/IATA DGR and shall be handled as
any other normal mishandled baggage.
PR
9.5.1 Dangerous Goods for medical aid to a patient
Requests must always be sent to operations@nextjet.se preferably 14 days prior to departure.
Dangerous goods which are carried in flight for medical aid for a patient, such as gas cylinders, drugs,
L
medicines, other medical material (sterilising wipes) and wet cell or lithium batteries, providing:
1. The gas cylinders have been manufactured specially for the purpose of containing and
IA
transporting that particular gas,
2. The drugs and medicines and other medical matter are under the control of trained personnel
during the time when they are in use,
3. The equipment containing wet cell batteries is kept and when necessary secured, in an upright
IC
The dangerous goods described above, for the benefit of appropriate medical care of the patient, may
FF
be on board on the flight to the patient, and the goods may remain on board after the patient has been
delivered when it is impracticable to load or unload the goods.
NOTE: The dangerous goods carried may differ from those above due to the needs of the
patient.
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
Battery-powered wheelchairs or other similar mobility aids for use by passengers whose
mobility is restricted by either a disability, their health or age, or a temporary mobility problem (e.g.
broken leg), with spillable batteries:
IN
1. provided that the wheelchair or mobility aid can be loaded, stowed, secured and unloaded
always in an upright position then the battery may remain installed in the wheelchair.
The handling agent must verify that:
PR
a. the battery terminals are protected from short circuits, e.g. by being enclosed within
a battery container;
b. the battery is securely attached to the wheelchair or mobility aid;
c. electrical circuits have been inhibited;
d. the wheelchair/battery-powered mobility aid must be carried such that it is protected
from being damaged by the movement of baggage, or cargo.
L
2. if the wheelchair or mobility aid cannot be loaded, stowed, secured and unloaded always in an
upright position, the battery must be removed. The wheelchair or mobility aid may then be
IA
carried as checked baggage without restriction;
The pilot-in-command must be informed of the location of a wheelchair or mobility aid with an installed
battery or the location of a packed battery. It is recommended that batteries which are spillable should
be fitted with spill-resistant vent caps when feasible.
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
9.5.2.2 Wheelchairs/Mobility aids with non-spillable wet batteries or with batteries which
comply with IATA-DGR special provision A123 or A199
Requests must always be sent from the customer to operations@nextjet.se preferably 14 days prior
to departure.
Battery-powered wheelchairs or other similar mobility aids for use by passengers whose mobility is
restricted by either a disability, their health or age, or a temporary mobility problem (e.g. broken leg),
T
with non-spillable wet batteries or with Batteries which Comply with IATA-DGR special provision A123
or A199:
IN
1. non-spillable batteries must comply with IATA-DGR special provision A67 or the vibration and
pressure differential tests of IATA-DGR packing instruction 872;
PR
a. the battery terminals are protected from short circuits, e.g. by being enclosed within a
battery container;
b. the battery is securely attached to the wheelchair or mobility aid.
c. electrical circuits have been inhibited.
3. the wheelchair/battery-powered mobility aid must be secured against movement in the cargo
L
hold and must be carried such that it is protected from being damaged by the movement of
baggage, or cargo;
IA
4. where a battery-powered or other similar mobility aid is specifically designed to allow its
battery(ies) to be removed by the user (e.g. collapsible):
a. the battery(ies) must be removed. The wheelchair/mobility aid may then be carried as
IC
Lithium-ion battery powered wheelchairs or other similar mobility aids for use by passengers whose
mobility is restricted by either a disability, their health or age, or a temporary mobility problem (e.g.
broken leg), subject to the following conditions:
T
1. the batteries must be of a type which meets the requirements of each test in the UN Manual of
Tests and Criteria, Part III, subsection 38.3;
IN
2. the operator must verify:
a. the battery terminals are protected from short circuits, e.g. by being enclosed within a
PR
battery container;
b. the battery is securely attached to the wheelchair or mobility aid;
c. electrical circuits have been inhibited.
3. mobility aids must be secured against movement in the cargo hold and must be carried in a
manner so that they are protected from being damaged by the movement of baggage or other
cargo;
L
4. where a battery-powered wheelchair or other similar mobility aid is specifically designed to
allow its battery(ies) to be removed by the user (e.g. collapsible):
IA
a. the battery(ies) must be removed. The wheelchair/mobility aid may then be carried as
checked baggage without restriction;
b. the battery(ies) must be protected from short circuit by insulating the terminals (e.g.
IC
e. the battery must not exceed 300 Wh, or for a device that is fitted with two batteries
required for operation, each battery must not exceed 160 Wh;
f. a maximum of one spare battery not exceeding 300 Wh or two spares each not
exceeding 160 Wh may be carried.
O
5. the pilot-in-command must be informed of the location of the mobility aid with an installed
battery or the location of the lithium battery when removed and carried in the cabin;
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
An approval is not required for dangerous goods which are carried for use in flight as a veterinary aid
or as a humane killer for an animal. Note that live animals are not permitted onboard without special
approval.
T
IN
9.5.4 Provision of Information to Passengers
PR
forbidden from transporting aboard an aircraft is provided at the point of ticket purchase. Information
provided via the Internet may be in text or pictorial form but should be such that ticket purchase
cannot be completed until the passenger, or a person acting on their behalf, has indicated that they
have understood the restrictions on dangerous goods in baggage.
(b) prominently displayed at any other location where passengers are checked in; and
T
When provision is made for the check-in process to be completed remotely (e.g. via the Internet), the
operator must ensure that information on the types of dangerous goods which a passenger is
forbidden to transport aboard an aircraft is provided to passengers. Information may be in text or
IN
pictorial form but must be such that the check-in process cannot be completed until the passenger, or
a person acting on their behalf, has indicated that they have understood the restrictions on dangerous
goods in baggage.
PR
9.5.4.5 Automated check-in at airport
When provision is made for the check-in process to be completed at an airport by a passenger
without the involvement of any other person (e.g. automated check-in facility), the operator or the
airport operator must ensure that information on the types of dangerous goods which a passenger is
forbidden to transport aboard an aircraft is provided to passengers. Information should be in pictorial
form and must be such that the check-in process cannot be completed until the passenger has
L
indicated that they have understood the restrictions on dangerous goods in baggage.
IA
9.5.4.6 Lithium Ion Batteries
Lithium ion batteries may be carried as spare batteries in carry-on baggage only, or installed inside
the equipment in either checked or carry-on baggage. Batteries must be of a type that meet the
IC
requirements of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III, subsection 38.3. Not more than two
individually and separated spare batteries that are protected against short circuit, may be carried per
person.
Both the operators handling agent and the airport operator shall ensure that every passenger verbally
FF
is informed about the applicable regulations and procedures regarding lithium Ion batteries (E.g. A
lithium battery installed in an electronic device [laptop, cell phone, etc.] is classified as protected
against short circuit and can be carried as either checked or carry-on baggage).
O
transported in the aircrafts cargo hold, that includes DAA (Delivery At Aircraft) baggage. To clarify, the
E-cigarette may be carried on ones person, in the carry-on baggage placed under the seat in front of
the passenger or in the overhead compartment/bin.
U
Note: The operators handling agent shall always inform all passengers about these E-cigarette
procedures alongside with other relevant dangerous goods information during the check-in and/or
boarding process.
The absence of an article or substance from the IATA DGR list should not be interpreted as permitting
T
its unregulated carriage by air. There will be occasions when substances will be offered for transport
which do not appear in the list of dangerous goods. To cover such dangerous goods, un number of
IN
generalised entries have been included on the list which refer to groups or categories of substances,
for example Toxic, liquid, organic n.o.s (n.o.s.= not otherwise specified). These entries may require
the technical name of the substance in parenthesis following the Proper Shipping Name.
NOTE: Listing of Dangerous Goods ca be found in the IATA DGR or in the ICAO Document
PR
9481/-AN/928 Emergency Response Guidance for Aircraft Incidents Involving
Dangerous Goods
L
IA
IC
When dangerous goods are transported the transport document, labelling and marking must be in the
English language in addition to any other language requirement.
T
NOTE: Articles and substances which are identified in the IATA DGR and/or ICAO TI as being
IN
forbidden for transport under any circumstances, may not be accepted for transport on
NextJet aircraft.
NOTE: Special attention shall be given to such dangerous goods that normally are forbidden but
for which state exemption/approval can be granted to ensure that such
PR
exemption/approval are present. It must also be ensured that state approval required
according to Special Provisions A1, A2 and A109 in the IATA DGR 4.2 column M have
been obtained
NextJet does not accept a unit load device containing dangerous goods from a shipper other than:
L
A unit load device containing consumer commodities when prepared according to Packing
Instruction 910
IA
A unit load device containing Carbon Dioxide (Dry Ice) used as an refrigerant for other dangerous
goods.
A unit load device containing magnetised material provided prior approval has been obtained
NextJet will not accept a package, over-pack or a unit load device containing dangerous goods for
IC
transport unless it is accompanied by two copies of the Shippers Declaration for Dangerous Goods.
One copy shall accompany the shipment to its destination and one copy will be retained by NextJet
where it will be possible to obtain access to it within a reasonable period.
FF
All packages must be in compliance with ICAO TI / IATA DGR and prepared according to the packing
instructions therein.
NextJet will not accept a package, over-pack or unit load device unless it has been inspected and
found it free from damage or evidence of leaking or other indication that the shipment has been
O
compromised with and that it is properly marked and labelled (see 9.11.5 and 9.13.4 for
damaged/leaking DG).
With regard to overpacks it is imperative that the overpack does not contain package(s) bearing the
N
The marking LIMITED QUANTITY or LTD QTY on packages containing dangerous goods in limited
quantity
Proper Shipping Names, UN or ID numbers, labels, special handling instructions and the name and
address of the shipper and consignee appearing on the interior packages are clearly visible or
reproduced on the outside of the over-pack.
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 19
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
Where the acceptance check is performed by a handling agent it shall be clear, through an agreement
that the handling agent is to perform this on behalf of NextJet. Compliance shall be verified through
IN
the quality assurance programme.
In conjunction with an ad-hoc charter or ad-hoc shipment on routes where no DG agreement is
present i.e. where local arrangements has not yet been made, the Commander shall not accept
Dangerous Goods.
All acceptances shall be recorded on a list either manually or by computer.
PR
An example of a DGAC is found in Appendix 9.7.
to be carried to 15 kg. A shippers declaration is not required if the dry ice is a cooling agent for non-
DG however a NOTOC must be issued (For dry ice in passenger bagage see appendix 9.16.1).
the shipper the applicable acceptance documentation has to be retained for a minimum period of
three months after the completion of the acceptance checklist. Dangerous goods shipments that show
any signs of leakage, damage or loose markings/labels may never be accepted for transport and shall
N
be rejected.
U
Section: 9
Page: 20
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
For packing purposes, dangerous goods are divided into three packing groups, depending upon the
IN
degree of danger they represent, and the packagings are also manufactured according to these
hazard degrees.
PR
Packing Group III - minor danger - requires a "Z"-packaging (or X or Y)
1. Markings which identify the design or specification of a packaging, irrespective of its use and/or
T
contents. These markings specification packaging markings are normally applied by the
packaging manufacturer.
IN
Below is shown an example of a Specification Packaging Marking:
PR
4G/Y50/S/96/A/PA-02/2909
There are many variations of this marking but they all have the symbol in common.
2. Markings, which identify the use of a particular packaging for a particular shipment, e.g. indication
of contents, shipper, consignee etc. These are called PACKAGE USE MARKING and shall as a
minimum consist of:
L
a) The Proper Shipping Name(s)
b) Example: CORROSIVE LIQUID, ACIDIC, ORGANIC, N.O.S. (Caprylyl Chloride)
IA
c) UN or ID Number(s) example: UN 3265.
d) Name and address of the shipper and consignee.
e) Net of gross mass for class 2-8 + Dry Ice as required by IATA DGR.
IC
IN ADDITION
to the minimum required package use markings, additional markings are required for certain types of
goods each of which, or combination of, is an indication that dangerous goods may be present. These
additional markings are shown in the table below and also what kind of dangerous goods they may
FF
indicate.
A natural, healthy level of curiosity is recommended. Why does a package bear the marking e.g.
Keep up right? What can happen if it falls over? Even though it does not contain dangerous goods
per definition, it may contain substances that could cause a clean up problem or affecting other load.
Section: 9
Page: 22
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
The items left on ground has be reported as an incident of Dangerous goods according to GOM
9.13.3
IN
Description Possible contents Conditions
Back packs and Charcoal for barbecue Forbidden
camping Gas ring and gas stove with Forbidden
equipment fuel
PR
Kerosene Forbidden
Matches or lighter Not allowed in baggage on ones person only
Lighter flints Forbidden
Light flares Forbidden
Boat equipment Flammable liquids Forbidden
Compressed gas Forbidden
Flares Forbidden
Paint Forbidden unless fully demonstrated that the paint is neither
Solvents and sealant Forbidden unless demonstrated that they are not dangerous
Chemicals Often found to be dangerous Forbidden unless demonstrated that they are not dangerous
Cylinders Compressed gas Forbidden unless oxygen required for medical aid see 9.5.1 and
table in appendix 9.1
Dental apparatus May contain hazardous
chemicals such as resins or
FF
solvents
Diagnostic Infectious substances Forbidden unless no risk of pathogenicity as per risk groups 2-4
specimen assigned by WHO in The WHO laboratory Biosafety Manual
If Dangerous goods not permitted in checked in baggage is discovered in checked in bags, the bag
shall be removed and not loded at the aircraft . The incident shall be reported in accordance to 9.13
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 23
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
apparatus
Expedition May contain explosives (flares). Forbidden
equipment Flammable liquids, flammable
IN
gas or other dangerous goods
Frozen May contain liquid nitrogen or dry Approval needed see table in Appendix 9.1
substances ice.
Household good May contain hazardous material Forbidden unless fully demonstrated that they are not
such as paint, glue, aerosols, dangerous
bleeching goods powder,
PR
detergents etc
Industrial Chemical tests Forbidden
packages Radioactive material Forbidden
Gas tubes for diving Forbidden unless demonstrated to be empty at check-in
Dry batteries Not restricted
Dry batteries containing Forbidden
potassium hydroxide
Wet cell batteries Forbidden unless installed in a mobility aid see table in
Appendix 9.1. or without electrolyte and fully discharged.
Contagious substances
L
Forbidden
Paint Forbidden unless fully demonstrated that the paint is not
dangerous.
IA
Instruments May conceal barometers, Forbidden except barometers and thermometers carried by a
manometers, mercury switches, official representative see table in Appendix 9.1.
thermometers, rectifier tubes etc,
containing mercury.
Medical supplies May contain dangerous Forbidden unless fully demonstrated to be not dangerous
IC
chemicals
Military baggage Blank cartridges Forbidden
Ammunition Forbidden, unless for sporting purposes see Appendix 9.1.
Hand- and smoke grenades Forbidden
Pharmaceuticals May contain dangerous Forbidden unless fully demonstrated to be not dangerous
FF
chemicals.
Photo equipment May contain dangerous Forbidden unless fully demonstrated to be not dangerous
chemicals.
Repair kit May contain adhesives paint, Forbidden
peroxides, solvents etc.
Show, film special May contain explosive and Forbidden
effects flammable dangerous goods.
O
NOTE: The entry Forbidden unless fully demonstrated to be not dangerous or wording to that
effect means that if the customer cannot show a certificate from the manufacturer or by
other means satisfactory ensure that the item is not to be classified as dangerous goods,
the item shall be left behind.
Section: 9
Page: 24
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
When a label has become lost, illegible or detached from shipments subsequent to the time of
acceptance, such labels are must be replaced in accordance with the information provided on the
Shippers Declaration for Dangerous Goods.
IN
Such requirement for the replacement of labels shall not apply where labels are found to be missing
or illegible at the time of acceptance.
PR
9.10.2 Hazard Labels
L
IA
IC
T
IN
9.10.2.4 Class 4 Flammable Solids etc.
Div 4.1 Flammable Div 4.2 Spontaneously Div 4.3 Dangerous when wet
Solids (RFS) Combustible (RSC) (RFW)
PR
L
IA
9.10.2.5 Class 5 Oxidizing Substances and Organic Peroxides
IC
(RPB) (RIS)
Section: 9
Page: 26
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
Critically Safety Index (CSI)
label for fissile material.
L
IA
9.10.2.8 Class 8 Corrosive Material (RCM)
IC
FF
O
T
IN
Package orientation Package orientation Keep away from heat
(alternate design)
PR
L
Radioactive Material Lithium Battery Label
IA
Excepted Package
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 28
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 29
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
Dangerous goods must not be carried in the cabin of an aircraft occupied by passenger or on flight
deck, except as provided for in the IATA DGR and/or ICAO TI.
T
9.11.1 Loading and Stowage
IN
Dangerous goods must be loaded, stowed and secured on an aircraft as required by IATA DGR
and/or ICAO TI. This includes segregating package from each other when they contain incompatible
dangerous goods. Packages shall be secured to ensure their orientation or position does not change
to the extent that they may be damaged or may affect baggage and other load. Likewise, other load
PR
must be secured so it cannot shift so that it affects dangerous goods an/or segregation thereof.
For goods containing Radioactive material the securing must be adequate to ensure that the
separation requirements are met at all times.
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 30
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
Hazard Label 1 1.4S 2 3 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.2 8
1 excluding Note 1 Note 2 X X X X X X X
1.4.S
IN
1.4 S Note 2 - - - - - - -
2 X - - - - - - -
3 X - - - - X - -
4.2 X - - - - X - -
PR
4.3 X - - - - - - X
5.1 X - X X - - - -
5.2 X - - - - - - -
8 X - - - X - - -
Note 1: Explosives bearing to the same compatibility group letter and the same division number
may be stowed together. Explosives of the same compatibility group but different
divisions may
L be stowed together.
Only Div 1.4.S are permitted on passenger aircraft.
IA
Only Division 1.3C and G and Div 1.4B, C, D, E, G and S are permitted on Cargo aircraft
only.
Div 1.4B and Div 1.3 must not be loaded together. When in ULDs, they must be
separated with other cargo with minimum 2 m. When not in ULDs, they must be loaded
IC
in different, non-adjacent loading positions and separated by other cargo with a minimum
of 2 m
Note 2: Explosives in Compatibility Group S may be stowed with explosives in all compatibility
groups.
FF
Note 3: Division 4.1, Class 6, 7 and 9 are not included as they do not need segregation from
other types of dangerous goods.
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 31
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
RCL Liquid
6 / RPB, Toxic and
RIS Infectious 1 1
IN
substances
7 / RRY Radioactive 3 3 3
ICE Dry Ice 2
HUM Human
Remains
PR
EAT Foodstuffs
HEG Hatching
eggs
AVI Live 2
animals
by the same distance as applicable to persons in accordance with the DGR requirements (see DGR
9.3.12 and Table 9.3.D).
Living human organs/blood (LHO) should be adequately separated from human remains in coffins
(HUM).
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 32
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
NOTE As NextJet do not accept to transport Radioactive Materials of Cat II and III without prior
approval from Flight Operations Department, this section is for information only and to be
readily available should an exemption be made.
T
I White 0 - 5Sv/hr (0.5 mrem/h)
II - Yellow 01 5Sv/hr (0.5 mrem/h) 0.5 mSv/h
IN
(50 mrem/h)
III - Yellow 1- 0.5 mSv/h (50mrem/h)
In order to keep the exposure to radiation as low as possible, packages of radioactive materials
should be stowed as far away from passengers and crew as possible. The separation distances
PR
shown in tables below are the minimum distances that should be applied.
Any package or over-pack having a transport index greater than 10 (ten) as well as where the total
transport indices for a shipment exceeds 200, must be carried only under exclusive use meaning that
the entire aircraft must be for the sole use of a single shipper.
If the shipment contains fissile material the total sum of transport indices must not exceed 100 if the
transport is under exclusive use. If the transport is not under exclusive use the transport indices for
the fissile part of the shipment must not exceed 50.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 33
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
each other group by at least three times the distance applicable to the one that has the larger sum of
transport indices.
Total Sum of Minimum Distance
IN
Transport Indices metres ft.In
0.1 to 1.0 0.30 10
1.1 to 2.0 0.50 18
2.1 to 3.0 0.70 24 Note
3.1 to 4.0 0.85 210
PR
4.1 to 5.0 1.00 34 For larger sums of transport
5.1 to 6.0 1.15 310 indicies, to be carried by
6.1 to 7.0 1.30 44 cargo aircraft only, see IATA
7.1 to 8.0 1.45 49 DGR Table 9.3.E
8.1 to 9.0 1.55 51
9.1 to 10.0 1.65 55
10.1 to 11.0 1.75 59
11.1 to 12.0 1.85 61
12.1 to 13.0 1.95 65
13.1 to 14.0 2.05 69
14.1 to 15.0 2.15 71
L
15.1 to 16.0 2.25 75
16.1 to 17.0 2.35 79
IA
17.1 to 18.0 2.45 81
18.1 to 20.0 2.60 86
20.1 to 25.0 2.90 96
25.1 to 30.0 3.20 106
30.1 to 35.0 3.50 116
IC
Category II Yellow and Category III Yellow packages must be separated as per the minimum
distances shown in the table below.
T
Transport less
Indices (m) ft.in. (m) ft.in. (m) ft.in. (m) ft.in. (m) ft.in. (m) ft.in.
1 0.4 14 0.6 20 0.9 30 1.1 38 1.5 50 2.2 72
IN
2 0.6 20 0.8 28 1.2 40 1.5 50 2.2 72 3.1 102
3 0.7 24 1.0 34 1.5 50 1.8 510 2.6 86 3.8 126
4 0.8 28 1.2 40 1.7 58 2.2 72 3.1 102 4.4 146
5 0.8 28 1.3 44 1.9 62 2.4 710 3.4 112 4.8 15*10
10 1.4 48 2.0 66 2.8 92 3.5 116 4.9 160 6.9 228
20 2.0 66 2.8 92 4.0 132 4.9 160 6.9 228 10.0 32*10
PR
30 2.4 710 3.5 116 4.9 160 6.0 198 8.6 282 12.0 394
40 2.9 96 4.0 132 5.7 188 6.9 228 10.0 32*10 14.0 4510
50 3.2 106 4.5 14*10 6.3 208 7.9 2510 11.0 360 16.0 526
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 35
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
NOTE: Any leaking or damaged packages or overpacks may not be loaded onto an aircraft.
IN
If a package of dangerous goods is found damaged or leaking it shall be removed (or arrangements
for removal be made according to local procedures) from the aircraft and reported according to the
procedure in 9.13. The aircraft interior and surrounding load shall be inspected in order to ensure that
no damage has occurred to the aircraft or its equipment. In addition an evaluation shall be conducted
PR
to identify and prevent from transport any baggage, cargo, transport devices or other items that may
have become contaminated.
NOTE: Shipper /Customer must be informed of any and non-conformity and/or irregularity.
Contamination found as a result of leakage or damage of the dangerous goods shall be removed
immediately. An aircraft which has been contaminated by radioactive materials must be taken out of
L
service immediately. The aeroplane shall not be returned into service until it has been
decontaminated by qualified staff (see note below) and the radiation level at any accessible surface
resulting from fixed-radiation is less than 5Sv/h and non-fixed contamination does not exceed the
IA
values in the table below:
* The above limits are applicable when averaged over any area of 300cm2 of any part of the
surface.
trained staff in accordance with national legislation. Contact handling agent to ensure
that local rescue services are alerted and ensure that all persons are moved away from
the vicinity of the aircraft.
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 36
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
the information and shall include the following information:
IN
1. Air Waybill number (when issued)
2. The proper shipping name and UN number
3. The class or division, any subsidiary risk and, for explosives, the compatibility group,
4. The packing group (where assigned),
5. The number of packages, net quantity or gross mass per package (for radioactive material
PR
Transport Index TI-shall be shown),
6. Loading location, and
7. Station of unloading
8. Confirmation that there is no evidence of damaged or leaking packages.
9. 24 hr emergency contact number where required by IATA DGR 2.9.
10.Preferably the emergency response guidance code (drill code), see also Appendix 9.2 where
these drill codes are deciphered.
L
11.Indication that the goods are carried under a State exemption (when applicable)
The PIC must sign a copy of the NOTOC which shall remain on the departing station. A copy of the
IA
signed NOTOC must also be made readily available to Nextjet Operations.
When a Commander takes over a transit aircraft, a written notification for all the goods loaded at
previous stations which remain on board the aircraft must be readily available.
IC
The NOTOC is also used to inform the Commander of such dangerous goods in passenger's
baggage onboard where information to him/her is required according to Appendix 9.1.
FF
The Commander shall brief all crew members of the dangerous goods carried onboard.
NOTE: NOTOCs come in many shapes and forms and vary from operator to operator. The
sample on next page shows a generic, IATA recommended format.
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 37
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 38
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 39
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
9.13.1 Commanders Responsibilities
For transportation of Dangerous Goods, when a Dangerous Goods Transportation Document
IN
(Shippers Declaration) is required, the Commander must be provided with information which can be
used on board in planning the action required if an emergency situation is developed in flight.
The Commander is to retrieve the emergency response information from the ICAO Doc 9481 carried
onboard in order to have an idea of which hazards are carried.
PR
In case of an emergency the Commander must inform the Air Traffic Control about the Dangerous
Goods on board. If time permits, the information shall include the proper shipping names, class and
subsidiary risks for which labels are required. The compatibility group for class 1 and the quantity and
location of the dangerous goods on board the aircraft and UN number, if assigned, shall also be given
to the ATC. As an alternative, the Commander can defer to company operations office or departing
station but should try to give a summary of the quantities and class/division.
L
In case of an accident the Company shall give all information about the dangerous goods carried to
the Authority of the State where the accident occurred and to the Authority issuing the AOC.
IA
9.13.2 Treatment of Dangerous Goods in the Cabin
(see Appendices 9.3 and 9.4)
IC
When/if dangerous goods are discovered in the hand baggage of a passenger during flight, the crew
must:
1. Ask the passenger concerned to identify the item and explain its nature;
2. Inform the Commander who will take precautionary actions as necessary, e.g. switch on the no
FF
The report must reach the Authority within 72 hours. Initial reports may be made by telephone or fax
which must be followed by a written report. The Director Ground Operations is responsible for the
T
report to the Authority (see Appendix 9.8) and the Dangerous Goods Safety Advisor is responsible for
the report to MSB (see Appendix 9.9).
IN
The Commander reports through ordinary report routines as described in OM-A 11 to ensure that the
internal quality assurance loop regarding cause, circumstance recurrence prevention etc. is activated.
Commander shall ensure that his/her report includes as many items possible as shown in the form in
Appendix 9.8.
PR
Relevant documents (NOTOC, Shippers Declaration etc.) and photos, where available, shall be
attached to the report.
In case of an accident (not caused by DG) NextJet shall give all information about the dangerous
goods carried to the Authority of the State where the accident occurred and to the Authority issuing
the AOC.
L
Any type of dangerous goods incident or accident shall be reported to the Authority (in the State
where it occurred and to the Authority issuing the AOC), irrespective of whether the dangerous goods
IA
are contained in cargo, or baggage including miss- or undeclared dangerous goods.
Within 24 hours
FF
Thereafter a dangerous goods occurrence report has to be filled in (Appendix 9.8) and sent to
NextJet Ground Operations at groundoperations@nextjet.se.
O
Within 72 hours
N
NextJet will complete and send report to the applicable authority (authority in the state where the
incident occurred and to the authority issuing the AOC). The report and flightfile for the concerned
flight/incident has to be stored for a minimum of 24 months.
U
The Commander reports through ordinary report routines as described in OM-A section 11 to ensure
that the internal quality assurance loop regarding cause, circumstance recurrence prevention etc. is
activated. Commander shall ensure that his/her report includes as many items possible as shown in
the form in Appendix 9.8.
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 41
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
Contamination found as a result of leakage or damage of the dangerous goods shall be removed
immediately. An aircraft which has been contaminated by radioactive materials must be taken out of
IN
service immediately and must not be returned into service until the radiation level at any accessible
surface are not more than the values specified in 9.11.5.
PR
that local rescue services are alerted and ensure that all persons are moved away from
the vicinity of the aircraft.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 42
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
9.14 Training
Flight crews, cabin crews and ground and cargo handling personnel, both company employees and
contracted ground handling personnel who may come in contact with Dangerous Goods when on duty
shall receive training adequate to their duty and as specified in the table below.
NOTE: All ground handling personnel (e.g. loading supervisor) engaged in the acceptance of
Dangerous Goods and who have to take decisions on either acceptance or refusal of
T
dangerous goods must pass specific training for these tasks. Compliance verified
through quality assurance program.
IN
Flight crews must also pass specific training in order to understand and be prepared to handle
dangerous goods in an appropriate manner both during routine operations and emergency situations.
The Dangerous Goods training to meet the EASA OPS requirement is stated in OM, Part D.
PR
The Crew Training Manager is responsible of administer the required Initial training in Dangerous
Goods and the recurrent training within the Company.
Aspects of transport of dangerous goods by Shippers Freight Operators and ground handling Security
air with which they should be familiar, as a and forwarders agents screeners
minimum packers
L
Category
IA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
General philosophy X X X X X X X X X X X X
Limitations X X X X X X X X X X X
General requirements for shippers X X X
IC
Classification X X X X X
List of Dangerous Goods X X X X X
General Packing requirements X X X X
Packing specifications markings X X X
Package Marking and labelling X X X X X X X X X X X X
FF
Pilots Notification X X X
Dangerous Goods in Passengers and crew X X X X X X X X X X X X
bags.
Emergency procedures X X X X X X X X X X X X
N
1. Shippers and persons undertaking the responsibilities of shippers, including operators staff acting
as shippers, operators staff preparing dangerous goods as COMAT.
2. Packers.
U
T
used for the flight). They must be carried in the aeroplane in a place which is inaccessible to
passengers during flight and, in the case of firearms, unloaded, except as specified in 9.15.2 below.
IN
9.15.2 Exemptions
In exceptional circumstances weapons of war and munitions of war may be carried other than in an
inaccessible place on the aircraft and may be loaded, provided an approval to do so has been granted
PR
by all the States concerned before a flight These exceptional circumstances are intended primarily to
permit the carriage of law enforcement officers, protection officers, etc
Firearms or other objects that can be considered dangerous or risky in terms of flight safety and/or the
general order on board, shall not be accepted for transportation in the cabin or cockpit.
IC
Before checking in the weapon the passenger handling staff verbally has to ensure by questioning
the passenger carrying the weapon, that the weapon is unloaded and the vital part of the weapon
FF
has been separated from the main part. The vital part shall be packed and transported in a
separate bag;
Both the vital part and the main part of the weapon and ammunition shall be placed in a cargo
compartment inaccessible from the cabin;
The bag containing the weapon has to be maked with a firearm-tag.
O
Upon arrival, the bag containing the weapon must be delivered to the passenger in person (not
left on the conveyor belt or similar). Before hand over firearm the passenger must show his or her
ID and/or baggage receipt.
N
The PIC must always be notified if weapons, munitions of war or sporting weapons are to be carried
on the aircraft using a NOTOC.
U
9.16 Appendices
9.16.1 Appendix 9.1 Dangerous Goods Carried By Passenger or Crew (IATA-DGR 56th Ed.)
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
th
IATA-DGR 56 Edition, 1 JANUARY 2015
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 45
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
th
IATA-DGR 56 Edition, 1 JANUARY 2015
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 46
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
th
IATA-DGR 56 Edition, 1 JANUARY 2015
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 47
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 48
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
3 Flammable liquid or Fire and/or Smoke, fumes and heat and Use 100% oxygen; establish and All agents according to
Possible abrupt
solid explosion as indicated by the drill maintain maximum ventilation; no availability; no water on W
loss of
letter(s) smoking; minimum electrics drill letter pressurization
IN
4 Spontaneously Fire and/or Smoke, fumes and heat and Use 100% oxygen; establish and All agents according to
Possible abrupt
combustible or explosion as indicated by the drill maintain maximum ventilation availability; no water on W
loss of
pyrophoric when letter(s) drill letter pressurization;
exposed to air minimum electrical
if F or H drill
letter
5 Oxidizer, may ignite Fire and/or Eye, nose and throat Use 100% oxygen; establish and All agents according to Possible abrupt
PR
other materials, explosion, possible imitation; skin damage on maintain maximum ventilation availability; no water on W loss of
may explode in corrosion damage contact drill letter pressurization
heat or fire
6 Toxic may be fatal Contamination with Acute toxicity effects may Use 100% oxygen; establish and All agents according to Possible abrupt
or inhaled, ingested toxic liquid or solid be delayed maintain maximum ventilation; do availability; no water on W loss of
or absorbed by skin not touch without gloves drill letter pressurization;
minimum electrical
if F or H drill
letter
7 Radiation from Contamination with Exposure to radiation and Do not move packages; avoid All agents according to Call for qualified
broken/unsheilded spilled
packages
or personnel contamination
radioactive material
L contact availability person to meet the
aircraft
8 Corrosive, fumes Possible corrosion Eye, nose and throat Use 100% oxygen; establish and All agents according to Possible abrupt
disabling if inhaled damage imitation; skin damage on maintain maximum ventilation; do availability; no water on W loss of
IA
or in contact with contact not touch without gloves drill letter pressurization;
skin minimum electrical
if F or H drill
letter
9 No general inherent As indicated by the As indicated by the drill Use 100% oxygen; establish and All agents according to None
IC
substances may Infecious humans or animals recirculation and ventilation in availability.No water on Y person to meet the
affect humans or substances avvected area drill letter aircraft
animals if inhaled,
ingested or
absorbed through
the mucous
membrane or an
O
open wound
DRILL DRILL
LETTER ADDITIONAL RISK LETTER ADDITIONAL RISK
N
A ANAESTHETIC N NOXIOUS
C CORROSIVE P TOXIC* (POISON)
E EXPLOSIVE S SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE OR PYROPHORIC
F FLAMMABLE W IF WET GIVES OFF POISONOUS OR FLAMMABLE GAS
U
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 50
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
9.16.3 Appendix 9.3 Checklist to be followed by flight crew in case of Dangerous Goods
incident
1. Follow the appropriate aircraft emergency procedures for fire or smoke removal and
recommendations obtained from Emergency Response Guide (ICAO Doc 9481, see 9.6).
2. No smoking sign ON
3. Consider landing as soon as possible
T
4. Consider turning off non-essential electrical power
5. Determine source of smoke / fumes / fire
6. or dangerous goods incidents in the passenger cabin, see cabin crew checklist and co-ordinate
IN
cockpit / cabin crew actions
7. Determine emergency response code
8. Use guidance from the emergency response drill chart (see appendix 9.2) to help deal with
incident
PR
9. If the situation permits, notify ATC of the dangerous goods being carried
After landing
1. Disembark passengers and crew before opening any cargo compartment doors
2. Inform ground personnel / emergency services of nature of item and where stowed
3. Make appropriate entry in technical log L
9.16.4 Appendix 9.4 Cabin Crew checklist for Dangerous goods incidents in the passenger
cabin during flight
IA
Notify pilot-in-command
Identify the item
Collect DGR response kit/ PBE/ other useful equipment.
Don rubber gloves.
IC
Monitor item.
Prepare for normal/emergency landing.
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 52
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 53
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 54
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 55
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 56
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 57
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 58
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 59
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 60
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 61
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 62
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 63
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 64
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 65
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 66
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Ground Operations Page: 67
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 9
Page: 68
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 9 DANGEROUS GOODS
9.16.10 Appendix 9.10 Quick Reference List for National State Approvals
State National Approval Approval Remarks
Approval Obtained Number
Required
Belgium Yes Not required for overflight.
Denmark Yes Fissile only. Not carried by N2.
France Yes Radioactive and UN3373 (not overflight) only.
Germany Yes Radioactive only Not carried by N2.
T
Italy Yes Radioactive (Not carried by N2) and Class 1 only.
Netherlands Yes
Poland Yes Nuclear fuel and radioactive waste only. Not carried
IN
by N2
Russia Yes Fissile only (not carried by N2)
Switzerland Yes Radioactive only. Not carried by N2.
Turkey Yes Radioactive (Not carried by N2) .and Class 1 only.
Ukraine Yes Radioactive only. Not carried by N2.
PR
NOTE: States not found in the list above do not have any state variations registered.
CONTENTS
10
De- Anti Icing .............................................................................................................. 3
10.1
De-Icing And Anti-Icing On The Ground .................................................................. 3
10.1.1
General......................................................................................................................... 3
10.1.2
Clean Aircraft Concept ................................................................................................. 3
10.1.3
Effectively ..................................................................................................................... 4
T
10.1.4
Duties and Responsibilities .......................................................................................... 4
10.1.5
Terminology.................................................................................................................. 5
10.1.6
Type of Fluids............................................................................................................... 8
IN
10.1.7
Approved Fluids ........................................................................................................... 8
10.1.8
Fluid handling ............................................................................................................... 9
10.1.9
Storage......................................................................................................................... 9
10.1.10
Aeroplane Ice Inspection.............................................................................................. 9
PR
10.1.11
Preparation of aeroplane de/anti-icing ......................................................................... 9
10.1.12
De/anti-icing procedures ............................................................................................ 10
10.1.13
Contamination Checks ............................................................................................... 11
10.1.13.1
Contamination Check (Check for the need to de-ice) ................................................ 11
10.1.13.2
Clear Ice Check.......................................................................................................... 11
10.1.13.3
Post De-icing/Anti-icing Check ................................................................................... 11
10.1.13.4
Cold soaked wing Check............................................................................................ 11
10.1.13.5
Pre take-off Contamination Check ............................................................................. 12
L
10.1.13.6
Pre take-off Check...................................................................................................... 12
10.1.14
Communication and reporting procedures ................................................................. 12
IA
10.2
Procedure ATP ......................................................................................................... 13
10.2.1
Anti-icing (Ref. Figure 3 and Ref. Figure 4)................................................................ 14
10.2.2
Snow and ice removal ................................................................................................ 16
10.2.3
Precautions to be observed when de-icing aircraft .................................................... 17
IC
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 3
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
accumulation of frost, snow, slush or ice on aeroplane surfaces and components. Such deposits can
seriously affect performance, control and stability of the aeroplane and cause mechanical damage.
IN
Clear ice can also form on the upper surface of the wings when cold soaked fuel is in the wing fuel
tanks and the aeroplane has been exposed to high humidity, rain, drizzle or fog, even when the
ambient temperature is well above the freezing point.
PR
Snow or ice in engine nacelles, inlet guide vanes or ingested into the engines, can result in engine
vibration and engine stall, causing partial or total loss of engine power. If frozen deposits are present,
the airworthiness of the aeroplane may be invalid and no attempt should be made to take-off until the
aeroplane has been restored to clean configuration.
This procedure provides the general minimum requirements for de-icing and anti-icing of aeroplane
on ground. The procedure is based on ISO, SAE standards and AEA recommendations. However,
L
aeroplane inspection after de/anti-icing must be performed in accordance with OM Part B.
This procedure does not specify requirements for particular aeroplane type, and it does not overrule
IA
the specific requirements in OM Part B.
In case of conflict, the OM Part B shall take precedence over this procedure.
IC
De-icing by mechanical means or hot air is not covered in this procedure. For this subject consult OM
Part B.
Before commencing flights to new destinations during winter season NextJet has to make sure that
FF
the applicable station has adequate facilities and equipment for aircraft de-/anti-icing operations in
place.
wings and/or engines etc. Therefore, if the Commander cannot confirm that the aircraft is clean,
takeoff shall not be attempted until confirmation is obtained that the aircraft is free of frozen
contaminants. With exception of the areas defined below, the Companys aircraft shall be operated
N
Frost is permissible on the underside of the wings over the general area of the fuel tanks provided
U
Frost is permissible on the fuselage provided the layer is thin enough to distinguish surface
features such as paint lines or markings underneath, but all vents, probes and ports shall be clear
of frost.
Section: 10
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
10.1.3 Effectively
The procedures and guidelines for de-/anti-icing operations outlined in this chapter are effective and
applicable to all de-/anti-icing operations performed by the company as well as for all de-/anti-icing
operations performed by subcontractors.
T
shall report frozen contamination adhering to the aircraft, to the Commander. There is a potential
need for de/anti-icing throughout the Companys route network. The Commander, Co-pilot and the
technician has the authority to order de/anti-icing whenever it is deemed necessary. All de/anti-icing is
IN
performed by external service providers contracted by the Company.
The person responsible for the departure check shall check that the aeroplane is free of frost, snow,
slush or ice, in accordance with OM Part B. If the check is performed by
anyone else than the Commander, the result shall be reported to him.
PR
The authority to decide whether a de/anti-icing treatment is necessary lies with the Commander.
When operating out of home base, a technician will release the aeroplane.
If a technician is not available, or the aeroplane is not operating out of home base, the duty of
releasing the aeroplane lies with the Commander. An ice check shall be performed accoding to OM
Part B Vol 1 appdx 2.2.
The authorized person (e.g technician) who releases the aeroplane is responsible for reporting the
L
performed treatment, including the anti-icing code, to the Commander.
IA
The responsibility for accepting the aeroplane with the performed de/anti-icing always lie with the
Commander.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 5
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
10.1.5 Terminology
Anti-icing
is a precautionary procedure by which clean aeroplane surfaces are protected against the formation
of ice and frost and the accumulation of snow and slush for a limited period of time.
Clear ice
is a coating of ice, generally clear and smooth, but with some air pockets. It is formed on exposed
objects at temperatures below or slightly above the freezing temperature by freezing of supercooled
T
drizzle, droplets or raindrops.
Cold-soak effect
IN
of the wings of an aeroplane are when they contain very cold fuel as a result of having landed after
flight at high altitude or from having been refuelling with very cold fuel. Whenever precipitation falls on
a cold-soaked aeroplane when on the
ground, clear icing may occur. Even in ambient temperatures between -2C and +15C, ice or frost
PR
can form in presence of visible moisture or high humidity if the aeroplane structure remains at 0C or
below. Clear ice is very difficult to detect visually and may break loose during or after take-off.
De-icing
is the process which remove ice, snow, slush or frost from aeroplane surfaces. This may be
accomplished by mechanical methods, pneumatic methods or through the
use of heated fluids, Mechanical methods may be preferred under extremely cold condition or when it
FF
has been determined that the frozen contaminant is not adhering to the aeroplane surfaces. When
using heated fluids and optimum heat transfer is desired, fluid should be applied at a distance from
the aeroplane surfaces in accordance with the approved operator procedure and fluid manufacturer
specifications.
O
De/anti-icing
is a procedure combining both the de-icing and the anti-icing processes. This can be performed in
one or two steps:
N
1. One step de/anti-icing procedure is carried out with an anti-icing fluid which is typically heated. The
fluid is used to de-ice the aeroplane and remains on the aeroplane surface to provide anti-icing
capability. Type I or Type II fluids can be used, but the protection provided by Type I fluid is less
U
2. Two step de/anti-icing procedure contains two distinct steps. The first step, de-icing, is followed by
the second step, anti-icing, as a separate fluid application. After de-icing, a separate overspray of
anti-icing fluid is applied to protect the aeroplanes critical surfaces, thus providing maximum anti-
icing protection.
Drizzle
is fairly uniform precipitation composed exclusively of fine drops very close together. Drizzle appears
to float while in following air current, although, unlike fog droplets, it falls to the ground.
Section: 10
Page: 6
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
Freezing fog
is formed of supercooled water droplets which freeze upon contact with exposed objects and form a
coating of rime/glaze.
T
Freezing rain and drizzle
in the form of super-cold water drops which freeze upon impact with any surface.
IN
Frost
Referred to as hoar frost. A deposit of ice having a crystalline appearance, generally assuming the
form of scales, needles or fans. Frost is formed by sublimation, e.g when water vapour is deposited
on surfaces whose temperatures are at or below freezing.
PR
High humidity
is an atmospheric condition where the relative humidity is close to saturation.
holdover table
Precipitation intensity
is an indication of the amount of precipitation collected per unit time interval. It is expressed as light,
FF
moderate or heavy. Each intensity is defined with respect to the type of precipitation occurring, based
either on rate of fall for rain and ice pellets or visibility for snow and drizzle. The rate of fall criteria are
based on time and do not accurately describe the intensity at a particular time of observation.
Rain
O
is precipitation of liquid water particles, ether in the form of drops of more than 0.5mm in diameter or
smaller drops which, in contrast to drizzle, are widely separated.
Rime
N
Shear force
is a force applied laterally on a anti-ice fluid. When applied to a Type II fluid, the shear force reduce
the viscosity of the fluid; when the shear force is no longer applied, the anti-icing fluid should recover
its viscosity. For instance, shear forces are applied whenever the fluid is pumped, forced through an
orifice or when subjected to airflow.
If excessive shear force is applied, the thickener system could be permanently degraded and the anti-
icing fluid viscosity may not recover and may be at an unacceptable level.
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 7
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
Slush
is water-saturated snow which with a heel and toe slap-down motion against the ground will be
displaced with a splatter.
Snow
is a precipitation of ice crystals, mostly branched in the form of six-pointed stars. The crystals are
isolated or agglomerated to form snowflakes.
T
Dry snow
When the ambient temperature is below or well below freezing.
IN
Wet snow
is when the ambient temperature is near or above freezing.
Visible moisture
PR
is fog, rain, snow, sleet, high humidity (condensation on surfaces), ice crystals or when taxy-ways
and/or runways are contaminated by water, slush or snow.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 10
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
Type-II fluid and Type IV
Thickened fluid with a non-Newtonian flow behavior. Contains a minimum of 50% by mass of glycols.
Type II fluid have normally a lower temperature application limit of -25 C.
IN
The application limit may be lower, provided a 7 C buffer is maintained between the freezing point of
the neat fluid and outside air temperature. In no case shall this temperature be lower than the Lowest
Operational Use Temperature as demonstrated in an aerodynamic acceptance test, the fluid type and
fluid/water mixture must be in line with airframe/engine manufactures requirements.
PR
Type-III fluid
So called type-III fluid are not covered in this procedure and must not be used on company aeroplane.
Fluids in accordance with MIL-A-8243D MIL-A-8243D de/anti-icing fluid are also classified in type-I
and type-II. However, this classification is entirely different from the ISO/SAE classification. Both MIL-
A-8243D types are un-thickened fluids with a minimum of 88% glycol, and both types are different
from ISO/SAE type-I and type-II fluids.
MIL-A8243 type-I fluid are propylene glycol based, type-II fluid are ethylene glycol based.
L
CAUTION: MIL-A-8243D fluid are normally not qualified as ISO/SAE fluid and the holdover tables
IA
must not be used for such fluid.
NOTE: In an exceptional case for an individual take-off, when a ISO/SAE type of fluid is not
available, de-icing may be performed with a MIL-A.8243D fluid provided that:
IC
The fluid must have passed the aerodynamic acceptance test as per ISO/SAE requirements.
CAUTION: Fluids from different manufacturers and different brands must not be mixed. Severe
performance degradation could result!
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
De-icing/anti-icing fluid is a chemical product with environmental impact. During fluid handling, avoid
any unnecessary spillage and comply with local environmental and health laws and the fluid
manufacturers safety data sheet. Different products shall not be mixed without additional qualification
testing.
10.1.9 Storage
T
Refer to latest edition of AEA Recommendations 3.7.1.
IN
The inspection for need for de/anti-icing must be done in accordance with the appropriate
airframe/engine manufacturers manuals. Consult OM Part B Vol 1 for ice inspection.
PR
The preparation of the aeroplane for de/antiicing must be done in accordance with the affected
OM Part B with special requirements which may have been released by the company.
During de/anti-icing, the moveable surfaces must be in a position as specified by OM Part B.
NOTE: De/anti-icing must not be started without authorization from the Commander.
Before de/anti-icing starts, all doors and windows shall be closed to prevent fluid penetration and
contamination of stairs with slippery fluids.
L
NOTE: Before doors are closed, all snow and ice must be removed from the surrounding area.
IA
OM Part B may provide more detailed instruction for snow and ice removal/precaution in
door areas.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 10
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
slush and ice, but freezing precipitation is expected during the ground stop or during taxi, the surfaces
shall be anti-iced as a precautionary measure.
IN
Large quantities of snow can also be removed with other methods, e.g. with brooms/brushes, heated
air, or with a cotton rope. For details and limitations see OM Part-B.
De/anti-icing shall be coordinated with Flight Crew and local function in due time.
All efforts shall be made to maintain the traffic flow and to minimize delays.
Aeroplane may be de/anti-iced at a remote stand or area, which will normally be positioned between
PR
the terminal building and runway. Also in these situations OM Part A and OM Part B requirements
must be fulfilled.
by area. The correct anti-ice fluid and concentration shall be chosen with regard to desired holdover
time, and is dictated by ambient or measured skin temperature, and weather conditions.
NOTE: When holdover time is critical, a two step procedure should always be considered, using
FF
De-icing
For maximum de-icing effect, fluids shall be applied close to the surface of the skin to minimize heat
loss. Recommended fluid temperature at the spray nozzle is 85-90 C.
O
CAUTION: The fluid temp at the spray nozzle must not exceed 90 C.
Heavy accumulation of snow will always be difficult to remove from the aeroplane surfaces and vast
N
quantities of fluid will be consumed. Serious consideration should be given to manual remove of
deposits with long soft brooms before normal de-icing with fluid.
U
CAUTION: Prior to de-icing of wings, it must be determined whether or not ice exist under the
snow.
NOTE: A thin layer of frost on the upper half of the fuselage is generally permitted, provided that
painted markings or letters are still visible.
NOTE: A thin layer of frost not exceeding 3 mm thickness is generally permitted on the lower
wing surfaces within the tank areas. All other wing areas must be clean.
NOTE: When de/anti-ice has been completed, the holdover time, as well as the type of fluid and
mixture shall be entered in the Aeroplane Flight and Technical Log.
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 11
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
frost mentioned in 8.2.4.9, shall be removed by a de-icing treatment followed by an anti-icing
treatment if required.
IN
10.1.13.2 Clear Ice Check
The Clear Ice Check shall be performed at the Commander's request if prevailing conditions are
indicative of the formation of clear ice. The Clear Ice Check shall be performed by physically touching
PR
the suspected area with bare hands to confirm the presence/absence of clear ice.
The use of protective gloves is allowed to protect skin from fluids. Any contamination found shall be
removed by further de-/anti-icing treatment and a repeated check. The removal of clear ice (if
applicable) shall be included in the transmission of the Anti-Icing Code as described in 8.2.4.11
High-lift devices such as leading edge slats and leading or trailing edge flaps;
Spoilers and speed brakes;
Propellers, engine inlets, particle separators and screens;
Windshields and other windows necessary for visibility;
FF
Antennas, fuselage, entrance doors, cargo doors areas and hinges, exposed instrumentation
devices such as angle-of-attack vanes, stall warning and pitot/static pressure probes and ports;
Fuel tanks and fuel cap vents;
Cooling and air intakes, inlets and exhausts;
Landing gear.
O
performed immediately before the aircraft leaves the parking position. These checks are conducted to
insure that both wings are clean and free of frost. The applied de-icing/anti-icing fluid shall still be
liquid and shall show no indication of failure, such as colour turning to white, loss of gloss, getting
viscous, showing ice crystals, etc.
U
Section: 10
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
10.1.13.6 Pre take-off Check
CMD shall perform a Pre Take-off Check within 2 minutes before take-off when the conditions are
IN
such that ice, frost or snow may have been accumulated on the aircraft. The check may be performed
from inside the aircraft (at the best vantage point) by one of the pilots. A mental review of prevailing
conditions shall include:
Anti-icing treatment and HOT.
PR
Precipitation type, rate and variations experienced since anti-icing was performed.
Temperature, normally OAT, but also skin temp if aircraft has been cold soaked.
Relation temperature/dew point.
Wind or experienced jet blast from other aircraft (especially for Type I fluid).
Visual cues as available from flight deck.
The Pre Take-off Check is passed satisfactorily only if review confirms, beyond any doubt, that critical
surfaces are and will remain free from frost, ice and snow during take-off. When deposits are evident
L
or freezing has occurred, the de/anti-icing treatment shall be repeated and a new holdover time shall
be established.
IA
10.1.14 Communication and reporting procedures
CMD shall receive a verbal or written report stating fluid type, concentration and local time when the
final anti-icing step was initiated. The CMD shall note this information on the loadsheet. A copy of the
loadsheet shall be available on the ground at departure.
IC
The De-/Anti-icing code or an all Clear signal confirms to the Commander that a check after de-/anti-
icing is completed and the de-/anti-icing agent considers the aircraft clean. It is the responsibility of
the de-/anti-icing person to issue a De-/Anti-icing statement or verify that all ice, frost and snow has
FF
been removed. Commander shall receive a verbal report or written confirming that the aircraft is free
from frost, ice and snow.
If no radio communication is possible, and the CMD has been given information in advance
concerning fluid type and concentration, and CMD can make a visual check from the cockpit when the
O
T
ATTACK
SENSORS
-
DIRECTLY
AT
OR
INTO
STATIC
VENTS
IN
-
INTO
ECS
INLETS/EXITS
-
INTO
AIRCRAFT
EXHAUST
OR
INTAKE
VENTS
-
IN
THE
VICINITY
OF
THE
AIRCRAFT
BRAKES.
PR
-
LANDING/TAXI
LIGHT
LENSES
ON
WING
LEADING
EDGES
CAUTION:
DO
NOT
CAUSE
THESE
PARTS
TO
BECOME
TOO
HOT:
-
PAINTED
SURFACES
-
RUBBER
COMPONENTS
-
GLASS
COMPONENTS
L
-
ACRYLIC
OR
GLASS
FIBER
SURFACES
-
HYDRAULIC
PIPELINES
IA
-
SURFACES
THAT
HAVE
OIL
OR
GREASE.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 10
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
Before commencing treatment, make sure all doors and hatches are closed. A suitable anti-icing
procedure is to apply an even film of anti-icing fluid on all the aircraft surfaces which are to be
IN
protected. Apply fluid, undiluted, at a fluid temperature of below 20 C or to manufacturers
requirements. Start the spray on the highest part of the aircraft and cover evenly down to the lower
parts. The correct thickness is applied when fluid just starts to run off the aircraft.
Anti-icing fluid can be applied over a light frost covering, but a heavy frost covering must be de-iced
PR
followed by the anti-icing film. A thin coating of anti-icing paste may be applied to the leading edges of
control surfaces to prevent adherence of any accumulation in flight.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Figure 3
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
Figure 4
O
SNOW AND ICE CAN BE REMOVED FROM THE AIRCRAFT EXTERIOR BY:
Hot de-icing fluid.
Brush and/or squeegee.
Cold air
T
Make sure all the doors and the access panels are closed.
Remove the loose-dry snow with a brush or blow it off the surface with cold air.
IN
When you remove the loose-dry snow from the external surfaces of the aircraft:
Make sure you do not cause damage to the:
Vortex generators
Angle of attack vanes
PR
Pitot/static tubes/vents
Landing-gear microswitch assemblies
Antennas.
Make sure there is no snow in the clearances between the:
Wing trailing-edges and the ailerons, flaps and the tabs
Horizontal stabilizer and the elevators
Vertical stabilizer and the rudder.
L
Make sure you remove all the loose-dry snow systematically from the aircraft. Start at the highest
point of the aircraft and move down. On the wings and the horizontal stabilizer, move from the root to
IA
the tip. Remove the snow along the trailing edges.
NOTE: If you find ice on the external surfaces of the aircraft after you have removed the snow.
IC
- RUBBER COMPONENTS
- GLASS COMPONENTS
- ACRYLIC OR GLASS FIBER SURFACES
- HYDRAULIC PIPELINES
- SURFACES THAT HAVE OIL OR GREASE.
T
be done if ice or snow is present to avoid degreasing the bearings. If de-icing is necessary in these
areas, then a greatly reduced flow rate must be used.
When removing loose snow or melting ice from horizontal surfaces, a brush or squeegee should be
IN
used taking care not to damage any protrusions e.g. vents, aerials etc. which may be concealed by
the snow. Sweep the snow and ice in such a direction as to prevent it entering into control surface
gaps and hinges.
Always mix the de-icing fluid according to the manufacturer's instructions. The mixture should not be
PR
weaker than recommended because when the snow and ice melt, the fluid will be further diluted and
therefore become less effective.
Always keep power plant blanks and covers in a serviceable condition to maintain good intake
protection against rain and snow entering the engine. Before fitting blanks, examine the intakes for
the presence of ice. If any present, remove it. All apertures leading into the engine must be cleared of
snow and slush. L
10.2.4 After Deice Check
It is very important to check that the aircraft is free from all contamination in general, but there are
IA
some areas of the ATP that are of extreme importance, these are shown below.
IC
FF
O
N
U
When the Commander does not perform the after de-ice check, the NextJets technicians, or
contracted de ice personnel, performs the check, in these cases they will give the Commander a de-
ice release in writing or by radio.
It is very important that the Commander has received information regarding start time of the de-ice,
type of fluid and amount of liters used, fluid mixture, freezing point and holdover time.
Section: 10
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 19
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
Below are general guide lines for ground de/anti-icing. The prime responsibility rests with the operator
to establish operational procedures.
IN
If possible, de-/anti-ice with the engines stopped.
This makes it easier to check that the airfoils are free from ice after the treatment.
Always apply de-/anti-icing fluid symmetrically on both sides even when local deposit may be
present on one side only.
PR
Start de-/anti-icing of the fuselage, if required, by spraying along the top center-line and then
outboard.
Then start to de-/anti-ice the left wing. Start from the tip and progress inwards. Then do the right
wing and last the tail section.
De-/anti-ice the vertical tail before the horizontal tail, if needed, and start at the top and work
down.
On the horizontal tail, start from the tip as on the wing.
Keep the time between de-/anti-icing and takeoff as short as possible.
L
De-ice with flaps up is recommended to avoid spraying into cavities. However, when both de-icing
and anti-icing then select the flaps in takeoff position to protect the flaps in their correct position
IA
for takeoff.
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 10
Page: 20
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
(6)
Direct
into
engine
intake.
IN
Application of de-icing fluid on landing gear and in wheel bays shall be kept to a minimum. De-icing
fluid shall not be sprayed directly into wheels and brakes.
The fluid must be removed from the nose of the fuselage, in front of the cockpit windows, and also on
the lower side. The fluid might otherwise flow on to the cockpit windows during takeoff.
PR
All traces of Type II / IV fluid on cockpit windows shall be removed prior to departure. Particular
attention shall be paid to the front windows (fitted with wipers).
It becomes more and more common to de-/anti-ice at remote centralized areas requiring the engines
to be running. The following procedure in addition to the
above, is recommended to be followed:
NOTE This procedure assumes that the propeller has been cleared from ice before engine start.
L
(1)
Establish
contact
with
ground
crew.
(Use
IA
aircraft
registration
not
flight
number
in
communication.)
(2)
Taxi
into
the
dedicated
area
(3)
Set
condition
lever
to
START
IC
(4) Switch all bleeds off; leave only recirculation fans on.
NOTE Leaving only recirculation fans on is acceptable due to expected low ambient temperatures
and the relatively short time.
FF
(5)
Advise
ground
crew
that
the
aircraft
is
ready
for
de-/anti-icing
(6)
When
de-/anti-icing
is
completed,
select:
-
Condition
Levers
in
MIN-MAX
range
-
Bleeds
ON
(not
earlier
than
30
sec.
after
completion
of
de/anti-icing).
O
Always after de-/anti-icing has been performed it must be checked that the aircraft is free from ice.
N
U
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 21
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
engine intakes. Under no circumstances may de-icing fluid be directed into engine intake with the
engine running.
IN
NOTE: Should de-icing be restricted to remote de-icing areas only, the aircraft may be taxied under
own power (below flight idle) to this area before the ice is removed.
After removal the intake and bird catcher must be inspected for absence of ice/snow.
PR
Check Gust Lock release and full freedom of all flight controls. Clear ice may form on the wing over
the fuel tank due to cold fuel and is very difficult to detect.
Make it a rule to check for ice. It might be easier to detect from behind the wing than from the leading
edge. It is not sufficient to look at the wing to detect clear ice, use the hand to feel if there is ice. Be
aware that ice may form on the outer part of the wings (outside the tank area) and the horizontal
stabilizers while the wing areas over the fuel tanks are free. This can occur if refueling with fuel
warmer than ambient temperature, typically refueling from a hydrant tank.
The structure behind the wing tank area is made of composite material with different characteristics.
L
- Check full trim travel.
IA
CAUTION: Any abnormal control force or trim end-to-end travel time indicates frozen controls
and the cause must be corrected before take-off
IC
as
well as flaps and aileron for contamination. In darkness use wing inspection light and flashlight to
improve visibility.
Experience from f1ight test with Type IV fluid has shown that, with engines running, the area where
anti-icing fluid starts to deteriorate is inside the nacelle on the left wing.
O
(a) Do not spray heated fluid on cold windows. If necessary remove any fluid from windshields and
passenger compartment windows by rinsing with clean water. Excess fluid on the nose of the
aircraft must be wiped off before take off to ensure that it will not blow back onto the
U
windshields.
(b) Do not spray deicing/anti-icing fluid directly at or into pitot/static tubes, static pressure ports or
the total temperature probe. Fluids containing a thickener must never be allowed to enter pitot
tubes as it does not drain off easily. Fit pitot head covers if there is a possibility that fluid will
enter the pitot tubes.
(c) Do not spray deicing/anti-icing fluid directly into the cooling air scoops, vents, drains and so on.
(d) Deicing or anti-icing of the propeller may be performed by using a brush to apply the fluid or by
the use of spray equipment, provided that no fluid is sprayed directly:
- At the blade root
- Into the blade ports of the spinner
- Into the engine air intake.
Section: 10
Page: 22
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
**ON A/C ALL
IN
TASK 123100910801 (Config A01)
Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing, Standard Practices
1. General
A. The precautions and standard practices given in this procedure gives data to help prevent snow,
PR
ice, and frost to collect on the aircraft. It also includes other related data for the operation of the
aircraft in cold weather. The operator must find and use the correct procedures for the weather
conditions that occur.
Aircraft deicing is a procedure to remove the frost, ice or snow that collects on the aircraft
surfaces. Usually, hot water or a hot mixture of water and deicing/antiicing fluid is applied on
the contaminated surfaces to do this.
NOTE: There is no technical objection to use the infrared energy deicing system as an
alternative deicing method. However, since the infrared energy system can support
L
only the deicing process, airplanes requiring antiicing protection will still need the
application of an appropriate antiicing Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids.
IA
When you deice the aircraft using the infrared energy system, make sure you obey
the precautions that follow:
Refer to the pertinent FAA Advisory Circular dealing with infrared deicing system.
Make sure that all temperatures are within the operational envelope.
IC
Aircraft antiicing is a procedure to help make sure that the ice, snow or frost does not collect
(and become attached) on the aircraft surfaces. The antiicing fluid or a mixture of antiicing fluid
FF
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. It is necessary to remove the snow from the aircraft structure and the area around the aircraft,
specifically during the conditions that follow:
PR
2. Job SetUp Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
C. Reference Information
CSPB001 TASK 491000866802 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Stop Sequence (Usual)
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 313
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 25
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
3. Job SetUp
T
B. Apply electrical power to the aircraft as follows:
(1) For external electrical power source, connect and energize the external ac power
IN
(TASK 244100861801).
(2) For internal electrical power source, start the auxiliary power unit (APU)
(TASK 491000866801).
4. Procedure
PR
A. Make sure the snow is removed from around the nose and main landing gear as follows:
CAUTION: IF THE TIRES ARE FROZEN TO THE GROUND, DO NOT MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. THE TIRES MUST TURN FREELY WHEN YOU MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU RELEASE FROZEN TIRES, DO NOT USE SALT OR OTHER
MATERIALS THAT CAN CAUSE CORROSION. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE AIRCRAFT.
L
(1) If the tires are frozen to the ground, release the tires as follows:
IA
(a) If you use warm air, do the step that follows:
1 Use warm deicing fluid to heat the ground around the tires.
2 Make sure you remove all the unwanted deicing fluid from the area.
FF
NOTE: The deicing fluid can freeze when the temperature decreases or
precipitation falls.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 314
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 26
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU DO WORK ON OR NEAR
THE WINDSHIELD OR THE WINDOWS:
T
STATIC VOLTAGE FOR MANY HOURS AFTER FLIGHT.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE ONLY APPROVED TOOLS THAT CANNOT
SCRATCH THE SURFACES.
IN
MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT HAVE JEWELRY OR OTHER SHARP
OBJECTS ON YOU.
USE ONLY APPROVED CLEANING AGENTS. OTHER SOLVENTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO ACRYLIC SURFACES. THE LIQUID USED IN THIS PROCEDURE
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN AND EYES.
PR
DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE ON THE SURFACE. THE SURFACE CAN
BECOME HOT AND HAVE DEFORMATION.
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
L
B. Use a soft broom to carefully remove all the snow from the aircraft components that follow:
IA
Total air temperature (TAT) probes
Static pressure ports
Angleofattack (AOA) sensors
Antennas
IC
Flight controls
Flight control hinges
Flaps
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 315
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 27
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Fuel drains
NACA vent scoops
Landing gears
T
Landing gear doors
Landing gear bays
IN
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
Auxiliary power unit (APU) inlet and exhaust areas.
PR
C. Remove all remaining snow from the slat and flap as follow:
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE NOT NEAR THE
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES. FLIGHT CONTROL MOVEMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE FLAP SYSTEM COMPONENTS MOVE
FREELY. THE COMPONENTS MUST NOT CATCH ON THE STRUCTURE
WHEN THE FLAPS ARE EXTENDED OR RETRACTED. YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS OR THE STRUCTURE.
(1)
L
On the center pedestal, electrically extend the slats and flaps (TASK 275200864801).
IA
(2) Make sure the flaps and slats extend correctly.
(3) Do a visual examination and manually remove any snow from the components of the wing
that follow:
Slats
(4) If the components are free of snow, electrically retract the slats and flaps
(TASK 275200864802).
NOTE: The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous
and the antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 316
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 28
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
NOTE: The 2step procedure is necessary when precipitation is continuous and the
antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
T
E. In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel, set the switches as follows:
IN
(1) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
(2) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH PROBES to ON.
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PR
PERSONS.
(1) Make sure the pitot static probes are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(2) Make sure the static pressure ports and their areas are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(3) Make sure all the doors are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
L
(4) Make sure all the flight control surfaces and their travel areas are clear of blockage and
unwanted material.
IA
(5) Make sure the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(6) Make sure the engine intakes and exhausts are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
IC
(7) Make sure all inlets, exhaust, and drains are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(8) Make sure the windshields are clean and clear of unwanted material.
(9) Make sure the TAT probes are clear of unwanted material.
FF
(12) Make sure the slats, flaps, spoilers, and the applicable travel areas, are clear of blockage
and unwanted material.
O
G. If necessary, do the snow removal procedure again, until all the snow is removed from the
aircraft.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 317
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 29
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
5. Close Out
T
(1) If internal electrical power was used, shutdown the APU (TASK 491000866802).
(2) If external electrical power was used, do the removal of the external power supply
IN
(TASK 244100861802).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 318
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 30
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
B. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
T
05001A Cloths, cleaning, for aircraft fuel tanks
C. Reference Information
IN
MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION
PR
3. Job SetUp
A. Make sure that all loose snow is removed from the aircraft before you do the deicing/antiicing
procedures (TASK 123100660801).
4. Procedure
WARNING: FOR SUFFICIENT HOLDOVER TIME, MAKE SURE THE FREEZING POINT OF THE
L
DEICING/ANTIICING MIXTURE IS LESS THAN THE AIRCRAFT AND AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES. THE HOLDOVER TIME WILL ALSO DECREASE DURING THE
CONDITIONS THAT FOLLOW:
IA
THERE ARE STRONG WINDS.
THERE IS PRECIPITATION.
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DECREASES.
IC
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, ICE CAN COLLECT ON THE WINGS.
THIS CAN CAUSE THE LOSS OF LIFT THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
FF
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 338
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Mar 25/2012
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 31
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: IF YOU DO THE ANTIICING PROCEDURE MORE THAN ONE TIME, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU ALSO DO THE DEICING PROCEDURE AGAIN. MORE THAN ONE
LAYER OF ANTIICING FLUID WILL CHANGE THE AERODYNAMIC PROPERTY
OF THE WINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
T
TO EQUIPMENT.
A. Obey the precautions and standard practices that follow when you do the deicing/antiicing
IN
procedures:
WARNING: DO NOT LET THE DEICING FLUID GO IN THE APU. DEICING FLUID CAN
CAUSE THE APU SPEED TO BE OUT OF CONTROL. THIS CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
PR
(1) The APU should be shut down for all antiicing/deicing operations.
(2) If it is necessary to operate the engines or the APU while you do the deicing/antiicing
procedures, obey the precautions that follow:
(b) Keep the deicing/antiicing fluid that goes into the engines to a minimum.
(d) Make sure the valves for the air conditioning unit are off.
IC
(3) When deicing the control surfaces, make sure that the ice/snow is not pushed between the
leading edge of the control surface and its adjacent structure.
(4) Remove the snow, frost or ice from all the luggage/cargo before you put them into the cargo
compartment.
FF
(5) Remove the snow, frost or ice from door sills and the door surrounds before the doors are
closed.
(6) Do not directly spray the deicing/antiicing fluid at or into the aircraft components that
follow:
NOTE: Direct spray occurs when the fluid stream hits the aircraft or component, but does
O
not touch another object first. A spray trajectory of more than 10 feet (3m) is
recommended to make sure that the direct spray does not damage the aircraft or
components.
N
Windshields
Side windows
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 339
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 32
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
Angle of attack (AOA) sensors
Static pressure ports
IN
Antennas
Winglets.
Engine intake and exhaust ports
Engine thrust reversers
PR
Fuel drains
NACA vent scoops
Wheels and brakes
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
APU inlet and exhaust areas
Emergency door handles
L
Door and window seals
Landing gear.
IA
(7) If the aircraft is moved from a warm hangar during freezing precipitation, do one of the steps
that follows:
NOTE: Freezing precipitation will melt when it touches the warm surfaces, then freeze to
IC
(a) Do the antiicing procedure before the aircraft is moved out of the warm hangar.
(b) Let the aircraft temperature decrease below freezing, before it is moved out of the
hangar.
FF
(8) If you use warm water to remove the ice and frost, do the steps that follow:
(b) If antiicing fluid is not applied, then keep the aircraft in the warm hanger until it is dry.
O
(9) If possible, increase the temperature of the deicing fluid and water mixture to 180 to 200 F
(174 to 194 C), at the source.
(10) Do not use a continuous flow of deicing fluid directly at one location on the aircraft
N
surfaces.
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 340
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 33
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
(11) Apply the fluid at a low angle to prevent damage to the aircraft surfaces.
(12) Do not use more than 10 psi of pressure to blow the ice and snow off the surfaces.
T
(13) To apply the fluid across a large area of snow or ice, use a light to moderate spray.
IN
(15) Apply the deicing/antiicing fluid from the highest to the lowest areas. This will allow the
hot fluid to work down the surface.
PR
(17) The effect of the deicing/antiicing will decrease with the conditions that follow:
High winds
Winds caused by other aircraft engines
Wet snow
High precipitation
Aircraft skin temperature
L
Fuel temperature in areas near the skin
Sun light.
IA
(18) After the aircraft is operated in very wet snow, do the steps that follow:
(a) Carefully examine the aircraft for snow and damage, in the areas that follow:
The aircraft skin aft of the nose and main landing gears
Engine intake area.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 341
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 34
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
NOTE: Use the recommended concentration of fluid and water mixture for the
applicable weather conditions and temperature.
T
(b) Do the deicing/antiicing procedure as close to flight time as possible.
IN
(c) Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and unwanted material in the engine intake area.
NOTE: Before you start the engines, examine the fan blades for ice and snow.
Make sure to remove all ice and snow with a flow of hot air pointed at these
areas. Ice and snow can cause damage to the engines.
PR
(d) During freezing fog conditions, examine the rear of the fan blades for ice and frost
before you start the engines.
1 Decrease the holdover time, because the deterioration of the fluid mixture will
occur faster.
L
2 Increase the concentration of antiicing fluid and water mixture, as applicable.
IA
B. For short term parking of the aircraft in an open area during cold weather, do the steps that
follow:
NOTE: If at night, make sure that sufficient light is available to do the inspection of the
aircraft.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the aircraft components and areas that follow:
Make sure that the pitot static tubes are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
FF
Make sure that the static pressure ports are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
material.
Make sure that all the door are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
Make sure that the TAT and the AOA are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
Make sure that the windshield are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
O
Make sure that all the flight control surfaces and their travel areas are clear of snow, frost,
ice, and unwanted material.
Make sure that the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of snow, frost, ice,
and unwanted material.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 342
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Mar 25/2012
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 35
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Make sure that the engine intakes and exhausts are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
Make sure that all inlets, exhausts, and drains are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
T
material.
(3) If necessary, do the deicing/antiicing procedure again, until all the snow, frost, and ice is
removed from the critical aircraft components and areas.
IN
5. Close Out
A. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 343
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 36
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. The 1step deicing/antiicing procedure applies a hot deicing/antiicing fluid or mixture of fluid
and water. The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous and the
antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time. The different types of deicing/antiicing
fluids available and their properties are as follows:
Type I deicing/antiicing (thin) fluids usually contain a minimum of 80% Glycol. Type I fluids
PR
are usually used when antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
Type II, Type III, and Type IV deicing/antiicing (thick) fluids usually contain a minimum of
50% Glycol and other additives. Also included is 0 to 50% of water plus other chemicals to help
prevent deterioration of the fluid mixture during icing conditions. Type II, Type III, and Type IV
fluids are usually used when antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
B. During winter operations, deicing/antiicing fluid residue should be periodically removed from
the wing trailing edge (TASK 123100140801).
B. Consumable Materials
FF
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 319
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 37
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
C. Reference Information
T
CSPB001 TASK 123100140801 Removal of SAE TYPE II, III or IV Fluid Residue from
the Wing Trailing Edge
IN
CSPB001 TASK 123100660801 Snow Removal
CSPB001 TASK 123100660803 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing 2Step Procedure
CSPB001 TASK 123100910801 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing, Standard Practices
CSPB001 TASK 215000862802 Release the APU ConditionedAir Pressurization
PR
CSPB001 TASK 215000862806 Release the Engine ConditionedAir Pressurization
CSPB001 TASK 244100861801 Energize the External ACElectrical System
CSPB001 TASK 244100861802 Remove Power from the External ACElectrical
System
3. Job SetUp
D. If the engines or the auxiliary power unit (APU) are not in operation, use external ac power
IC
(TASK 244100861801).
F. Make sure that, on the BLEED AIR panel, the BLEED VALVES switch is set to CLSD.
FF
G. Make sure that, on the AIRCONDITIONING panel, the LR PACK is set to OFF.
H. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the WING switch is set to OFF.
I. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the COWLs LH and RH switches are set to OFF.
J. Make sure that, on the pilot and copilot WIPER panels, the WIPER switch is set to OFF/PARK.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 320
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 38
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINES OR THE APU ARE IN OPERATION WHEN YOU DO THE
DEICING/ANTIICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT ALL BLEED AIR
SOURCES ARE CLOSED. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS.
T
K. If the engines or the APU will be in operation during the deicing/antiicing procedures, do the
following:
IN
(1) Isolate the environmental control system (ECS) from the APU bleed air sources
(TASK 215000862802).
(2) Isolate the ECS from the engine bleed air sources (TASK 215000862806).
4. Procedure
PR
WARNING: WHEN YOU USE DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID, OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT
FOLLOW:
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
AIRCRAFT IN COLD WEATHER DURING CONDITIONS OF HIGH HUMIDITY OR
CONTINUOUS PRECIPITATION:
IC
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 321
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 39
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: FOR SUFFICIENT HOLDOVER TIME, MAKE SURE THE FREEZING POINT OF THE
DEICING/ANTIICING MIXTURE IS LESS THAN THE AIRCRAFT AND AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES. THE HOLDOVER TIME WILL ALSO DECREASE DURING THE
CONDITIONS THAT FOLLOW:
T
THERE ARE STRONG WINDS.
THERE IS PRECIPITATION.
IN
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DECREASES.
THERE ARE WINDS CAUSED BY OTHER AIRCRAFT ENGINES.
THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TEMPERATURE, ADJACENT TO THE SKIN, IS LESS
THAN THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
PR
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, ICE CAN COLLECT ON THE WINGS.
THIS CAN CAUSE THE LOSS OF LIFT THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: IF YOU DO THE ANTIICING PROCEDURE MORE THAN ONE TIME, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU ALSO DO THE DEICING PROCEDURE AGAIN. MORE THAN ONE
LAYER OF ANTIICING FLUID WILL CHANGE THE AERODYNAMIC PROPERTY
OF THE WINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
L
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
IA
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Because of the frequent revision cycle of the data, Hold Over Time (HOT) tables are
available online through your respective aviation authority web site, or through the
following web sites.
http://www.faa.gov/
FF
http://www.tc.gc.ca/
(2) Do not directly spray the deicing/antiicing fluid at or into the aircraft components that
follow:
NOTE: Direct spray occurs when the fluid stream hits the aircraft or component, but does
not touch another object first. A spray trajectory of more than 10 feet (3 m) is
recommended to make sure that the direct spray does not damage the aircraft or
O
components.
Windshields
N
Side windows
Passenger compartment windows
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 322
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 40
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Pitot/static probes
Total air temperature (TAT)
Angle of attack (AOA) sensors
T
Static pressure ports
Antennas
IN
Winglets
Engine intake and exhaust ports
Engine thrust reversers
Fuel drains
PR
NACA vent scoops
Wheels and brakes
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
APU inlet and exhaust areas
Emergency door handles
Door and window seals
L
Landing gear.
IA
(3) For SAE Type I deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum recommended concentration
as follows:
General Note: The temperature of the fluid mixture shall be no less than 140 F (60 C) at the
nozzle.
General Note: To use Type I holdover time guidelines, at least 1 L/m (2 gal/100 ft) must be applied
to the deiced surfaces
General Note: This table is applicable for Type I holdover guidelines. If holdover times are not
required, a temperature of 140 F (60 C) at the nozzle is desirable.
O
Wing skin temperature may be different, and in some cases, lower than the OAT. A
CAUTION:
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
N
(4) For SAE Type II, Type III and Type IV deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum
recommended concentration as follows:
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 323
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 41
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. It is necessary to remove the snow from the aircraft structure and the area around the aircraft,
specifically during the conditions that follow:
PR
the aircraft. Removal of the snow is also necessary before it is possible to move the aircraft.
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
C. Reference Information
CSPB001 TASK 491000866802 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Stop Sequence (Usual)
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 313
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 42
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
3. Job SetUp
T
B. Apply electrical power to the aircraft as follows:
(1) For external electrical power source, connect and energize the external ac power
IN
(TASK 244100861801).
(2) For internal electrical power source, start the auxiliary power unit (APU)
(TASK 491000866801).
4. Procedure
PR
A. Make sure the snow is removed from around the nose and main landing gear as follows:
CAUTION: IF THE TIRES ARE FROZEN TO THE GROUND, DO NOT MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. THE TIRES MUST TURN FREELY WHEN YOU MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU RELEASE FROZEN TIRES, DO NOT USE SALT OR OTHER
MATERIALS THAT CAN CAUSE CORROSION. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE AIRCRAFT.
L
(1) If the tires are frozen to the ground, release the tires as follows:
IA
(a) If you use warm air, do the step that follows:
1 Use warm deicing fluid to heat the ground around the tires.
2 Make sure you remove all the unwanted deicing fluid from the area.
FF
NOTE: The deicing fluid can freeze when the temperature decreases or
precipitation falls.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 314
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 43
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU DO WORK ON OR NEAR
THE WINDSHIELD OR THE WINDOWS:
T
STATIC VOLTAGE FOR MANY HOURS AFTER FLIGHT.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE ONLY APPROVED TOOLS THAT CANNOT
SCRATCH THE SURFACES.
IN
MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT HAVE JEWELRY OR OTHER SHARP
OBJECTS ON YOU.
USE ONLY APPROVED CLEANING AGENTS. OTHER SOLVENTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO ACRYLIC SURFACES. THE LIQUID USED IN THIS PROCEDURE
PR
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN AND EYES.
DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE ON THE SURFACE. THE SURFACE CAN
BECOME HOT AND HAVE DEFORMATION.
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
L
B. Use a soft broom to carefully remove all the snow from the aircraft components that follow:
IA
Total air temperature (TAT) probes
Static pressure ports
Angleofattack (AOA) sensors
Antennas
IC
Flight controls
Flight control hinges
Flaps
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 315
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 44
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Fuel drains
NACA vent scoops
Landing gears
T
Landing gear doors
Landing gear bays
IN
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
Auxiliary power unit (APU) inlet and exhaust areas.
C. Remove all remaining snow from the slat and flap as follow:
PR
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE NOT NEAR THE
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES. FLIGHT CONTROL MOVEMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE FLAP SYSTEM COMPONENTS MOVE
FREELY. THE COMPONENTS MUST NOT CATCH ON THE STRUCTURE
WHEN THE FLAPS ARE EXTENDED OR RETRACTED. YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS OR THE STRUCTURE.
(1)
L
On the center pedestal, electrically extend the slats and flaps (TASK 275200864801).
(4) If the components are free of snow, electrically retract the slats and flaps
(TASK 275200864802).
NOTE: The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous
and the antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 316
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 45
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
NOTE: The 2step procedure is necessary when precipitation is continuous and the
antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
T
E. In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel, set the switches as follows:
IN
(1) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
(2) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH PROBES to ON.
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PR
PERSONS.
(1) Make sure the pitot static probes are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(2) Make sure the static pressure ports and their areas are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(3) Make sure all the doors are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
L
(4) Make sure all the flight control surfaces and their travel areas are clear of blockage and
unwanted material.
IA
(5) Make sure the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(6) Make sure the engine intakes and exhausts are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
IC
(7) Make sure all inlets, exhaust, and drains are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(8) Make sure the windshields are clean and clear of unwanted material.
(9) Make sure the TAT probes are clear of unwanted material.
FF
(12) Make sure the slats, flaps, spoilers, and the applicable travel areas, are clear of blockage
and unwanted material.
O
G. If necessary, do the snow removal procedure again, until all the snow is removed from the
aircraft.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 317
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 46
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
5. Close Out
T
(1) If internal electrical power was used, shutdown the APU (TASK 491000866802).
(2) If external electrical power was used, do the removal of the external power supply
IN
(TASK 244100861802).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 318
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 47
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. The precautions and standard practices given in this procedure gives data to help prevent snow,
ice, and frost to collect on the aircraft. It also includes other related data for the operation of the
aircraft in cold weather. The operator must find and use the correct procedures for the weather
conditions that occur.
Aircraft deicing is a procedure to remove the frost, ice or snow that collects on the aircraft
PR
surfaces. Usually, hot water or a hot mixture of water and deicing/antiicing fluid is applied on
the contaminated surfaces to do this.
NOTE: There is no technical objection to use the infrared energy deicing system as an
alternative deicing method. However, since the infrared energy system can support
only the deicing process, airplanes requiring antiicing protection will still need the
application of an appropriate antiicing Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids.
When you deice the aircraft using the infrared energy system, make sure you obey
the precautions that follow:
L
Refer to the pertinent FAA Advisory Circular dealing with infrared deicing system.
IA
Make sure that all temperatures are within the operational envelope.
Only surfaces heating is delivered to the fuselage.
No overheating and no heat absorption into the cabin is permitted.
Aircraft antiicing is a procedure to help make sure that the ice, snow or frost does not collect
IC
(and become attached) on the aircraft surfaces. The antiicing fluid or a mixture of antiicing fluid
and water is applied to the contaminated surfaces to do this.
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 337
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 48
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
B. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
T
05001A Cloths, cleaning, for aircraft fuel tanks
C. Reference Information
IN
MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION
PR
3. Job SetUp
A. Make sure that all loose snow is removed from the aircraft before you do the deicing/antiicing
procedures (TASK 123100660801).
4. Procedure
WARNING: FOR SUFFICIENT HOLDOVER TIME, MAKE SURE THE FREEZING POINT OF THE
L
DEICING/ANTIICING MIXTURE IS LESS THAN THE AIRCRAFT AND AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES. THE HOLDOVER TIME WILL ALSO DECREASE DURING THE
CONDITIONS THAT FOLLOW:
IA
THERE ARE STRONG WINDS.
THERE IS PRECIPITATION.
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DECREASES.
IC
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, ICE CAN COLLECT ON THE WINGS.
THIS CAN CAUSE THE LOSS OF LIFT THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
FF
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 338
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Mar 25/2012
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 49
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: IF YOU DO THE ANTIICING PROCEDURE MORE THAN ONE TIME, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU ALSO DO THE DEICING PROCEDURE AGAIN. MORE THAN ONE
LAYER OF ANTIICING FLUID WILL CHANGE THE AERODYNAMIC PROPERTY
OF THE WINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
T
TO EQUIPMENT.
A. Obey the precautions and standard practices that follow when you do the deicing/antiicing
IN
procedures:
WARNING: DO NOT LET THE DEICING FLUID GO IN THE APU. DEICING FLUID CAN
CAUSE THE APU SPEED TO BE OUT OF CONTROL. THIS CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
PR
(1) The APU should be shut down for all antiicing/deicing operations.
(2) If it is necessary to operate the engines or the APU while you do the deicing/antiicing
procedures, obey the precautions that follow:
(b) Keep the deicing/antiicing fluid that goes into the engines to a minimum.
(d) Make sure the valves for the air conditioning unit are off.
IC
(3) When deicing the control surfaces, make sure that the ice/snow is not pushed between the
leading edge of the control surface and its adjacent structure.
(4) Remove the snow, frost or ice from all the luggage/cargo before you put them into the cargo
compartment.
FF
(5) Remove the snow, frost or ice from door sills and the door surrounds before the doors are
closed.
(6) Do not directly spray the deicing/antiicing fluid at or into the aircraft components that
follow:
NOTE: Direct spray occurs when the fluid stream hits the aircraft or component, but does
O
not touch another object first. A spray trajectory of more than 10 feet (3m) is
recommended to make sure that the direct spray does not damage the aircraft or
components.
N
Windshields
Side windows
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 339
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 50
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
Angle of attack (AOA) sensors
Static pressure ports
IN
Antennas
Winglets.
Engine intake and exhaust ports
Engine thrust reversers
PR
Fuel drains
NACA vent scoops
Wheels and brakes
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
APU inlet and exhaust areas
Emergency door handles
L
Door and window seals
Landing gear.
IA
(7) If the aircraft is moved from a warm hangar during freezing precipitation, do one of the steps
that follows:
NOTE: Freezing precipitation will melt when it touches the warm surfaces, then freeze to
IC
(a) Do the antiicing procedure before the aircraft is moved out of the warm hangar.
(b) Let the aircraft temperature decrease below freezing, before it is moved out of the
hangar.
FF
(8) If you use warm water to remove the ice and frost, do the steps that follow:
(b) If antiicing fluid is not applied, then keep the aircraft in the warm hanger until it is dry.
O
(9) If possible, increase the temperature of the deicing fluid and water mixture to 180 to 200 F
(174 to 194 C), at the source.
(10) Do not use a continuous flow of deicing fluid directly at one location on the aircraft
N
surfaces.
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 340
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 51
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
(11) Apply the fluid at a low angle to prevent damage to the aircraft surfaces.
(12) Do not use more than 10 psi of pressure to blow the ice and snow off the surfaces.
T
(13) To apply the fluid across a large area of snow or ice, use a light to moderate spray.
IN
(15) Apply the deicing/antiicing fluid from the highest to the lowest areas. This will allow the
hot fluid to work down the surface.
PR
(17) The effect of the deicing/antiicing will decrease with the conditions that follow:
High winds
Winds caused by other aircraft engines
Wet snow
High precipitation
Aircraft skin temperature
L
Fuel temperature in areas near the skin
Sun light.
IA
(18) After the aircraft is operated in very wet snow, do the steps that follow:
(a) Carefully examine the aircraft for snow and damage, in the areas that follow:
The aircraft skin aft of the nose and main landing gears
Engine intake area.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 341
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 52
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
NOTE: Use the recommended concentration of fluid and water mixture for the
applicable weather conditions and temperature.
T
(b) Do the deicing/antiicing procedure as close to flight time as possible.
IN
(c) Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and unwanted material in the engine intake area.
NOTE: Before you start the engines, examine the fan blades for ice and snow.
Make sure to remove all ice and snow with a flow of hot air pointed at these
areas. Ice and snow can cause damage to the engines.
PR
(d) During freezing fog conditions, examine the rear of the fan blades for ice and frost
before you start the engines.
1 Decrease the holdover time, because the deterioration of the fluid mixture will
occur faster.
L
2 Increase the concentration of antiicing fluid and water mixture, as applicable.
IA
B. For short term parking of the aircraft in an open area during cold weather, do the steps that
follow:
NOTE: If at night, make sure that sufficient light is available to do the inspection of the
aircraft.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the aircraft components and areas that follow:
Make sure that the pitot static tubes are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
FF
Make sure that the static pressure ports are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
material.
Make sure that all the door are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
Make sure that the TAT and the AOA are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
Make sure that the windshield are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
O
Make sure that all the flight control surfaces and their travel areas are clear of snow, frost,
ice, and unwanted material.
Make sure that the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of snow, frost, ice,
and unwanted material.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 342
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Mar 25/2012
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 53
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Make sure that the engine intakes and exhausts are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
Make sure that all inlets, exhausts, and drains are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
T
material.
(3) If necessary, do the deicing/antiicing procedure again, until all the snow, frost, and ice is
removed from the critical aircraft components and areas.
IN
5. Close Out
A. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 343
See first effectivity on page 337 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 54
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. It is necessary to remove the snow from the aircraft structure and the area around the aircraft,
specifically during the conditions that follow:
PR
2. Job SetUp Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
C. Reference Information
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 313
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 55
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
3. Job SetUp
T
B. Apply electrical power to the aircraft as follows:
(1) For external electrical power source, connect and energize the external ac power
IN
(TASK 244100861801).
(2) For internal electrical power source, start the auxiliary power unit (APU)
(TASK 491000866801).
4. Procedure
PR
A. Make sure the snow is removed from around the nose and main landing gear as follows:
CAUTION: IF THE TIRES ARE FROZEN TO THE GROUND, DO NOT MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. THE TIRES MUST TURN FREELY WHEN YOU MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU RELEASE FROZEN TIRES, DO NOT USE SALT OR OTHER
MATERIALS THAT CAN CAUSE CORROSION. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE AIRCRAFT.
L
(1) If the tires are frozen to the ground, release the tires as follows:
IA
(a) If you use warm air, do the step that follows:
1 Use warm deicing fluid to heat the ground around the tires.
2 Make sure you remove all the unwanted deicing fluid from the area.
FF
NOTE: The deicing fluid can freeze when the temperature decreases or
precipitation falls.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 314
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 56
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU DO WORK ON OR NEAR
THE WINDSHIELD OR THE WINDOWS:
T
STATIC VOLTAGE FOR MANY HOURS AFTER FLIGHT.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE ONLY APPROVED TOOLS THAT CANNOT
SCRATCH THE SURFACES.
IN
MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT HAVE JEWELRY OR OTHER SHARP
OBJECTS ON YOU.
USE ONLY APPROVED CLEANING AGENTS. OTHER SOLVENTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO ACRYLIC SURFACES. THE LIQUID USED IN THIS PROCEDURE
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN AND EYES.
PR
DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE ON THE SURFACE. THE SURFACE CAN
BECOME HOT AND HAVE DEFORMATION.
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
L
B. Use a soft broom to carefully remove all the snow from the aircraft components that follow:
IA
Total air temperature (TAT) probes
Static pressure ports
Angleofattack (AOA) sensors
Antennas
IC
Flight controls
Flight control hinges
Flaps
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 315
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 57
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Fuel drains
NACA vent scoops
Landing gears
T
Landing gear doors
Landing gear bays
IN
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
Auxiliary power unit (APU) inlet and exhaust areas.
PR
C. Remove all remaining snow from the slat and flap as follow:
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE NOT NEAR THE
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES. FLIGHT CONTROL MOVEMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE FLAP SYSTEM COMPONENTS MOVE
FREELY. THE COMPONENTS MUST NOT CATCH ON THE STRUCTURE
WHEN THE FLAPS ARE EXTENDED OR RETRACTED. YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS OR THE STRUCTURE.
(1)
L
On the center pedestal, electrically extend the slats and flaps (TASK 275200864801).
IA
(2) Make sure the flaps and slats extend correctly.
(3) Do a visual examination and manually remove any snow from the components of the wing
that follow:
Slats
(4) If the components are free of snow, electrically retract the slats and flaps
(TASK 275200864802).
NOTE: The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous
and the antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 316
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 58
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
NOTE: The 2step procedure is necessary when precipitation is continuous and the
antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
T
E. In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel, set the switches as follows:
IN
(1) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
(2) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH PROBES to ON.
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PR
PERSONS.
(1) Make sure the pitot static probes are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(2) Make sure the static pressure ports and their areas are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(3) Make sure all the doors are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
L
(4) Make sure all the flight control surfaces and their travel areas are clear of blockage and
unwanted material.
IA
(5) Make sure the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(6) Make sure the engine intakes and exhausts are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
IC
(7) Make sure all inlets, exhaust, and drains are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(8) Make sure the windshields are clean and clear of unwanted material.
(9) Make sure the TAT probes are clear of unwanted material.
FF
(12) Make sure the slats, flaps, spoilers, and the applicable travel areas, are clear of blockage
and unwanted material.
O
G. If necessary, do the snow removal procedure again, until all the snow is removed from the
aircraft.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 317
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 59
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
5. Close Out
T
(1) If internal electrical power was used, shutdown the APU (TASK 491000866802).
(2) If external electrical power was used, do the removal of the external power supply
IN
(TASK 244100861802).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 318
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 60
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. It is necessary to remove the snow from the aircraft structure and the area around the aircraft,
specifically during the conditions that follow:
PR
2. Job SetUp Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
C. Reference Information
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 313
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 61
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
3. Job SetUp
T
B. Apply electrical power to the aircraft as follows:
(1) For external electrical power source, connect and energize the external ac power
IN
(TASK 244100861801).
(2) For internal electrical power source, start the auxiliary power unit (APU)
(TASK 491000866801).
4. Procedure
PR
A. Make sure the snow is removed from around the nose and main landing gear as follows:
CAUTION: IF THE TIRES ARE FROZEN TO THE GROUND, DO NOT MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. THE TIRES MUST TURN FREELY WHEN YOU MOVE THE
AIRCRAFT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: WHEN YOU RELEASE FROZEN TIRES, DO NOT USE SALT OR OTHER
MATERIALS THAT CAN CAUSE CORROSION. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE AIRCRAFT.
L
(1) If the tires are frozen to the ground, release the tires as follows:
IA
(a) If you use warm air, do the step that follows:
1 Use warm deicing fluid to heat the ground around the tires.
2 Make sure you remove all the unwanted deicing fluid from the area.
FF
NOTE: The deicing fluid can freeze when the temperature decreases or
precipitation falls.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 314
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 62
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU DO WORK ON OR NEAR
THE WINDSHIELD OR THE WINDOWS:
T
STATIC VOLTAGE FOR MANY HOURS AFTER FLIGHT.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE ONLY APPROVED TOOLS THAT CANNOT
SCRATCH THE SURFACES.
IN
MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT HAVE JEWELRY OR OTHER SHARP
OBJECTS ON YOU.
USE ONLY APPROVED CLEANING AGENTS. OTHER SOLVENTS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO ACRYLIC SURFACES. THE LIQUID USED IN THIS PROCEDURE
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN AND EYES.
PR
DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE ON THE SURFACE. THE SURFACE CAN
BECOME HOT AND HAVE DEFORMATION.
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
L
B. Use a soft broom to carefully remove all the snow from the aircraft components that follow:
IA
Total air temperature (TAT) probes
Static pressure ports
Angleofattack (AOA) sensors
Antennas
IC
Flight controls
Flight control hinges
Flaps
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 315
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 63
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Fuel drains
NACA vent scoops
Landing gears
T
Landing gear doors
Landing gear bays
IN
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
Auxiliary power unit (APU) inlet and exhaust areas.
PR
C. Remove all remaining snow from the slat and flap as follow:
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT ARE NOT NEAR THE
FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES. FLIGHT CONTROL MOVEMENT CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE FLAP SYSTEM COMPONENTS MOVE
FREELY. THE COMPONENTS MUST NOT CATCH ON THE STRUCTURE
WHEN THE FLAPS ARE EXTENDED OR RETRACTED. YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS OR THE STRUCTURE.
(1)
L
On the center pedestal, electrically extend the slats and flaps (TASK 275200864801).
IA
(2) Make sure the flaps and slats extend correctly.
(3) Do a visual examination and manually remove any snow from the components of the wing
that follow:
Slats
(4) If the components are free of snow, electrically retract the slats and flaps
(TASK 275200864802).
NOTE: The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous
and the antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 316
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 64
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
NOTE: The 2step procedure is necessary when precipitation is continuous and the
antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
T
E. In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel, set the switches as follows:
IN
(1) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
(2) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH PROBES to ON.
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PR
PERSONS.
(1) Make sure the pitot static probes are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(2) Make sure the static pressure ports and their areas are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(3) Make sure all the doors are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
L
(4) Make sure all the flight control surfaces and their travel areas are clear of blockage and
unwanted material.
IA
(5) Make sure the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of blockage and unwanted
material.
(6) Make sure the engine intakes and exhausts are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
IC
(7) Make sure all inlets, exhaust, and drains are clear of blockage and unwanted material.
(8) Make sure the windshields are clean and clear of unwanted material.
(9) Make sure the TAT probes are clear of unwanted material.
FF
(12) Make sure the slats, flaps, spoilers, and the applicable travel areas, are clear of blockage
and unwanted material.
O
G. If necessary, do the snow removal procedure again, until all the snow is removed from the
aircraft.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 317
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 65
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
5. Close Out
T
(1) If internal electrical power was used, shutdown the APU (TASK 491000866802).
(2) If external electrical power was used, do the removal of the external power supply
IN
(TASK 244100861802).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 318
See first effectivity on page 313 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 66
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. The 1step deicing/antiicing procedure applies a hot deicing/antiicing fluid or mixture of fluid
and water. The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous and the
antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time. The different types of deicing/antiicing
fluids available and their properties are as follows:
Type I deicing/antiicing (thin) fluids usually contain a minimum of 80% Glycol. Type I fluids
PR
are usually used when antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
Type II, Type III, and Type IV deicing/antiicing (thick) fluids usually contain a minimum of
50% Glycol and other additives. Also included is 0 to 50% of water plus other chemicals to help
prevent deterioration of the fluid mixture during icing conditions. Type II, Type III, and Type IV
fluids are usually used when antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
B. During winter operations, deicing/antiicing fluid residue should be periodically removed from
the wing trailing edge (TASK 123100140801).
B. Consumable Materials
FF
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 319
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 67
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
C. Reference Information
T
CSPB001 TASK 123100140801 Removal of SAE TYPE II, III or IV Fluid Residue from
the Wing Trailing Edge
IN
CSPB001 TASK 123100660801 Snow Removal
CSPB001 TASK 123100660803 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing 2Step Procedure
CSPB001 TASK 123100910801 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing, Standard Practices
CSPB001 TASK 215000862802 Release the APU ConditionedAir Pressurization
PR
CSPB001 TASK 215000862806 Release the Engine ConditionedAir Pressurization
CSPB001 TASK 244100861801 Energize the External ACElectrical System
CSPB001 TASK 244100861802 Remove Power from the External ACElectrical
System
3. Job SetUp
D. If the engines or the auxiliary power unit (APU) are not in operation, use external ac power
IC
(TASK 244100861801).
F. Make sure that, on the BLEED AIR panel, the BLEED VALVES switch is set to CLSD.
FF
G. Make sure that, on the AIRCONDITIONING panel, the LR PACK is set to OFF.
H. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the WING switch is set to OFF.
I. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the COWLs LH and RH switches are set to OFF.
J. Make sure that, on the pilot and copilot WIPER panels, the WIPER switch is set to OFF/PARK.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 320
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 68
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINES OR THE APU ARE IN OPERATION WHEN YOU DO THE
DEICING/ANTIICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT ALL BLEED AIR
SOURCES ARE CLOSED. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS.
T
K. If the engines or the APU will be in operation during the deicing/antiicing procedures, do the
following:
IN
(1) Isolate the environmental control system (ECS) from the APU bleed air sources
(TASK 215000862802).
(2) Isolate the ECS from the engine bleed air sources (TASK 215000862806).
4. Procedure
PR
WARNING: WHEN YOU USE DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID, OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT
FOLLOW:
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
AIRCRAFT IN COLD WEATHER DURING CONDITIONS OF HIGH HUMIDITY OR
CONTINUOUS PRECIPITATION:
IC
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 321
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 69
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: FOR SUFFICIENT HOLDOVER TIME, MAKE SURE THE FREEZING POINT OF THE
DEICING/ANTIICING MIXTURE IS LESS THAN THE AIRCRAFT AND AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES. THE HOLDOVER TIME WILL ALSO DECREASE DURING THE
CONDITIONS THAT FOLLOW:
T
THERE ARE STRONG WINDS.
THERE IS PRECIPITATION.
IN
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DECREASES.
THERE ARE WINDS CAUSED BY OTHER AIRCRAFT ENGINES.
THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TEMPERATURE, ADJACENT TO THE SKIN, IS LESS
THAN THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
PR
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, ICE CAN COLLECT ON THE WINGS.
THIS CAN CAUSE THE LOSS OF LIFT THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: IF YOU DO THE ANTIICING PROCEDURE MORE THAN ONE TIME, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU ALSO DO THE DEICING PROCEDURE AGAIN. MORE THAN ONE
LAYER OF ANTIICING FLUID WILL CHANGE THE AERODYNAMIC PROPERTY
OF THE WINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
L
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
IA
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Because of the frequent revision cycle of the data, Hold Over Time (HOT) tables are
available online through your respective aviation authority web site, or through the
following web sites.
http://www.faa.gov/
FF
http://www.tc.gc.ca/
(2) Do not directly spray the deicing/antiicing fluid at or into the aircraft components that
follow:
NOTE: Direct spray occurs when the fluid stream hits the aircraft or component, but does
not touch another object first. A spray trajectory of more than 10 feet (3 m) is
recommended to make sure that the direct spray does not damage the aircraft or
O
components.
Windshields
N
Side windows
Passenger compartment windows
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 322
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 70
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Pitot/static probes
Total air temperature (TAT)
Angle of attack (AOA) sensors
T
Static pressure ports
Antennas
IN
Winglets
Engine intake and exhaust ports
Engine thrust reversers
Fuel drains
PR
NACA vent scoops
Wheels and brakes
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
APU inlet and exhaust areas
Emergency door handles
Door and window seals
L
Landing gear.
IA
(3) For SAE Type I deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum recommended concentration
as follows:
General Note: The temperature of the fluid mixture shall be no less than 140 F (60 C) at the
nozzle.
General Note: To use Type I holdover time guidelines, at least 1 L/m (2 gal/100 ft) must be applied
to the deiced surfaces
General Note: This table is applicable for Type I holdover guidelines. If holdover times are not
required, a temperature of 140 F (60 C) at the nozzle is desirable.
O
Wing skin temperature may be different, and in some cases, lower than the OAT. A
CAUTION:
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
N
(4) For SAE Type II, Type III and Type IV deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum
recommended concentration as follows:
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 323
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 71
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
MINIMUM CONCENTRATION OF SAE TYPE II , TYPE III, AND TYPE IV DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID
IN RELATION TO OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
T
(OAT) (FLUID / WATER MIXTURE) in %
(50 / 50) Heated mixture of Type II, Type III, or Type IV Fluid
3 C (27 F) and above
IN
(CAUTION)
Below 3 C (27 F) to 14 C (7
(75 / 25) Heated mixture of Type II , Type III, or Type IV Fluid
F)
Below 14 C (7 F) to 25 C
(100 / 0) Heated Type II, Type III, or Type IV Fluid
(13 F)
PR
SAE Type II, Type III or Type IV fluid may be used, provided that the
freeze point of the fluid is a minimum of 7 C (13 F) below the OAT.
Below 25 C (13 F)
Consider the use of SAE Type I fluid when Type II, Type III, or Type IV
cannot be used.
For heated fluids, a fluid temperature of not less than 140 F (60 C) at the nozzle is
Note:
recommended.
Wing skin temperature may be different, and in some cases, lower than the OAT. A
CAUTION:
L
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
CAUTION: Because of possible fluid freezing, 50/50 Type II, Type III, or Type IV fluid shall not be
used as an antiicing step on a cold soaked wing. This can be identified by the presence
IA
of ice or frost on the lower surface of the wing, in the area of the fuel tank.
NOTE: Make sure you apply the deicing/antiicing mixture equally to both sides of the
IC
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
elevators travel area.
FF
(a) Start at the outboard of the horizontal stabilizer and work inboard.
(b) Spray the horizontal stabilizer from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
(a) Start at the top of the vertical stabilizer, and apply the deicing.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
rudder travel area.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 324
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 72
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
(3) Apply deicing/antiicing fluid to the permitted area of the fuselage as follows:
NOTE: Frost on the upper surface of the fuselage is not considered to be critical if it is
possible to distinguish features (markings and lines). Frost in excess of this must
T
be removed from the fuselage.
(a) Spray the fuselage from the top center to the bottom.
IN
NOTE: Do not spray deicing/antiicing type II and IV fluid to these components:
PR
Windshields and side windows
Lower side of radome
Engine cowlings and thrust reverser components
Engine and APU air intakes
NACA vent scoops.
(b)
L
Spray the fuselage from the forward section to the aft section.
(b) Spray the wing from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
IC
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow and other unwanted material in the
ailerons, flaps and slats travel area.
(5) In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel set the switches as follows:
(a) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
(b) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH PROBES to ON.
O
C. Use a nolint cloth to remove the deicing/antiicing fluid leakage from the aircraft components
where protection is not wanted.
D. If necessary, remove the unwanted antiice/deicing fluid from the wing trailing edge
N
(TASK 123100140801).
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 325
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 73
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS.
T
E. Do a visual inspection of the aircraft components and areas as follows:
(1) Make sure that the pitot static tubes are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
IN
(2) Make sure that the static pressure ports are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(3) Make sure that all the doors are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(4) Make sure that all the flight control surfaces and travel areas are clear of snow, frost, ice,
PR
and unwanted material.
(5) Make sure that the wing and tail surfaces are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
material.
NOTE: Light frost underside (bottom) of the wing fuel tank area is permitted to a
maximum 1/8 inch 0.125 in. (3 mm) layer of frost.
(6) Make sure that all the aerodynamic seals for the primary flight controls are clear of snow,
frost, ice, and unwanted material.
L
(7) Make sure that the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
IA
(8) Make sure that the engine and APU intakes and exhausts are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
(9) Make sure that all inlets, exhausts, and drains are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
IC
material.
F. If necessary, do the deicing/antiicing procedure again, until all the snow, frost, and ice is
removed from the aircraft.
(1) Operate, through the full travel range, the flight control surfaces that follow:
NOTE: Make sure a member of the ground crew can see the control surfaces move the
full travel range.
The ailerons
O
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 326
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 74
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
The elevators.
(2) If you are not sure of the safety of the aircraft, immediately speak with the flight crew, and
make a report of what you have seen.
T
5. Close Out
IN
A. Remove the external ac power if you have use it (TASK 244100861802).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 327
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 75
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. The 1step deicing/antiicing procedure applies a hot deicing/antiicing fluid or mixture of fluid
and water. The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous and the
antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time. The different types of deicing/antiicing
fluids available and their properties are as follows:
Type I deicing/antiicing (thin) fluids usually contain a minimum of 80% Glycol. Type I fluids
PR
are usually used when antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
Type II, Type III, and Type IV deicing/antiicing (thick) fluids usually contain a minimum of
50% Glycol and other additives. Also included is 0 to 50% of water plus other chemicals to help
prevent deterioration of the fluid mixture during icing conditions. Type II, Type III, and Type IV
fluids are usually used when antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
B. During winter operations, deicing/antiicing fluid residue should be periodically removed from
the wing trailing edge (TASK 123100140801).
B. Consumable Materials
FF
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 319
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 76
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
C. Reference Information
T
CSPB001 TASK 123100140801 Removal of SAE TYPE II, III or IV Fluid Residue from
the Wing Trailing Edge
CSPB001 TASK 123100660801 Snow Removal
IN
CSPB001 TASK 123100660803 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing 2Step Procedure
CSPB001 TASK 123100910801 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing, Standard Practices
CSPB001 TASK 215000862802 Release the APU ConditionedAir Pressurization
CSPB001 TASK 215000862806 Release the Engine ConditionedAir Pressurization
PR
CSPB001 TASK 244100861801 Energize the External ACElectrical System
CSPB001 TASK 244100861802 Remove Power from the External ACElectrical
System
3. Job SetUp
D. If the engines or the auxiliary power unit (APU) are not in operation, use external ac power
IC
(TASK 244100861801).
F. Make sure that, on the BLEED AIR panel, the BLEED VALVES switch is set to CLSD.
FF
G. Make sure that, on the AIRCONDITIONING panel, the LR PACK is set to OFF.
H. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the WING switch is set to OFF.
I. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the COWLs LH and RH switches are set to OFF.
J. Make sure that, on the pilot and copilot WIPER panels, the WIPER switch is set to OFF/PARK.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 320
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 77
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINES OR THE APU ARE IN OPERATION WHEN YOU DO THE
DEICING/ANTIICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT ALL BLEED AIR
SOURCES ARE CLOSED. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS.
T
K. If the engines or the APU will be in operation during the deicing/antiicing procedures, do the
following:
IN
(1) Isolate the environmental control system (ECS) from the APU bleed air sources
(TASK 215000862802).
(2) Isolate the ECS from the engine bleed air sources (TASK 215000862806).
4. Procedure
PR
WARNING: WHEN YOU USE DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID, OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT
FOLLOW:
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
AIRCRAFT IN COLD WEATHER DURING CONDITIONS OF HIGH HUMIDITY OR
CONTINUOUS PRECIPITATION:
IC
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 321
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 78
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: FOR SUFFICIENT HOLDOVER TIME, MAKE SURE THE FREEZING POINT OF THE
DEICING/ANTIICING MIXTURE IS LESS THAN THE AIRCRAFT AND AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES. THE HOLDOVER TIME WILL ALSO DECREASE DURING THE
CONDITIONS THAT FOLLOW:
T
THERE ARE STRONG WINDS.
THERE IS PRECIPITATION.
IN
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DECREASES.
THERE ARE WINDS CAUSED BY OTHER AIRCRAFT ENGINES.
THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TEMPERATURE, ADJACENT TO THE SKIN, IS LESS
THAN THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
PR
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, ICE CAN COLLECT ON THE WINGS.
THIS CAN CAUSE THE LOSS OF LIFT THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: IF YOU DO THE ANTIICING PROCEDURE MORE THAN ONE TIME, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU ALSO DO THE DEICING PROCEDURE AGAIN. MORE THAN ONE
LAYER OF ANTIICING FLUID WILL CHANGE THE AERODYNAMIC PROPERTY
OF THE WINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
L
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
IA
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Because of the frequent revision cycle of the data, Hold Over Time (HOT) tables are
available online through your respective aviation authority web site, or through the
following web sites.
http://www.faa.gov/
http://www.tc.gc.ca/
FF
(2) Do not directly spray the deicing/antiicing fluid at or into the aircraft components that
follow:
NOTE: Direct spray occurs when the fluid stream hits the aircraft or component, but does
not touch another object first. A spray trajectory of more than 10 feet (3 m) is
recommended to make sure that the direct spray does not damage the aircraft or
O
components.
Windshields
Side windows
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 322
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 79
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Pitot/static probes
Total air temperature (TAT)
Angle of attack (AOA) sensors
T
Static pressure ports
Antennas
IN
Winglets
Engine intake and exhaust ports
Engine thrust reversers
Fuel drains
PR
NACA vent scoops
Wheels and brakes
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
APU inlet and exhaust areas
Emergency door handles
Door and window seals
L
Landing gear.
IA
(3) For SAE Type I deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum recommended concentration
as follows:
General Note: The temperature of the fluid mixture shall be no less than 140 F (60 C) at the
nozzle.
General Note: To use Type I holdover time guidelines, at least 1 L/m (2 gal/100 ft) must be applied
to the deiced surfaces
General Note: This table is applicable for Type I holdover guidelines. If holdover times are not
O
(4) For SAE Type II, Type III and Type IV deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum
recommended concentration as follows:
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 323
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 80
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
MINIMUM CONCENTRATION OF SAE TYPE II , TYPE III, AND TYPE IV DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID
IN RELATION TO OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
T
(OAT) (FLUID / WATER MIXTURE) in %
(50 / 50) Heated mixture of Type II, Type III, or Type IV Fluid
3 C (27 F) and above
IN
(CAUTION)
Below 3 C (27 F) to 14 C (7
(75 / 25) Heated mixture of Type II , Type III, or Type IV Fluid
F)
Below 14 C (7 F) to 25 C
(100 / 0) Heated Type II, Type III, or Type IV Fluid
(13 F)
PR
SAE Type II, Type III or Type IV fluid may be used, provided that the
freeze point of the fluid is a minimum of 7 C (13 F) below the OAT.
Below 25 C (13 F)
Consider the use of SAE Type I fluid when Type II, Type III, or Type IV
cannot be used.
For heated fluids, a fluid temperature of not less than 140 F (60 C) at the nozzle is
Note:
recommended.
Wing skin temperature may be different, and in some cases, lower than the OAT. A
CAUTION:
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
CAUTION:
L
Because of possible fluid freezing, 50/50 Type II, Type III, or Type IV fluid shall not be
used as an antiicing step on a cold soaked wing. This can be identified by the presence
IA
of ice or frost on the lower surface of the wing, in the area of the fuel tank.
NOTE: Make sure you apply the deicing/antiicing mixture equally to both sides of the
IC
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
elevators travel area.
FF
(a) Start at the outboard of the horizontal stabilizer and work inboard.
(b) Spray the horizontal stabilizer from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
(a) Start at the top of the vertical stabilizer, and apply the deicing.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
rudder travel area.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 324
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 81
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
(3) Apply deicing/antiicing fluid to the permitted area of the fuselage as follows:
NOTE: Frost on the upper surface of the fuselage is not considered to be critical if it is
possible to distinguish features (markings and lines). Frost in excess of this must
T
be removed from the fuselage.
(a) Spray the fuselage from the top center to the bottom.
IN
NOTE: Do not spray deicing/antiicing type II and IV fluid to these components:
PR
Windshields and side windows
Lower side of radome
Engine cowlings and thrust reverser components
Engine and APU air intakes
NACA vent scoops.
(b)
L
Spray the fuselage from the forward section to the aft section.
(b) Spray the wing from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
IC
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow and other unwanted material in the
ailerons, flaps and slats travel area.
(5) In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel set the switches as follows:
(a) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
(b) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH PROBES to ON.
O
C. Use a nolint cloth to remove the deicing/antiicing fluid leakage from the aircraft components
where protection is not wanted.
N
D. If necessary, remove the unwanted antiice/deicing fluid from the wing trailing edge
(TASK 123100140801).
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 325
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 82
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS.
T
E. Do a visual inspection of the aircraft components and areas as follows:
(1) Make sure that the pitot static tubes are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
IN
(2) Make sure that the static pressure ports are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(3) Make sure that all the doors are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(4) Make sure that all the flight control surfaces and travel areas are clear of snow, frost, ice,
PR
and unwanted material.
(5) Make sure that the wing and tail surfaces are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
material.
NOTE: Light frost underside (bottom) of the wing fuel tank area is permitted to a
maximum 1/8 inch 0.125 in. (3 mm) layer of frost.
(6) Make sure that all the aerodynamic seals for the primary flight controls are clear of snow,
frost, ice, and unwanted material.
L
(7) Make sure that the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
IA
(8) Make sure that the engine and APU intakes and exhausts are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
(9) Make sure that all inlets, exhausts, and drains are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
IC
material.
F. If necessary, do the deicing/antiicing procedure again, until all the snow, frost, and ice is
removed from the aircraft.
(1) Operate, through the full travel range, the flight control surfaces that follow:
NOTE: Make sure a member of the ground crew can see the control surfaces move the
full travel range.
The ailerons
O
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 326
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 83
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
The elevators.
(2) If you are not sure of the safety of the aircraft, immediately speak with the flight crew, and
make a report of what you have seen.
T
5. Close Out
IN
A. Remove the external ac power if you have use it (TASK 244100861802).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 327
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 84
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. The 1step deicing/antiicing procedure applies a hot deicing/antiicing fluid or mixture of fluid
and water. The 1step procedure is usually done when the precipitation is not continuous and the
antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time. The different types of deicing/antiicing
fluids available and their properties are as follows:
Type I deicing/antiicing (thin) fluids usually contain a minimum of 80% Glycol. Type I fluids
PR
are usually used when antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
Type II, Type III, and Type IV deicing/antiicing (thick) fluids usually contain a minimum of
50% Glycol and other additives. Also included is 0 to 50% of water plus other chemicals to help
prevent deterioration of the fluid mixture during icing conditions. Type II, Type III, and Type IV
fluids are usually used when antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
B. During winter operations, deicing/antiicing fluid residue should be periodically removed from
the wing trailing edge (TASK 123100140801).
B. Consumable Materials
FF
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 319
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 85
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
C. Reference Information
T
CSPB001 TASK 123100140801 Removal of SAE TYPE II, III or IV Fluid Residue from
the Wing Trailing Edge
IN
CSPB001 TASK 123100660801 Snow Removal
CSPB001 TASK 123100660803 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing 2Step Procedure
CSPB001 TASK 123100910801 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing, Standard Practices
CSPB001 TASK 215000862802 Release the APU ConditionedAir Pressurization
PR
CSPB001 TASK 215000862806 Release the Engine ConditionedAir Pressurization
CSPB001 TASK 244100861801 Energize the External ACElectrical System
CSPB001 TASK 244100861802 Remove Power from the External ACElectrical
System
3. Job SetUp
D. If the engines or the auxiliary power unit (APU) are not in operation, use external ac power
IC
(TASK 244100861801).
F. Make sure that, on the BLEED AIR panel, the BLEED VALVES switch is set to CLSD.
FF
G. Make sure that, on the AIRCONDITIONING panel, the LR PACK is set to OFF.
H. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the WING switch is set to OFF.
I. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the COWLs LH and RH switches are set to OFF.
J. Make sure that, on the pilot and copilot WIPER panels, the WIPER switch is set to OFF/PARK.
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 320
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 86
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINES OR THE APU ARE IN OPERATION WHEN YOU DO THE
DEICING/ANTIICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT ALL BLEED AIR
SOURCES ARE CLOSED. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS.
T
K. If the engines or the APU will be in operation during the deicing/antiicing procedures, do the
following:
IN
(1) Isolate the environmental control system (ECS) from the APU bleed air sources
(TASK 215000862802).
(2) Isolate the ECS from the engine bleed air sources (TASK 215000862806).
4. Procedure
PR
WARNING: WHEN YOU USE DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID, OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT
FOLLOW:
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
AIRCRAFT IN COLD WEATHER DURING CONDITIONS OF HIGH HUMIDITY OR
CONTINUOUS PRECIPITATION:
IC
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 321
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 87
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: FOR SUFFICIENT HOLDOVER TIME, MAKE SURE THE FREEZING POINT OF THE
DEICING/ANTIICING MIXTURE IS LESS THAN THE AIRCRAFT AND AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES. THE HOLDOVER TIME WILL ALSO DECREASE DURING THE
CONDITIONS THAT FOLLOW:
T
THERE ARE STRONG WINDS.
THERE IS PRECIPITATION.
IN
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DECREASES.
THERE ARE WINDS CAUSED BY OTHER AIRCRAFT ENGINES.
THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TEMPERATURE, ADJACENT TO THE SKIN, IS LESS
THAN THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
PR
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, ICE CAN COLLECT ON THE WINGS.
THIS CAN CAUSE THE LOSS OF LIFT THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: IF YOU DO THE ANTIICING PROCEDURE MORE THAN ONE TIME, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU ALSO DO THE DEICING PROCEDURE AGAIN. MORE THAN ONE
LAYER OF ANTIICING FLUID WILL CHANGE THE AERODYNAMIC PROPERTY
OF THE WINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
L
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
IA
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Because of the frequent revision cycle of the data, Hold Over Time (HOT) tables are
available online through your respective aviation authority web site, or through the
following web sites.
http://www.faa.gov/
FF
http://www.tc.gc.ca/
(2) Do not directly spray the deicing/antiicing fluid at or into the aircraft components that
follow:
NOTE: Direct spray occurs when the fluid stream hits the aircraft or component, but does
not touch another object first. A spray trajectory of more than 10 feet (3 m) is
recommended to make sure that the direct spray does not damage the aircraft or
O
components.
Windshields
N
Side windows
Passenger compartment windows
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 322
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 88
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Pitot/static probes
Total air temperature (TAT)
Angle of attack (AOA) sensors
T
Static pressure ports
Antennas
IN
Winglets
Engine intake and exhaust ports
Engine thrust reversers
Fuel drains
PR
NACA vent scoops
Wheels and brakes
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
APU inlet and exhaust areas
Emergency door handles
Door and window seals
L
Landing gear.
IA
(3) For SAE Type I deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum recommended concentration
as follows:
General Note: The temperature of the fluid mixture shall be no less than 140 F (60 C) at the
nozzle.
General Note: To use Type I holdover time guidelines, at least 1 L/m (2 gal/100 ft) must be applied
to the deiced surfaces
General Note: This table is applicable for Type I holdover guidelines. If holdover times are not
required, a temperature of 140 F (60 C) at the nozzle is desirable.
O
Wing skin temperature may be different, and in some cases, lower than the OAT. A
CAUTION:
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
N
(4) For SAE Type II, Type III and Type IV deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the minimum
recommended concentration as follows:
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 323
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 89
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
MINIMUM CONCENTRATION OF SAE TYPE II , TYPE III, AND TYPE IV DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID
IN RELATION TO OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
T
(OAT) (FLUID / WATER MIXTURE) in %
(50 / 50) Heated mixture of Type II, Type III, or Type IV Fluid
3 C (27 F) and above
IN
(CAUTION)
Below 3 C (27 F) to 14 C (7
(75 / 25) Heated mixture of Type II , Type III, or Type IV Fluid
F)
Below 14 C (7 F) to 25 C
(100 / 0) Heated Type II, Type III, or Type IV Fluid
(13 F)
PR
SAE Type II, Type III or Type IV fluid may be used, provided that the
freeze point of the fluid is a minimum of 7 C (13 F) below the OAT.
Below 25 C (13 F)
Consider the use of SAE Type I fluid when Type II, Type III, or Type IV
cannot be used.
For heated fluids, a fluid temperature of not less than 140 F (60 C) at the nozzle is
Note:
recommended.
Wing skin temperature may be different, and in some cases, lower than the OAT. A
CAUTION:
L
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
CAUTION: Because of possible fluid freezing, 50/50 Type II, Type III, or Type IV fluid shall not be
used as an antiicing step on a cold soaked wing. This can be identified by the presence
IA
of ice or frost on the lower surface of the wing, in the area of the fuel tank.
NOTE: Make sure you apply the deicing/antiicing mixture equally to both sides of the
IC
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
elevators travel area.
FF
(a) Start at the outboard of the horizontal stabilizer and work inboard.
(b) Spray the horizontal stabilizer from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
(a) Start at the top of the vertical stabilizer, and apply the deicing.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
rudder travel area.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 324
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 90
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
(3) Apply deicing/antiicing fluid to the permitted area of the fuselage as follows:
NOTE: Frost on the upper surface of the fuselage is not considered to be critical if it is
possible to distinguish features (markings and lines). Frost in excess of this must
T
be removed from the fuselage.
(a) Spray the fuselage from the top center to the bottom.
IN
NOTE: Do not spray deicing/antiicing type II and IV fluid to these components:
PR
Windshields and side windows
Lower side of radome
Engine cowlings and thrust reverser components
Engine and APU air intakes
NACA vent scoops.
(b)
L
Spray the fuselage from the forward section to the aft section.
(b) Spray the wing from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
IC
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow and other unwanted material in the
ailerons, flaps and slats travel area.
(5) In the flight compartment, on the overhead panel set the switches as follows:
(a) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
(b) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH PROBES to ON.
O
C. Use a nolint cloth to remove the deicing/antiicing fluid leakage from the aircraft components
where protection is not wanted.
D. If necessary, remove the unwanted antiice/deicing fluid from the wing trailing edge
N
(TASK 123100140801).
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 325
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 91
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS.
T
E. Do a visual inspection of the aircraft components and areas as follows:
(1) Make sure that the pitot static tubes are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
IN
(2) Make sure that the static pressure ports are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(3) Make sure that all the doors are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(4) Make sure that all the flight control surfaces and travel areas are clear of snow, frost, ice,
PR
and unwanted material.
(5) Make sure that the wing and tail surfaces are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
material.
NOTE: Light frost underside (bottom) of the wing fuel tank area is permitted to a
maximum 1/8 inch 0.125 in. (3 mm) layer of frost.
(6) Make sure that all the aerodynamic seals for the primary flight controls are clear of snow,
frost, ice, and unwanted material.
L
(7) Make sure that the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
IA
(8) Make sure that the engine and APU intakes and exhausts are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
(9) Make sure that all inlets, exhausts, and drains are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
IC
material.
F. If necessary, do the deicing/antiicing procedure again, until all the snow, frost, and ice is
removed from the aircraft.
(1) Operate, through the full travel range, the flight control surfaces that follow:
NOTE: Make sure a member of the ground crew can see the control surfaces move the
full travel range.
The ailerons
O
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 326
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 92
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
The elevators.
(2) If you are not sure of the safety of the aircraft, immediately speak with the flight crew, and
make a report of what you have seen.
T
5. Close Out
IN
A. Remove the external ac power if you have use it (TASK 244100861802).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 327
See first effectivity on page 319 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 93
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
1. General
IN
A. The 2step procedure is usually recommended when the precipitation is continuous. A 2step
procedure includes a first (deicing) step and a second (antiicing) step. The 2step
deicing/antiicing procedure is done in the sequence that follows:
A hot water or a hot mixture of the deicing/antiicing fluid and water is applied to remove the
ice.
PR
Immediately after, a spray of deicing/antiicing fluid or mixture of fluid and water is applied to
the contaminated surface area. The second step is done no more than 3 minutes after you
begin the first step. If it is necessary to increase the level of protection, the complete 2step
procedure is done again.
Type I deicing/antiicing (thin) fluids usually contain a minimum of 80% Glycol. Type I fluids
are usually used when antiicing protection is only necessary for a short time.
Type II, Type III, and Type IV deicing/antiicing (thick) fluids usually contain a minimum of
50% Glycol and other additives. Also included is 0 to 50% of water plus other chemicals to help
L
prevent deterioration of the fluid mixture during icing conditions. Type II, Type III, and Type IV
fluids are usually used when antiicing protection is necessary for a longer time.
IA
B. During winter operations, deicing/antiicing fluid residue should be periodically removed from
the wing trailing edge (TASK 123100140801).
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
B. Consumable Materials
O
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 328
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 94
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
T
10004 Fluid, antiicing/deicing, SAE Type III
C. Reference Information
IN
MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CSPB001 TASK 123100140801 Removal of SAE TYPE II, III or IV Fluid Residue from
the Wing Trailing Edge
CSPB001 TASK 123100660801 Snow Removal
PR
CSPB001 TASK 123100910801 Aircraft DeIcing/AntiIcing, Standard Practices
CSPB001 TASK 215000862802 Release the APU ConditionedAir Pressurization
CSPB001 TASK 215000862806 Release the Engine ConditionedAir Pressurization
CSPB001 TASK 244100861801 Energize the External ACElectrical System
CSPB001 TASK 244100861802 Remove Power from the External ACElectrical
System
3. Job SetUp
L
NOTE: The antiicing/deicing 2step procedure is necessary when precipitation is
IA
continuous and the protection is necessary for a longer time.
A. Examine the aircraft and its surfaces for contamination of frost, snow, and ice.
D. If the engines or the auxiliary power unit (APU) are not in operation, use external ac power
(TASK 244100861801).
FF
F. Make sure that, on the BLEED AIR panel, the BLEED VALVES switch is set to CLSD.
H. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the WING switch is set to OFF.
O
I. Make sure that, on the ANTIICE panel, the COWLs LH and RH switches are set to OFF.
J. Make sure that, on the pilot and copilot WIPER panels, the WIPER switch is set to OFF/PARK.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 329
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 95
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINES OR THE APU ARE IN OPERATION WHEN YOU DO THE
DEICING/ANTIICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT ALL BLEED AIR
SOURCES ARE CLOSED. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS.
T
K. If the engines or the APU will be in operation during the deicing/antiicing procedures, do the
following:
IN
(1) Isolate the environmental control system (ECS) from the APU bleed air sources
(TASK 215000862802).
(2) Isolate the ECS from the engine bleed air sources (TASK 215000862806).
4. Procedure
PR
WARNING: WHEN YOU USE DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID, OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT
FOLLOW:
WARNING: OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
AIRCRAFT IN COLD WEATHER DURING CONDITIONS OF HIGH HUMIDITY OR
CONTINUOUS PRECIPITATION:
IC
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 330
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 96
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
WARNING: FOR SUFFICIENT HOLDOVER TIME, MAKE SURE THE FREEZING POINT OF THE
DEICING/ANTIICING MIXTURE IS LESS THAN THE AIRCRAFT AND AMBIENT
TEMPERATURES. THE HOLDOVER TIME WILL ALSO DECREASE DURING THE
CONDITIONS THAT FOLLOW:
T
THERE ARE STRONG WINDS.
THERE IS PRECIPITATION.
IN
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DECREASES.
THERE ARE WINDS CAUSED BY OTHER AIRCRAFT ENGINES.
THE AIRCRAFT FUEL TEMPERATURE, ADJACENT TO THE SKIN, IS LESS
THAN THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
PR
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS WARNING, ICE CAN COLLECT ON THE WINGS.
THIS CAN CAUSE THE LOSS OF LIFT THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: IF YOU DO THE ANTIICING PROCEDURE MORE THAN ONE TIME, MAKE SURE
THAT YOU ALSO DO THE DEICING PROCEDURE AGAIN. MORE THAN ONE
LAYER OF ANTIICING FLUID WILL CHANGE THE AERODYNAMIC PROPERTY
OF THE WINGS. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
L
CAUTION: USE APPROVED GROUND DEICING EQUIPMENT TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE
WINDSHIELD AND ITS TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DO NOT USE
IA
HIGHTEMPERATURE FLUID OR AIR TO REMOVE ICE FROM THE WINDSHIELD.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Because of the frequent revision cycle of the data, Hold Over Time (HOT) tables are
available online through your respective aviation authority web site, or through the
following web sites.
http://www.faa.gov/
http://www.tc.gc.ca/
FF
(2) Do not directly spray the deicing/antiicing fluid at or into the aircraft components that
follow:
NOTE: Direct spray occurs when the fluid stream hits the aircraft or component, but does
not touch another object first. A spray trajectory of more than 10 feet (3m) is
recommended to make sure that the direct spray does not damage the aircraft or
O
components.
Windshields
Side windows
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 331
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 97
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
Pitot/static probes
Total air temperature (TAT)
Angle of attack (AOA) sensors
T
Static pressure ports
Antennas
IN
Winglets
Engine intake and exhaust ports
Engine thrust reversers
Fuel drains
PR
NACA vent scoops
Wheels and brakes
Waste water and condensation drains
Ram air intake
APU inlet and exhaust areas
Emergency door handles
Door and window seals
L
Landing gear.
IA
(3) For SAE Type I deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the recommended concentration as follows:
2STEP PROCEDURE
OUTSIDE AIR
SECOND STEP: ANTIICING
TEMPERATURE (OAT) FIRST STEP: DEICING
(Note 1)
Heated water or a heated mixture of
3C (27F) and above
fluid and water
FF
CAUTION:
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 332
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Page: 98
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
OUTSIDE AIR
SECOND STEP: ANTIICING
TEMPERATURE (OAT) FIRST STEP: DEICING
(Note 1)
IN
Note 1: To be applied before the fluid applied in the first step freezes, typically within 3 minutes.
(4) For SAE Type II and Type IV deicing/antiicing fluid, mix to the recommended
concentration as follows:
NOTE: Not enough antiicing fluid may cause a important loss of holdover time. This is
PR
true when using a Type I fluid mixture for the first step in a two step procedure.
MINIMUM CONCENTRATION OF SAE TYPE II , TYPE III, AND TYPE IV DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID
IN RELATION TO OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
2STEP PROCEDURE
SAE Type II, Type III or Type IV fluid may be used, provided that the freeze
point of the fluid is a minimum of 7C (13F) below the OAT.
Below 25 C (13 F)
Consider the use of SAE Type I fluid when Type II, Type III, or Type IV cannot
be used.
For heated fluids, a fluid temperature of not less than 140 F (60 C) at the nozzle is
General note:
recommended.
O
Wing skin temperature may be different, and in some cases, lower than the OAT. A
CAUTION:
stronger mixture (more Glycol) can be used under these conditions.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 333
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 Aug 25/2011
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 99
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
MINIMUM CONCENTRATION OF SAE TYPE II , TYPE III, AND TYPE IV DEICING/ANTIICING FLUID
IN RELATION TO OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
2STEP PROCEDURE
T
OUTSIDE AIR SECOND STEP: ANTIICING
TEMPERATURE (OAT) FIRST STEP: DEICING (FLUID / WATER MIXTURE) in %
IN
(Note 1 & Note 2)
Because of possible fluid freezing, 50/50 Type II, Type III, or Type IV fluid shall not be used
CAUTION: as an antiicing step on a cold soaked wing. This can be identified by the presence of ice
or frost on the lower surface of the wing, in the area of the fuel tank.
Note: 1 To be applied before the fluid applied in the first step freezes, typically within 3 minutes.
PR
Note: 2 Clean aircraft may be antiiced with unheated fluid.
NOTE: Make sure you apply the deicing/antiicing mixture equally to both sides of the
aircraft. If necessary, use a broom to remove loose ice and snow.
NOTE:
L
Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
elevators travel area.
IA
(a) Start at the outboard of the horizontal stabilizer and work inboard.
(b) Spray the horizontal stabilizer from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
(a) Start at the top of the vertical stabilizer, and apply the deicing.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
rudder travel area.
FF
(3) Apply deicing/antiicing fluid to the permitted area of the fuselage as follows:
NOTE: Frost on the upper surface of the fuselage is not considered to be critical if it is
possible to distinguish features (markings and lines). Frost in excess of this must
be removed from the fuselage.
(a) Spray the fuselage from the top center to the bottom.
O
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 334
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 100
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
T
Engine and APU air intakes
NACA vent scoops.
IN
NOTE: Do not spray deicing/antiicing fluid directly on the windows.
(b) Spray the fuselage from the forward section to the aft section.
PR
(a) Start at the outboard of the wing and work to the inboard of the wing.
(b) Spray the wing from the leading edge to the trailing edge.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ice, snow, and other unwanted material in the
ailerons, flaps, and slats travel area.
(a) On the ANTIICE control panel set the LH and RH WSHLD switches to LOW.
C. Use a nolint cloth to remove the deicing/antiicing fluid leakage from the aircraft components
where protection is not wanted.
D. If necessary, remove the unwanted antiice/deicing fluid from the wing trailing edge
(TASK 123100140801).
FF
WARNING: WHEN YOU TOUCH COLD SURFACES OF THE AIRCRAFT, ALWAYS USE
APPROVED PROTECTION. COLD METAL SURFACES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS.
(1) Make sure that the pitot static tubes are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(2) Make sure that the static pressure ports are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(3) Make sure that all the doors are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted material.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 335
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Ground Operations Page: 101
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
F CRJ700/900/1000
(4) Make sure that all the flight control surfaces and travel areas are clear of snow, frost, ice,
and unwanted material.
(5) Make sure that the wing and tail surfaces are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
T
material.
NOTE: Light frost underside (bottom) of the wing fuel tank area is permitted to a
IN
maximum 1/8 inch 0.125 in. (3 mm) layer of frost.
(6) Make sure that all the aerodynamic seals for the primary flight controls are clear of snow,
frost, ice, and unwanted material.
(7) Make sure that the main and nose landing gears and bays are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
PR
unwanted material.
(8) Make sure that the engine and APU intakes and exhausts are clear of snow, frost, ice, and
unwanted material.
(9) Make sure that all inlets, exhausts, and drains are clear of snow, frost, ice, and unwanted
material.
F. If necessary, do the deicing/antiicing procedure again, until all the snow, frost, and ice is
removed from the aircraft.
L
G. Do a check of the aircraft components that follow:
IA
(1) Operate, through the full travel range, the flight control surfaces that follow:
NOTE: Make sure a member of the ground crew can see the control surfaces move the
full travel range.
IC
The ailerons
Ground and flight spoilers
The flaps and slats
The rudder
FF
(2) If you are not sure of the safety of the aircraft, immediately speak with the flight crew, and
make a report of what you have seen.
5. Close Out
O
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
N
EFFECTIVITY:
Page 336
See first effectivity on page 328 of 123100
123100 May 25/2014
Section: 10
Page: 102
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 10 DE-ANTI ICE
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 1
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
CONTENTS
11
Ramp Handling ........................................................................................................... 5
11.1
Ramp safety ................................................................................................................ 5
11.1.1
General......................................................................................................................... 5
11.1.1.1
Corporate Safety Policy................................................................................................ 6
11.1.2
Foreign Object Damage/Debris (FOD)......................................................................... 6
T
11.1.3
Use of Marker Cones ................................................................................................... 7
11.1.4
Safety cone placement and removal ............................................................................ 7
11.1.5
Placing of wheel chocks ............................................................................................... 8
IN
11.1.6
Ground power............................................................................................................... 9
11.1.6.1
ATP .............................................................................................................................. 9
11.1.6.2
S340 ............................................................................................................................. 9
11.1.7
Arrival procedures ...................................................................................................... 10
PR
11.1.7.1
Walkaround Check Sheet........................................................................................... 12
11.1.8
Embarkation/disembarkation procedures................................................................... 13
11.1.9
Loading / unloading .................................................................................................... 13
11.1.10
Opening of aircraft doors............................................................................................ 13
11.1.11
Servicing the aeroplane.............................................................................................. 14
11.1.11.1
Fuelling and/or Defuelling........................................................................................... 14
11.1.11.1.1
General....................................................................................................................... 14
11.1.11.1.2
Fuel standard and quality ........................................................................................... 15
L
11.1.11.1.3
Fuelling Zone.............................................................................................................. 15
11.1.11.1.4
Safe fuelling Procedure .............................................................................................. 16
IA
11.1.11.1.5
Fuelling with passengers on board............................................................................. 18
11.1.11.1.6
Passenger Boarding Bridge Used .............................................................................. 19
11.1.11.1.7
Passenger Bridge Not Used....................................................................................... 19
11.1.11.1.8
For fuelling with an engine running ............................................................................ 19
IC
11.2.3.1
Definitions................................................................................................................... 48
11.2.3.2
Nose-gear controlled (tractor and tow bar)................................................................. 48
11.3
Protection of aircraft ................................................................................................ 49
11.3.1
Protection of aircraft during turnarounds or other ground stops................................. 49
11.3.1.1
Aircraft Security .......................................................................................................... 49
11.3.1.2
Technical Instructions................................................................................................. 49
11.3.1.2.1
Doors, windows, latches, stairs, flaps, spoilers and engine thrust reversers ............. 49
11.3.1.2.2
Protection devices ...................................................................................................... 49
11.3.1.2.3
Actions to be performed during parking to prevent freezing of potable water system 49
T
11.3.1.2.4
Usage of interior heating fan ...................................................................................... 49
11.3.1.3
Close-up ..................................................................................................................... 49
11.3.2
Sealing of aircraft ....................................................................................................... 50
IN
11.3.2.1
Purpose ...................................................................................................................... 50
11.3.2.2
Instructions ................................................................................................................. 50
11.4
Ground/flight deck communication (IATA hand signals) ..................................... 51
11.4.1
Aircraft marshalling..................................................................................................... 51
PR
11.4.2
Marshalling signals..................................................................................................... 51
11.4.2.1
Identify gate................................................................................................................ 51
11.4.2.2
Continue to taxi straight ahead................................................................................... 52
11.4.2.3
Slow down .................................................................................................................. 52
11.4.2.4
Turn right (from the pilots point of view) ..................................................................... 53
11.4.2.5
Turn left (from the pilots point of view) ....................................................................... 53
11.4.2.6
Stop / Emergency Stop .............................................................................................. 54
11.4.2.7
L
Emergency stop ......................................................................................................... 54
11.4.2.8
Hold position/Stand-by ............................................................................................... 55
11.4.2.9
Proceed to next marshaller or clear to taxi................................................................. 55
IA
11.4.2.10
End marshalling.......................................................................................................... 56
11.4.2.11
Fire ............................................................................................................................. 56
11.4.2.12
Set brakes .................................................................................................................. 57
11.4.2.13
Release brakes .......................................................................................................... 57
IC
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 5
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
11 Ramp Handling
11.1.1 General
T
All ground operations personnel (Load control, Passenger and Ramp handling, Cargo handling) shall
have received an adequate training complying with both NextJet and EU-OPS 1 requirements. They
shall also have demonstrated a sufficient level of knowledge appropriate to their responsibilities prior
IN
to their assignment on a duty on a NextJet flight.
All ground operations personnel must understand the elation of their duties to safety and the
operation as a whole.
PR
It is not allowed to have personnel or equipment inside the airport safety lines or the aircrafts safety
area when anti-collision lights are on.
Exemption from this rule is connection of Ground Power source for ATP that has to be performed
between the time when the aircraft has stopped and the engines are shut down. The engine danger
area and local procedures will under no circumstances be ignored. See 11.1.8.4 and 13.1.11
Ramp safety plays a major role in accident and damage prevention during ground operations. It is the
L
responsibility of all staff on the ramp to conduct their duties according to all safety and security rules.
If any breach of safety rules, by Company or non-company staff is observed or detected, it must
IA
immediately be brought to the attention of the person(s) concerned, or if need be, to the attention of
the responsible supervisor or authority.
It is the responsibility of the respective supervisors to ensure that proper instruction on ramp safety is
IC
given to all staff before allowing them to perform any duties on the ramp.
Any damage to the aeroplane skin or structure, however slight, which occurs or is noticed during ramp
handling, must be immediately reported to the Commander or responsible ground staff. The same
applies to injuries to passengers and damage to the load
FF
It is the responsibility of all staff working on the ramp to ensure that the aeroplane parking stand areas
where they perform the handling of the aeroplane are free of obstructions and that all ground support
equipment (GSE) is clear of the aeroplanes path.
O
All staff operating and/or maneuvering any vehicles or equipment on the ramp must have been
properly instructed in the operation of such a vehicle or equipment. It is the responsibility of every
driver of a vehicle to ensure that the taxiing- and push-out path of any aircraft type is free from
obstacles and equipment at all times.
N
When power push-out is performed the ramp staff is responsible of securing and informing flight crew
a clear taxiing- and push-out path at all times.
U
All company staff operating vehicles requiring local drivers license and/or other permit(s) required by
local airport authorities must be in possession of such valid document(s). These documents must be
kept available for presentation upon request while operating such vehicles.
Section: 11
Page: 6
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
All levels of NextJet Management are accountable for our safety performance, starting with the VP
Operations (AM), cascading down to each individual.
All employees within NextJet are expected to accept responsibility and accountability for their own
T
behavior, participate in developing safety standards and procedures and be concerned for the safety
of others.
IN
NextJet endorses all personnel to think and work safety at all times, regardless of any real or
perceived pressures to do otherwise.
Through combined efforts, NextJet will achieve the goal of being a safe and reliable airline and
PR
believes that all accidents and serious incidents are preventable.
Our organization fully supports and encourages a culture of openness and trust between all
personnel. This cannot be achieved unless employees feel motivated to report occurrences or
hazards without the fear of unwarranted retribution. Reporting occurrences or hazards is a priority for
all employees. The purpose of safety reporting and internal investigation is to improve safety, not to
apportion blame to individuals.
L
NextJet will not tolerate negligence, willful or intentional disregard, criminal intent or use of illegal
substances.
IA
NextJets management system shall continuously be reviewed to assure continual improvements
within the Company.
IC
Necessary recources will be provided to ensure that NextJet can fulfil its obligations concerning
safety and security. All management and non-management personnel shall have the necessary
authority to fulfil their Safety related duties.
FF
FOD Checks
The following checks must be conducted prior to any aircraft movement or servicing operation:
N
Be conical in shape.
T
Be of a minimum height of 750mm (22.2").
Have a minimum base weight of 4,53 kg (10 lbs.).
Be orange in color with reflective striping.
IN
Cones shall be positioned:
PR
In front of all wing-mounted engines and in front of other areas of an aircraft that are in conflict
with the normal flow of equipment during handling operations.
At areas where the proximity of the aircraft could impact on the flow of ramp traffic, e.g.
tail/roadway.
Cones removal:
L
All required safety cones shall remain in place until GSE and vehicle activities around the
IA
aircraft have ceased prior to departure of the aircraft.
Cones shall be removed as close to the departure of the aircraft as possible, preferably in
combination with the pre-flight inspection to ensure maximum safety at all times.
IC
SF3: Chocks in front and rear of the nose landing gear (one wheelpair).
ATP: Chocks in front and rear of the nose landing gear (one wheelpair).
T
ATR: Chocks in front and rear of the nose landing gear (one wheelpair).
The number and placement of the wheel chocks is not affected by the parking position.
IN
NOTE: The number and positioning of chocks may differ during severe weather conditions. Also
see GOM 11.5.
After use, chocks should be removed and stored in a designated storage area.
PR
Chocks should be made of a material that has a suitable coefficient of friction and that has adequate
rigidity.
Landing gear locking pins, engine covers, tail stands i.e. are to be positioned and removed as
instructed by Technical Department.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
11.1.6.1 ATP
ATP aircraft are equipped with both a AC and DC power sockets. On NextJet ATP aircrafts AC power
shall be used primarily (115/200V, 400 Hz). AC may be connected to the aircraft via a receptacle on
the left side of the fuselage.
T
The GPU may only be placed in the green areas shown in the picture below on ATP.
IN
PR
L
IA
11.1.6.2 S340
S340 aircraft are equipped with a DC power socket (28V). DC power may be connected to the aircraft
via a receptacle on the right side of the fuselage behind the wing. Lowest acceptable GPU output for
S340 aircraft is 1400 ampere.
IC
The GPU may only be placed in the green areas shown in the picture below on S340:
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 10
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
objects and obstacles.
4. Make sure aircraft docking guidance system is operating, or marshalling staff is present as
appropriate. The staff activating the aircraft docking guidance system is responsible that
IN
procedures mentioned in points 1-3 have been performed.
PR
2. Position and connect the Ground Power Unit, if required, before engine shut down.
3. After the engines have been switched off, come to a complete stop and the anti-collision lights
have been switched off:
a. Position the passenger stairs after confirming there is no damage on the cabin door area
of the aircraft.
b. Position the marker cones as applicable for aircraft type.
c. Offload DAA-bagage if applicable and place them beside the aircraft stairs.
L
d. Conduct an arrival walkaround to inspect for damage on the following parts of the aircraft
using the walkaround check sheet provided in GOM 11.1.7.1:
IA
i. All cargo doors
ii. All access panels and servicing access points
iii. Aircraft fuselage
iv. Aircraft engine cowlings
v. Aircraft passenger doors.
IC
a. Position the passenger stairs after confirming there is no damage on the cabin door area
of the aircraft.
b. Position the marker cones as applicable for aircraft type.
c. Offload DAA-bagage if applicable and place them beside the aircraft stairs.
N
d. Conduct an arrival walkaround to inspect for damage on the following parts of the aircraft
using the walkaround check sheet provided in GOM 11.1.7.1:
i. All cargo doors
U
T
c. Offload DAA-bagage if applicable and place them beside the aircraft stairs.
d. Conduct an arrival walkaround to inspect for damage on the following parts of the aircraft
using the walkaround check sheet provided in GOM 11.1.7.1:
IN
i. All cargo doors
ii. All access panels and servicing access points
iii. Aircraft fuselage
iv. Aircraft engine cowlings
PR
v. Aircraft passenger doors.
3. Position and connect the Ground Power Unit.
4. Offload remaining bagage/cargo.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 12
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
When passengers are required to walk on the ramp, they shall be guided by ground staff to/from the
T
aircraft or approved transport. Cabin crew shall give a clear signal to the ramp staff indicating that
embarkation is completed and that the cabin is ready for stairway/steps/ramp/briodge removal.
Before boarding of passengers, the CMD must always give his approval to start boarding. SCC or CC
IN
must always ask the CMD for permission to start boarding. The CMD must be notified when carriage
of inadmissible passengers, deportees or persons in custody by ground handling agent and/or Senior
Cabin Member. Headcount is always required.
PR
11.1.9 Loading / unloading
Opening and securing of hold doors shall be performed by qualified personnel only.
Appropriate number of carts and/or other suitable transport equipment for bulk load and dollies for
ULDs shall be available at the parking stand upon arrival of the flight.
Loading, stowing and securing of loads in the aircraft must be carried out in accordance with IATA
regulations (AHM 310, 311 and 330 - 333) and/or GOM.
L
For preparing of ULD load, please refer to AHM 310, 311 and 420
IA
11.1.10 Opening of aircraft doors
No passenger/service door shall be opened until appropriate service equipment is in position at that
IC
door.
Where doors are required to be opened from inside the aircraft, confirmation that equipment is in
position, in the form of two knocks by hand on the outside of the aircraft door must be given.
On ATP, aft cargo door has to be opened from inside after knocking twice by hand on the outside of
FF
the aircraft door. This in order for the cabin crew to disarm the slide prior to opening the door.
Hand baggage will be loaded last in the same cargo compartment as the checked-in baggage for that
destination.
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
11.1.11.1.1 General
Fuelling/defuelling includes all ground activity that is directly connected with the filling or emptying of
IN
aeroplane tanks. Fuelling begins when the fuelling hose is pressurized and ends when the fuelling
hose is unpressurized. Jet A-1 fuel shall be used on all NextJet aircraft when available. The fuelling
operator has the first responsibility to inform the CMD when fuelling process is about to begin and
when it has been completed. The CMD then has the responsibility to inform all personnel involved in
the aircraft handling when the fuelling process is about to begin, when it has been completed or a
PR
(see NOTE) hazardous condition or situation arises during the fueling process.
When fuelling, the CMD has to confirm that fuelling is permitted and the fuel quantity ordered is
IA
sufficient to meet the calculated requirements for the flight. During the pre-flight inspection, the CMD
or a flight crew member nominated by the CMD has to confirm that:
The correct type, grade and quantity of fuel has been uplifted and that the aeroplane fuel gauges
IC
indicate that the tanks have been filled to the required levels
The amount of uplifted fuel has been correctly entered into the Aeroplane Technical Log and a
gross error check has been performed.
All fuel tank caps are properly secured.
FF
When operating away from base and in addition to the above, the CMD is to ensure that:
Particular care is taken in advising the refuelling agency of the type, grade and fuel quantity
required, with special reference to the units of measurement quoted (liters, US. gallons, pounds
etc.;
O
That the correct quantity of anti-freeze additive is dispensed into the fuel where specified by the
aircraft manufacturer.
N
The mass of the fuel or oil must be calculated using either actual density or standard density values in
the table below.
U
The total mass of fuel on board must always be compared with the fuel remaining prior to refuel plus
the volume of fuel uplifted in order to provide a gross error check.
NOTE: The fuelling operator has the responsibility to inform CMD and other relevant personnel
[ground personnel, catering personnel, cleaning personnel etc.] involved in the flight if,
and when a hazardous condition or situation arises during the fuelling process. The CMD
shall make sure that all personnel [incl. ground personnel] has evacuated the aeroplane if
deemed necessary in case a hazardous condition or situation arises during the fuelling
process.
NOTE: For approved fuel types and fuel operating limits contact groundoperations@nextjet.se.
T
11.1.11.1.2 Fuel standard and quality
IN
Continuous inspections of subcontracted fuelling agents are conducted by a subcontracted company
in order to assure that the fuel uplifted to NextJet aircraft is of the correct specification, grade and free
from contamination according to the latest revision of IATA JIG-1 or JIG-4.
PR
11.1.11.1.3 Fuelling Zone
A fuelling safety zone shall be established
The refuelling safety zone shall be regarded as an area extending 3 m radially from refuelling
receptacles, tank vents, and fuelling equipment
The purpose of fuelling safety zone is to protect the fuelling operation and prevent damage to the
L
equipment used. Damage to a fuel hose may cause extensive fuel leakage.
As a minimum, limitations and restrictions in a fuelling safety zone preclude the use or activation of:
items that could be sources of ignition or fire (e.g., matches, welding equipment, flashbulbs);
IA
Portable electronic devices with proper separation distance from aircraft fuel vents and/or fuelling
equipment (e.g., mobile telephones, portable radios, pagers).
Equipment performing aircraft servicing functions shall not be positioned within the fuelling safety
IC
Fuelling is not permitted when there is a thunderstorm close to or inside the aerodrome area.
Only authorized persons and vehicles are permitted in the fuelling zone.
Smoking shall not be permitted within a radius of 15 m of the aeroplane. Local regulations may
T
require a wider safety area.
Fuel hoses shall be laid by the shortest distance from the fuel truck, or fuel pump vehicle, to the
IN
refuelling inlets. However, a clearance of at least 1 m from the wheel brakes must be kept at all
times.
The APU may be on but not started during fuelling. The Flight Crew should be prepared to switch
PR
it off immediately if necessary.
Bonding connections from the fuel truck or pump vehicle shall be established to discharge any
static electricity before fuel hoses are connected and remain so until the refuelling is completed.
If the bonding cable connecting the aircraft becomes disconnected during ground operation the
fuel operator must be immediately advised.
L
Cargo/baggage may be loaded, provided the loading equipment complies with the safety
regulations regarding formation of sparks.
IA
Spilled fuel shall be removed or dried up by the fire service before passengers are boarded.
In case of over wing refuelling no electrical switches on the aeroplane or on the APU shall be
IC
During pressure refuelling electrical and/or electronic systems may only be operated as far as
required for pre-flight activities, except WX-radar and HF transmitter, which shall not be used.
FF
No electrical equipment may be connected to, nor disconnected from the aircraft during refuelling
(e.g. GPU).
O
GSE must be positioned so that the fuelling vehicle has a clear exit route and can be moved away
from aircraft in a forward direction
N
Fire extinguishing equipment suitable for at least initial intervention in the event of a fuel fire shall
be readily available, and personnel shall have been trained in the use of such equipment.
U
Fueling vehicle should, if possible, always move forward into the fuelling position. If a fuelling
vehicle has to be reversed, a guidance person must be used.
Fueling vehicle and their hoses must not block the access to the cabin and hold doors.
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 17
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
Access to the hydrant emergency stop button must be visible and clear of obstruction. All ramp
staff has to be trained in the location and usage of the hydrant emergency stop button.
A lanyard must be attached to the hydrant pit valve and should be extended on the apron such
that it is free of obstruction and readily accessible to the fuelling operator and ground staff.
Minimize length of hydrant inlet hose to limit the exposure of the hose to damage.
T
To avoid damage to the fuel hose it has to be painted with a bright color (e.g yellow, red, orange)
and equipped with reflective striping.
IN
The fuel operator must maintain control of fuelling operations using the hand held deadman
device throughout the operation, remaining outside the vehicle cab at all times.
Fuelling vehicles and equipment must have hoses of sufficient length to allow the fuelling platform
PR
to be fully lowered whilst the hoses/couplings are connected to the aircraft fuelling manifold.
Extreme care must be taken to position refueling vehicle and equipment correctly, ensuring that
strain is not applied to the fuelling hoses, coupling and manifolds platform is lowered.
Vehicles must be designed to ensure that the fuelling hoses cannot become entangled on
equipment during movement of the fuelling vehicles platform.
L
Platforms must not be raised or lowered while fuelling operations are taking place.
IA
When raising the lift platform of fuelling vehicle, care must be taken to ensure that it does not
touch any part of the aircraft.
The fuel operator should conduct a final walk around the vehicle before leaving the aircraft to
IC
Fuelling of an aircraft which has one propulsion engine running is a non-routine, emergency
operation and requires very strict safety precautions. The procedure outlined below applies
specifically to Underwing fuelling. Overwing fuelling with one engine running is not permitted
FF
under any circumstances. The procedure should be used only when an aircraft engine cannot be
restarted because of inoperative ground aircraft starting equipment.
NOTE: Pressure refuelling is considered starting when fuel hoses are connected to the aircraft,
and terminated when hoses are disconnected.
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 18
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
When passengers are allowed to embark, disembark or remain onboard during refuelling or
defuelling, the following additional precautions shall be observed:
T
Crew, staff and passengers shall be advised that refuelling/defuelling is going to take place.
"FASTEN SEAT BELT signs must be off. "NO SMOKING must be on together with interior
lighting to enable emergency exits to be identified.
IN
CC shall instruct passengers to unfasten their seat belts and refrain from smoking;
A crew member must be stationed at the main exit door to be able to assist in the evacuation if an
emergency situation should occur and the other emergency exit doors must be guarded by cabin
crew members who must be prepared for an immediate emergency evacuation.
PR
A fuelling supervisor (i.e. a pilot or a designated person from ground staff) shall be present on the
ground prior to fuelling with passengers on board. He shall be capable of handling emergency
procedures concerning fire protection and -fighting, handling communications with flight deck and
initiating and directing an evacuation from the ground;
If the presence of fuel vapour is detected inside the aeroplane, or any other hazard arises,
refuelling/defuelling must be stopped at once.
No individual items of electrical equipment may be switched on or off while refuelling/defuelling is
in progress (E.g. ground power unit).
L
The position of the refuelling truck or fuel pump vehicle and other GSE must not impede the rapid
exit of passengers if an emergency evacuation becomes necessary.
IA
Maintain a 2-way communication whenever re-fuelling. This can be either via oral (radio, vocal) or
visual communication with the fuelling personnel. This is to improve reaction time in an
emergency evacuation if a problem with the re-fuelling should occur.
Exits intended for emergency evacuation areas shall not be blocked. This means that ground
IC
servicing activities and work in- or outside the aircraft, such as catering, cleaning and cargo
loading/un-loading, shall not in any way obstruct the emergency exits or the aisles;
Have a person acceptable to the Commander to check that the fuelling area (a circle with 3 m
radii below wing tip vent) is not entered.
Flight deck shall be manned by at least one pilot who is responsible for initiating an emergency
FF
verbal or hand signals is used it must be assured that eye contact can be maintained between the
ground crew supervising the refuelling and qualified personnel on board the aeroplane. This can
be achieved by having one qualified person sitting in the right pilot seat and in addition if using
verbal communication that the window is open.
N
NOTE: Boarding of disabled passengers, UM and other passenger that need special attention,
are not allowed during fuelling. This is due to the fact that cc position must be at the
entrance and therefore cannot assist in seating and giving necessary information to
these passenger.
NOTE: Procedures above are valid only for kerosene fuel. AVGAS or widecut type fuel (JET-B)
or a mixture of these must not be fuelled with passengers onboard.
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 19
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
11.1.11.1.7 Passenger Bridge Not Used
Where a passenger bridge is not used, entry and exit is allowed with the Commanders permission
IN
when the following requirements are met:
The procedures as in Fuelling with passengers on board (above) are followed,
Aircraft passenger steps or alternate means of emergency evacuation is in place.
Only the right hand fuelling adapter is used,
The ground area beneath the exits intended for emergency evacuation and slide deployment
PR
areas must be kept clear,
Passengers use only the left hand and rear doors, and
Passengers are not allowed to enter the fuelling area, which is at a 5 m radius of the fuelling
truck, fuelling adapters and fuel tank vents.
T
If a situation arises such that only wide-cut fuels are available for refuelling/ defuelling, operators
should be aware that mixtures of wide-cut fuels and kerosene turbine fuels can result in the air/fuel
mixture in the tank being in the combustible range at ambient temperatures. The extra precautions set
IN
out below are advisable to avoid arcing in the tank due to electrostatic discharge. The risk of this type
of arcing can be minimized by the use of a static dissipation additive in the fuel. When this additive is
present in the proportions stated in the fuel specification, the normal fuelling precautions set out below
are considered adequate.
PR
Wide-cut fuel is considered to be involved when it is being supplied or when it is already present in
aeroplane fuel tanks. When wide-cut fuel has been used, this should be recorded in the Technical
Log. The next two uplifts of fuel should be treated as though they too involved the use of wide-cut
fuel.
Then refuelling/defuelling with turbine fuels not containing a static dissipater, and where wide-cut fuels
are involved, a substantial reduction on fuelling flow rate is advisable. Reduced flow rate, as
L
recommended by fuel suppliers and/or aeroplane manufacturers, has the following benefits:
IA
It allows more time for any static charge build-up in the fuelling equipment to dissipate before the
fuel enters the tank,
It reduces any charge which may build up due to splashing, and
Until the fuel inlet point is immersed, it reduces misting in the tank and consequently the
IC
The flow rate reduction necessary is dependent upon the fuelling equipment in use and the type of
filtration employed on the aeroplane fuelling distribution system. It is difficult, therefore, to quote
precise flow rates. Reduction in flow rate is advisable whether pressure fuelling or over-wing fuelling is
FF
employed.
With over-wing fuelling, splashing should be avoided by making sure that the delivery nozzle extends
as far as possible into the tank. Caution should be exercised to avoid damaging bag tanks with the
nozzle.
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 21
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
11.1.11.1.10 Emergency Procedures in case of a fire during fuelling and/or fuel spillage
Fuelling vehicle should be equipped with spill kits and carrier marked accordingly. In the event of a
fuel spillage the following actions should take place:
1. Fuelling vehicle should be equipped with spill kits and carrier marked accordingly.
2. Immediately stop the fuelling operation, press the fire alarm and if available the hydrant
emergency stop button located at the gate. Advise the captain, appropriate authority and summon
T
the airport fire service.
3. As directed by the captain or appropriate authority evacuate all persons from the immediate area.
4. If safe to do so, mobilise fire fighting equipment as Standby protection until the arrival of the
IN
airport fire service.
5. Control the movement of unauthorised personnel and equipment into the area.
6. As far as possible, restrict all activities inside and outside the spill area to reduce the risk of
ignition.
PR
7. All electrical equipment in use during the fuelling operation must be switched off immediately.
8. DO NOT start the APU until the spilled fuel is removed and there is no further risk of spilled fuel or
vapours.
9. Normal operations must not be resumed on the aircraft or any engines started before the person
in charge of the emergency, determines that it is safe to continue.
10. If fuel is spilled on any item, then such items are NOT TO BE LOADED into the aircraft.
11. In the event of a fire occurring either on or in the vicinity of the aircraft STOP the fuelling operation
L
and immediately summon the airport fire service.
IA
11.1.11.2 Potable Water
Potable water uplift for NextJet flights may only be performed when hygienic requirements for potable
water are fulfilled. The stations, which NextJet operates to, are divided into two (2) categories based
on the quality of fresh water.
IC
Potable water service vehicles and equipment shall not be filled from the same water outlet as toilet
service units. Personnel engaged in toilet servicing are not allowed to perform water services at the
same time. Potable water uplift shall include checking for any leakage.
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 22
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
11.1.11.3.1 General
Prior to opening a toilet service panel, check for stains around the panel.
IN
While opening the service panel, stay clear and watch for signs of leakage.
Stay clear of the drain fitting cap while opening, and watch for signs of leakage.
If required for a recirculation toilet, stir up the waste tank contents with an appropriate stick.
Make sure the drain hose Y-fitting coupling is connected correctly, before a drain valve handle is
PR
pulled.
Empty the waste tank(s).
Flush the waste tank(s) twice and empty them again.
Precharge the tank(s) with the correct quantity of water and disinfectantas applicable.
Fill the waste tank(s) with the correct amount of water and concentrated deodorant precharge
packets or pre-mixed fluid as applicable.
For aircraft equipped with a conventional toilet system, fill the waste tank(s) with the correct
amount of water and precharge, or concentrated deodorant precharge.
L
After servicing ensure that there are no leaks at the drain fitting cap and the end of the drain hose
Y-fitting coupling.
IA
Close the nozzle tightly in order to prevent the accumulation of ice during flight and wipe off
residual water and disinfectant.
Check for possible leakage.
After servicing close and latch the fitting caps and service panel door.
IC
Draining
Drain the aircraft waste system into the waste tank of a Toilet Service Unit.
Observe the waste drain hose during draining to confirm that the waste tank is completely
emptied. The hose will also vibrate for a few seconds as the contents of the waste tank pass into
O
NOTE: Drain the waste tanks one at a time for optimal results.
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 23
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
flight departure time as possible.
Ensure the fill line is fully drained before closing the cap to prevent freezing of fluid in the fill line.
IN
CAUTION: Do not attempt to remove the frozen substance in the fill lines or connections or on the
service panels. Contact maintenance immediately
PR
11.1.11.3.3 Inoperative Toilet Systems
If defects of the toilet system prevent regular servicing:
Ask qualified technical staff - if available - for assistance (e.g. removal of panels, etc.).
If no technical staff is available, inform the Flight Crew or an airline representative
write an Company Report before ending your shift.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 24
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 25
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 26
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 27
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 28
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 29
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 30
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 31
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 32
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 33
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 34
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 35
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 36
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 37
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 38
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 39
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 40
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 41
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 42
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
All services provided by the Aircraft Interior Cleaning-company shall be conducted in accordance with
international flight safety regulations.
IN
In addition services performed shall be in accordance with the carriers instructions and, if specified,
under the control of a person authorized by the carrier. The cleaning performed shall meet the
carriers standards and shall not be the cause of any delays to the carriers departing flights.
Detergent suitable for Aviation, meets AMS (Aerospace Material Specification) 1550 Cleaner water
PR
base, aircraft interior specifications.
The Cleaning-company shall exercise flexibility in handling ad-hoc situations, such as delays,
schedule and version changes in a smooth and prompt manner.
The Cleaning-company shall provide sufficient staff training, guidance and upkeep of its staffs
professional knowledge.
L
This chart provides guidelines for Aircraft Interior Cleaning depending on ground time.
IA
Toilet, fresh water and cabin cleaning services need not to be performed for an empty flight back to
base.
IC
Aircraft must be heated in case temperature is below +10 degrees Celsius. Unless otherwise
requested by the operator the instructions/procedures below shall be followed.
Instruction/procedure:
O
T
The pre-flight inspection and ground to cockpit communication shall be performed by trained
personnel only.
IN
Also see GOM 11.1.1.4.
PR
Depending on the local procedures and regulations, engines can be started before, during or after
pushback.
the procedures and precautions for such operation below are available; and
there is no conflict with local restrictions; and
the engine danger area must be properly marked and secured by the staff responsible for the
aeroplane on the ground.
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 44
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
It is therefore important that ground staff working on the ramp have means at their disposal for
preventing a fire from spreading. If properly applied, a portable fire extinguisher is a very effective
T
means of achieving this.
Ground staff working on the ramp must be familiar with the location of portable fire extinguishers. It is
highly recommended that they shall receive appropriate training for the use of such equipment.
IN
All ground staff must know the location of the nearest telephone or fire alarm, as well as the local
emergency numbers and alarm procedures.
In the event of fire on or in the vicinity of an aeroplane, the airport fire brigade must be called
PR
immediately and the crew or staff on board the aeroplane must be alerted at once so that evacuation
can be initiated.
Ground staff must refrain from fighting engine fires with fire extinguishers as the flight crew normally
handles them by means of the engine fire extinguishing system.
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 45
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
Guidance
T
Operating practices and procedures are designed to ensure:
Standard operating procedures, applicable to specific location, are followed by drivers (or
IN
operators) of each type of ground support equipment;
Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate ground equipment on the ramp area
according t o local airport authority and company procedures
All ground service equipment shall be in good mechanical order and serviceable. Any GSE
unserviceable shall be clearly identified and removed from operational area
PR
A daily check of the ground service equipment must be performed to ensure the equipment is
serviceable prior to being used in Next jets operations. Any deficiency identified shall be reported,
logged, rectified and / or the equipment should be marked inoperative and removed from use.
Additionally, preventive maintenance program must be in place to ensure the equipment is in good
mechanical condition. The preventive maintenance must be done in accordance with the
manufacturers instructions.
Vehicle brakes shall always be tested before finally approaching the aircraft or entering the
L
restraint marked area, in case of motorized vehicles the GSE should be brought to a complete stop
when conducting the brake check.
Records of the corrective and preventive maintenance of ground service equipment must be
IA
retained for a minimum of 2 years and must be made available to NextJet on request.
Personnel do not operate vehicle equipment while using handheld portable electronic devices
unless a suitable hands free capability exists and is utilized.
Equipment is used only for its intended purpose.
IC
The passenger loading bridge is in the fully retracted position prior to aircraft arrival and departure.
Stairs must be positioned at the aircraft with a light gap in order to avoid damages during boarding
/ de-boarding.
N
Equipment (including the loading bridge) Is not moved toward an arriving aircraft until it has come
to a complete stop, chocks are positioned, engines are shut down, anti-collision beacon are
switched off and, if applicable, ground-to-flight deck communication has been established
U
NOTE: When, in exceptional cases, one engine cannot be switched off (e.g., if no APU available)
Ground support equipment shall only approach the side where the engine has been
switched off. Furthermore please notice that opening the cargo doors is strictly forbidden if
any engine is running!
Section: 11
Page: 46
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
Prior to equipment movement, a guide person, visible to the driver (or operator), is in position to
accurately judge clearances and communicate guidance using hand signals;
Equipment movement does not commence or is halted, if the driver (or operator) does not have or
loses visual contact with a guide person;
Equipment or vehicles are not moved into hazard areas associated with the aircraft type
Fuel hoses and connections shall never be run over by Ground support equipment.
Loading and servicing equipment shall not be positioned or maneuvered under the wings.
T
With the exceptions of fuel trucks, mobile equipment shall not be positioned within the venting areas
during fuelling / defueling.
During start-up no personnel, vehicles, loading or servicing equipment shall be positioned in the
IN
range of the emergency exit doors to ensure that the emergency exit chutes can be operated
immediately in case of an emergency.
A brake check is accomplished prior to entering an equipment restraint area.
Motorized equipment make a full stop as a brake check before entering the equipment restraint
area.
PR
And again before reaching the aircraft side.
Equipment, when approaching or leaving an aircraft, is not driven faster than walking speed
Stabilizers, when fitted on equipment, are deployed when equipment is positioned at the aircraft.
Equipment with elevating devices is not driven in the elevated position, except for final positioning
at the aircraft.
Equipment is not removed from an aircraft cabin access door unless the driver (or operator) has
advised appropriate persons on the aircraft and on the ramp.
L
Equipment is not removed from a position at an aircraft cabin access door until the door has been
closed and secured by an authorized person or a highly visible safety device has been placed
IA
across an open door.
T
913), safety factors should be incorporated into the Standard Operating Procedures (see AHM 997).
IN
11.2.2 General
11.2.2.1 Requirements
Only those personnel trained and qualified should perform aircraft movement operations functions.
PR
Personnel should be instructed on the hazards associated with aircraft movement operations, e.g.
engine ingestion, nose wheel movement, aircraft track, visibility, PRIOR TO AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT:
1. an inspection should be made of the surface conditions to determine if it is safe to conduct the
operation, (e.g. ice, snow etc.)
2. a visual inspection should be made of the aircraft to ensure all service doors/panels are closed
and locked.
3.
L
personnel should ensure that all ground support equipment is removed from the aircraft and
there are adequate clearances between the aircraft and facilities/equipment.
4. a visual inspection should be made of the area of the operation to ensure it is clear of FOD.
IA
5. a verification should be made that power cables, loading bridges etc. are detached from the
aircraft.
6. a visual inspection should be made to ensure chocks are removed from all wheels.
7. check that structure at door areas, wings, tail and engines are free of impact damage
IC
8. check that there are no evidence of fuel, oil, hydraulic or water leaks
NOTE: When headsets are in use the person in charge of the push back informs the flight deck
Departure Check completed, ready for engine start.
FF
If no headset in use, standard IATA hand signals must be used, see GOM 11.4. When
giving the signal Start engine(s) (GOM 11.4.2.16) the signal ALSO confirms that the
Departure Check is completed.
During aircraft movement the maximum nose-gear turn limits shall not be exceeded in accordance
with airframe manufacturers instructions. This can be checked from Technical Department. Standard
O
hand signals should be used for manual communications and prior to moving an aircraft all personnel
involved in the operation must have agreed on how communication should be performed and towing
maneuvered.
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 48
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
11.2.3.1 Definitions
The following definitions will apply: PUSHBACK Moving of aircraft from parking position to taxi
position by use of specialized ground support equipment.
POWERBACK Moving of aircraft from parking position to taxi position by use of the aircrafts
engines.
T
TOWING Moving of aircraft, other than pushback operations, with/without load on board by use of
specialized ground support equipment.
IN
11.2.3.2 Nose-gear controlled (tractor and tow bar)
The tractor and tow bar/shear-pin combination should be suitable for the operation, considering: the
aircraft type and weight, the weather conditions, the apron surface conditions.
PR
Chocks should not be removed from the main-gear until the tractor and tow bar are fully secured to
the nose-gear and the parking brake set on the tractor. When connecting the tow bar to the aircrafts
nose gear assembly the tow bar should be detached from the tractor.
The tractor and tow bar should be in-line with the centre line of the aircraft before the pushback
commences.
The tractor should not be left unattended with its engine running.
For aircraft fitted with a Steering By-pass system, ensure that the by-pass pin is correctly installed
L
prior to connecting the tow bar to the aircraft and before pushback commences and is removed after
pushback is complete.
IA
For aircraft not fitted with a Steering By-pass system, ensure that either the steering hydraulic system
is depressurized or the noseleg steering torque links are disconnected (as applicable).
At the end of the pushback sequence and before the tow bar is disconnected, the flight deck should
be instructed to set the aircraft brakes and confirm to ground staff. The tow bar should be
IC
T
Unless otherwise instructed an airplane without personnel working on board, around or nearby, shall
be secured with all doors closed, gateways and stairways removed from the airplane. Before closing
IN
the doors make sure no one is left on board the aircraft.
The airplane exterior shall be inspected by maintenance staff, or if not available, by flight crew, prior
to departure. The airplane holds shall be inspected by the loading personnel before loading.
PR
11.3.1.2 Technical Instructions
11.3.1.2.1 Doors, windows, latches, stairs, flaps, spoilers and engine thrust reversers
Ensure that A/C doors, windows and latches are closed, and that stairs, flaps, spoilers and engine
thrust reversers are retracted.
L
11.3.1.2.2 Protection devices
IA
Attach following protection devices:
A. Install ALWAYS 2
IC
11.3.1.3 Close-up
Remove the ground air supply unit and all installed covers. Ensure that all covers have been removed
and report to the Commander.
Section: 11
Page: 50
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
11.3.2.1 Purpose
The purpose of sealing the aircraft is to prevent unauthorized access into the aircraft without any
warnings and this way to ensure security of the aircraft during prolonged ground stops and night
stops.
T
11.3.2.2 Instructions
The airplane shall be sealed with special seals when considered necessary. The necessity of sealing
IN
is determined by the Head of Security. Airplane sealing may also be requested by local authorities.
At stations with no sealing obligation the station mechanic may seal the airplane by his own judgment.
However, if this becomes a routine procedure the Head of Security must be informed.
PR
When an airplane is sealed and the seal has been tampered with, the part of the airplane, which was
protected by this seal, must be fully searched for any irregularities by authorized personnel.
Seals and instructions are available on flight deck.
In case of a broken security seal or signs of tampering, the Commander and NextJet OP must be
immediately notified. The compartment behind the suspicious seals shall be checked for any suspect
items or evidences of an offence against the aircraft or company property. If any suspect items are
found, the appropriate law enforcement officials must immediately be contacted. In most cases the
L
visual check and security sweep by the crew is enough to secure the flight in normal security
situations.
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 51
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
A marshaller will be responsible for providing standard marshalling signals, in a clear and precise
manner, to arriving and departing aircraft.
T
This person MUST wear a distinctive Identification Vest to identify to the Flight Crew that they are the
person in charge of the marshalling operation.
IN
Day-Glo wands, table tennis bats or gloves MUST be used for ALL signaling by ALL participating
Ground Crew personnel during daylight hours. Illuminated wands MUST be used at night or in low
visibility.
PR
11.4.2 Marshalling signals
In the following, reference to wands may also be read to refer to Day-Glo table tennis bats or gloves
(daytime only).
T
IN
PR
L
IA
11.4.2.3 Slow down
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 53
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
11.4.2.5 Turn left (from the pilots point of view)
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 54
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
11.4.2.7 Emergency stop
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 55
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
Fully extend arms and wands downwards at a 45 deg angle to the sides.hold the position until the
aircraft is clear for the next manoever.
IA
11.4.2.9 Proceed to next marshaller or clear to taxi
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 56
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
11.4.2.11 Fire
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 57
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
11.4.2.13 Release brakes
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 58
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
T
IN
PR
L
11.4.2.17 Cut engines
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 60
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
In the following, reference to wands may also be read to refer to Day-Glo table tennis bats or gloves
(daytime only).
IN
11.4.3.1 Connect/disconnect ground power
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 61
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
11.4.3.3 Negative
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 62
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
11.4.3.4 Interphone
T
IN
PR
L
11.4.3.5 Do not touch controls
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 63
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 64
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 11
Ground Operations Page: 65
Manual GOM Date: 01 MAY 2015
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
11.5.1 General
Severe weather is a constant danger to all industries that have activities outdoors. Airside operations
are particularly affected because of the open areas of airports and the large metallic pieces of
equipment including aircraft, and numerous open cabin ground support equipment. working staff shall
T
ALWAYS be informed as soon severe weather condition appears.
Shift change: Ensure all personnel coming on duty know that your severe weather procedure is in
effect
IN
11.5.2 Weather definitions
High(strong) windsWinds in excess of 75 kph (40 knots).
Thunderstorm/Lightningincludes cloud-to-cloud as well as cloud-to-ground activity.
Low visibilityincludes rain, snow, sandstorms or fog conditions when visibility is typically below 800
PR
m ( mile).
Snow and ice conditionsincludes the presence of snow and ice on surfaces and movement areas
as well as when surface temperatures/windchills can cause freezing.
Heavy RainRainfall so heavy that it splashes off hard surfaces and quickly forms standing water
puddles in the aircraft doorway, on the ground and GSE and/or restricts visibility.
11.5.3.1 Heat stress will result in poor performance, lack of concentration, dehydration, and in
IC
11.5.3.2 Cold affects the human performance such as loss of feeling in extremities, fatigue,
muscle seizures, loss of awareness, poor concentration and in severe cases may
O
result in hospitalisation.
Prolonged exposure to wind is a significant factor in increasing cold weather effects on the human
body (wind chill factor).
N
Staff monitoring.
Adequate breaks, provision of hot fluids and warmed shelter between activities.
A wind chill chart or forecast shall be made available to staff.
-extra attention that in cold weather the ramparea will be slippery due to ice
Section: 11
Page: 66
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
Ramp tower observations
Local detection devices
Internet
IN
Aircraft via company radio
-High Winds
PR
As the measures to be taken in the event of high winds may require a lot of preparation the earlier the
Warning is given the better.
-Thunderstorm/Lightning
For thunderstorm/lightning activity the notification process may be broken down into 3 phases:
AlertLightning activity is detected at a distance in excess of 8 km (5 miles) from your operation.
Stop/Suspend activitiesLightning activity is detected within 5 km (3 miles) of your operation.
L
All ClearLightning activity has moved beyond 5 km (3 miles) and is heading away from your
operation.
IA
The distances referred to above may vary dependent upon local climatic parameters.
T
11.5.7.1 High/Strong winds
IN
Ensure all personnel know of the impending weather event.
Strong wind warning advice will prompt preparation.
PR
Aircraft should be appropriately secured, per aircraft manufacturer's procedures by using
additional chocks, and/or setting aircraft park brakes, parking the aircraft into the wind direction
where feasible and/or tie-down, and/or the ballasting of the aircraft.
Secure all cargo nets and close all cargo doors on aircraft.
Secure all aircraft cabin doors (Note: Securing the passenger cabin doors with the APU/packs
operating or an external conditioned air source connected can pressurize the aircraft).
Where possible add fuel for ballast purposes.
Close cockpit windows.
they could be blown into. Use all above securing techniques and face aircraft into the wind if
possible.
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 68
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
Remove all empty loose containers from areas around aircraft. If possible tie them together and/or
to a firm structure or store them indoors.
Secure work stands by chain to hitching rails where available or to fences or other secure
IN
PR
Extreme caution must be observed when transporting, loading and unloading empty ULD's in
strong wind conditions. Use of ballast in empty ULD's should be considered (cautionballast must
be removed after use).
L
Use baggage rooms to stow luggage if possible.
Secure all cargo equipment the same as above.
IA
Contact cargo facilities and return unloaded freight and mail.
11.6 Thunderstorm/Lightning
Generally if an individual can see lightning and/or hear thunder they are already at risk.
High winds, rainfall, and cloud cover often act as precursors to actual cloud-to-ground strikes notifying
individuals to take action.
Many lightning casualties occur in the beginning, as the storm approaches, because people ignore
these precursors. Also, many lightning casualties occur after the perceived threat has passed.
The lightning threat generally diminishes with time after the last sound of thunder, but may persist for
T
more than 30 minutes.
When thunderstorms are in the area but not overhead, the lightning threat can exist even when it is
IN
sunny, not raining, or when clear sky is visible.
Remember that lightning is always generated and connected to a thundercloud but may strike many
miles from the edge of the thunderstorm cell. Acceptable downtime has to be balanced with the risk
posed by lightning.
PR
11.6.1 Protection
The purpose of lightning protection is to protect persons, buildings and their contents, or
structures in general, from the effects of lightning, to a certain acceptable level.
There is no 100% protection level seen within technical and economical constraints.
No place is absolutely safe from lightning threat, however, some places are safer than others, e.g.
Inside terminal buildings, fully enclosed metallic vehicles or safety shelters.
Lightning protection is not aimed to prevent the formation of the lightning discharge, instead it is
L
intended to prevent the object from being directly hit or affected by a remote lightning discharge.
IA
11.7 Low visibility
Follow the airports regulations for LVP
All non-essential equipment should leave the Maneuvering Area.
Only the minimum required equipment should be permitted airside during low visibility operations.
IC
Crossing of taxiways, where permitted, should only be undertaken with ATC clearance.
When visibility is low, operators must take additional care to ensure that vehicle windshields are
clean.
O
N
U
Section: 11
Page: 70
Ground Operations
Date: 01 MAY 2015 Manual GOM
SECTION 11 RAMP HANDLING
T
activities, including aircraft arrival or departure operations.
Wherever possible, snow and ice formations on equipment and work surfaces should be removed
IN
prior to the start of operations.
Personnel should allow extra time for activities, drive more slowly and allow a greater distance to
stop equipment.
Personnel should be provided with suitable clothing to be able to maintain efficiency.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 12
Ground Operations Page: 1
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS
CONTENTS
12
Ticketing, Reservation & Facilitation ....................................................................... 3
12.1
Boarding announcements ......................................................................................... 3
12.1.1
Boarding announcement guidelines ............................................................................. 3
12.1.2
Gate boarding announcement...................................................................................... 3
12.1.3
Bus-gate boarding announcement ............................................................................... 4
T
12.1.3.1
Bussbyte / Change of bus ............................................................................................ 4
12.1.4
Delay announcement ................................................................................................... 5
12.1.4.1
Delay Announcement, departure time is known........................................................... 5
IN
12.1.4.2
Delay Announcement, departure time not known ........................................................ 6
12.1.5
Gate announcement for carry-on baggage .................................................................. 6
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 12
Page: 2
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 12
Ground Operations Page: 3
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS
T
information.
IN
- CLEAR Easily heard and easily understood.
Talk slowly and clearly.
Remember to make a pause between entire thoughts.
PR
WHEN THE FLIGHT IS DELAYED PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO
- TIMELY Be always aware of our customers need for prompt and regular
information.
Give the time of next information, if you dont have all the information at
once.
- REASSURING
L
Give forward plans or / and actions:
What is going to happen and when?
Always keep your promises!
IA
Show that you take the responsibility and are willing to give the best
service that is possible
NextJets flyg ___ till ___ r nu klart fr ombordstigning vid utgng / gate ___.
Vi ber vnligen barnfamiljer och ni som behver assistans att g ombord frst.
N
-----------
U
Vlkommen till NextJets flyg ____ till ___ via utgng / gate ___. En buss kommer att ta er till planet.
T
-----------
IN
Welcome to NextJet flight ___ to ___.
We are now ready for boarding through gate number ___.( As the aircraft is parked on a remote
stand) we will take you to the aircraft by coach.
PR
Thank you!
T
TD, TM, TN P grund av teknisk kontroll.
TC eftersom planet mste bytas p grund av tekniskt fel.
WO p grund av vdret hr i ___________.
IN
WT p grund av vdret i ______.
AT p grund av flygtrafikbegrnsningar i ____/
p grund av begrnsningar i flygtrafiken.
RL eftersom vi vntar p passagerare frn___.
PR
RA fr att planet kommer frsenat frn ____.
Vi beklagar frseningen!
L
IA
-----------
We will give you further information at / Further information will be given at _____ (place)
or
We kindly ask passengers to contact handling staff at the gate (and/or Transit information desk)
N
T
Vi beklagar frseningen!
IN
-----------
PR
We will give you further information at. / Further information will be given at ________________.
(time and place)
Bsta passagerare!
Fr att kunna transportera allt handbagage tryggt i kabinen, d detta flyg r fullbokat, pminner vi om
att man fr ha ett handbagage med sig ombord, verskridande bagage skall lmnas in vid porten.
IC
CONTENTS
13
Aircraft Presentation.................................................................................................. 3
13.1
BAe ATP ...................................................................................................................... 4
13.1.1
Aircraft presentation ATP .......................................................................................... 4
13.1.2
Exterior dimensions ATP........................................................................................... 5
13.1.3
Cabin layout / Seatmap - ATP...................................................................................... 6
T
13.1.4
Cargo compartment...................................................................................................... 7
13.1.5
FWD passenger door ................................................................................................... 8
13.1.6
FWD service door......................................................................................................... 8
IN
13.1.7
AFT passenger door..................................................................................................... 9
13.1.8
AFT baggage compartment.......................................................................................... 9
13.1.9
Ground Service Equipment ........................................................................................ 10
13.1.10
Steering arc - ATP...................................................................................................... 11
PR
13.1.11
Restricted areas - ATP ............................................................................................... 12
13.1.12
Fuel panel ATP........................................................................................................... 13
13.1.13
EMERGENCY/CRASH-CARD - ATP ......................................................................... 14
13.2
SAAB 340 .................................................................................................................. 17
13.2.1
Aircraft presentation SAAB 340.................................................................................. 17
13.2.2
Exterior dimensions SAAB 340 ............................................................................... 18
13.2.3
Cabin layout / Seatmap - SAAB 340 .......................................................................... 19
13.2.4
L
Ground Service Equipment - SAAB 340 .................................................................... 23
13.2.5
Steering arc - SAAB 340A.......................................................................................... 24
13.2.6
Cargo compartment.................................................................................................... 25
IA
13.2.7
Fuel panel SAAB 340B............................................................................................... 26
13.2.8
Water panel SAAB 340 .............................................................................................. 27
13.2.9
Emergency/Crash-card - SAAB 340........................................................................... 28
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 2
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 3
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
13 Aircraft Presentation
T
ATP 68 SE-LLO
ATP 68 SE-MAK
ATP 68 SE-MAL
IN
ATP 64 SE-MEX
ATP 60 SE-MEE
PR
SAAB 340A 33 SE-ISY
SAAB 340A 34 SE-KCS
SAAB 340A 33 SE-KXE
SAAB 340A 36 SE-LEP
SAAB 340A 33 SE-LJM
SAAB 340A 33 SE-LJN
SAAB 340A 33 SE-LMR
L
SAAB 340B 33 SE-KCH
SAAB 340B 33 SE-KXI
IA
SAAB 340B 33 SE-KXJ
SAAB 340B 33 SE-LJS
SAAB 340B 33 SE-LJT
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 4
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
Passenger Capacity 68
T
2 C/C Seats
1 Jump seat in flight deck
IN
Performance
Max cruise speed 230kt IAS
Certified ceiling 25,000 ft 7,622 m
PR
Fuel capacity
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 6
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
Y60
T
IN
PR
Y64
L
IA
Y68
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 7
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
FWD Hold
T
IN
PR
L
IA
AFT Hold
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 8
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
13.1.6 FWD service door
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 9
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
Loading
One baggage trolley will be placed on the left side close to the stairs so the passengers easily can put
N
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 13
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 14
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 15
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 16
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 17
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
1 Jump seat in flight deck
Performance
IN
Max cruise speed 250 kt IAS
Certified ceiling 25,000 ft 7,622 m
Weights
PR
Maximum Ramp Mass 12840 kg
Maximum Take Off Mass 12700 kg
Maximum Landing Mass 12340 kg
Maximum Zero Fuel Mass 11660 kg
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 19
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 20
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
SE-LMR
T
IN
PR
L
IA
SE-ISE, ISY, KXE, LJN, LJM
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 21
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
SE-LEP
T
IN
PR
L
SE-KXI, KXJ, LJS, LJT
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 22
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
SE-KCS
T
IN
PR
L
IA
SE-KCH
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 23
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 24
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 25
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
Package size
The maximum dimensions of package sizes that will comfortably pass through the cargo and
IN
passenger door openings are shown in the following tables.
Dimensions shown in these tables apply to packages that are loaded initially or have no interference
from packages that have been loaded previously.
Package sizes are approximate. Tilting, twisting, bending and/or rotating packages through the door
PR
opening may, in some cases, allow dimensions larger than those found in the tables. A trial loading is
recommended for packages with dimensions close to maximum dimensions.
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Ground Operations Page: 27
Manual GOM Date: 01 APR 2014
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 28
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
General
The main door and emergency exits will normally be used for emergency evacuation of crew and
passengers. Each of these doors can be operated from inside or outside the aircraft.
IC
An alternative way of emergency evacuation for cockpit crew, is through the overhead escape hatch
in cockpit.
Note: FWD Emergency exit and overwing exits are not available on cargo aircraft.
FF
Cockpit Exits
Cockpit door The Cockpit door provides access to the cabin from the cockpit
and vice versa. The door has a conventional latch mechanism and
is opened by turning a door knob. The door is opened into the
cabin, and the hinge has a special blow out feature in event of a
O
cabin depressurisation.
Overhead EscapeHatch The overhead escape hatch is positioned in the rear end of the
cockpit, centrally in the ceiling. To assist in evacuation, a rope is
N
Cabin Exits
Main door The main door is located in the forward cabin on the left side of the
fuselage. This door is used as entrance/exit door for passengers
and crew, and as an emergency exit.
Emergency Exits 3 emergency exits are provided in the cabin. The forward
emergency exits on the right side of the fuselage and 2 over wing
emergency exits, one over each wing.
T
The emergency exits are full plug doors with 2 hooks in their lower
end, and a locking mechanism in their upper end.
Each door is opened from the inside by pulling the handle located
IN
at the top of the door inwards, and from the outside by pulling the
handle downwards and pushing the door inwards. The door can
then be lifted up from the bottom hooks and thrown out.
PR
L
IA
IC
FF
O
N
U
Section: 13
Page: 30
Ground Operations
Date: 01 APR 2014 Manual GOM
SECTION 13 AIRCRAFT PRESENTATION
T
IN
PR
L
IA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
IC
FF
O
N
U